Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Handover (RAN16.0 - Draft B) PDF
Handover (RAN16.0 - Draft B) PDF
Issue Draft B
Date 2014-02-28
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Contents
2 Overview of Handover.................................................................................................................5
3 Intra-Frequency Handover...........................................................................................................7
3.1 Overview........................................................................................................................................................................7
3.2 Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure.............................................................................................................................9
3.3 Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement.....................................................................................................................10
3.3.1 Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Quantities.................................................................................................10
3.3.2 Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Events......................................................................................................10
3.3.3 Triggering of Event 1A..............................................................................................................................................11
3.3.4 Triggering of Event 1B..............................................................................................................................................13
3.3.5 Triggering of Event 1C..............................................................................................................................................15
3.3.6 Triggering of Event 1D..............................................................................................................................................17
3.4 Intra-Frequency Handover Decision and Execution.....................................................................................................18
3.5 Follow-up Procedures for Soft Handover Failures.......................................................................................................20
3.5.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................20
3.5.2 Rate Reduction After an SHO Failure.......................................................................................................................20
3.5.3 D2F Transition After a Soft Handover Failure..........................................................................................................23
3.5.4 E2D Reconfiguration After a Soft Handover Failure................................................................................................23
3.6 Signaling Procedures for Intra-Frequency Handover...................................................................................................24
3.6.1 Intra-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure..........................................................................24
3.6.2 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure........................................................25
3.6.3 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure.............................................................................27
3.6.4 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure.......................................................29
3.6.5 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure............................................................................31
3.7 Addition of Detected Set Cells to the Active Set.........................................................................................................32
3.8 TTI Switch or E2D for BE Services Based on P-CPICH RSCP..................................................................................34
3.9 Weak-Coverage-based or Low-Load-based SRB HS-DSCH to DCH.........................................................................35
6 Non-Coverage-based Handover...............................................................................................77
6.1 Load-based Inter-Frequency Handover........................................................................................................................78
6.1.1 Load-based Inter-Frequency Handover Procedure....................................................................................................78
6.1.2 Load-based Inter-Frequency Handover Measurement..............................................................................................78
6.1.3 Load-based Inter-Frequency Handover Decision and Execution..............................................................................78
6.2 Load-based Inter-RAT Handover.................................................................................................................................80
6.2.1 Load-based Inter-RAT Handover Procedure.............................................................................................................80
6.2.2 Load-based Inter-RAT Handover Measurement.......................................................................................................81
7 HSPA Handover...........................................................................................................................87
7.1 HSDPA Handover........................................................................................................................................................87
7.1.1 HSDPA Intra-Frequency Handover...........................................................................................................................87
7.1.2 HSDPA Inter-Frequency Handover...........................................................................................................................89
7.1.3 HSDPA Inter-RAT Handover...................................................................................................................................91
7.2 HSUPA Handover........................................................................................................................................................91
7.2.1 HSUPA Intra-Frequency Handover...........................................................................................................................92
7.2.2 HSUPA Inter-Frequency Handover...........................................................................................................................97
7.2.3 HSUPA Inter-RAT Handover.................................................................................................................................100
7.3 HSPA+ Handover.......................................................................................................................................................100
7.3.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................................................100
7.3.2 Preselection Phase...................................................................................................................................................101
7.3.3 Fallback Phase.........................................................................................................................................................101
7.3.4 Retry Phase..............................................................................................................................................................101
7.4 Anti-Frequent Serving Cell Change...........................................................................................................................102
7.5 HSPA Retry................................................................................................................................................................102
8 HCS Handover...........................................................................................................................103
8.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................................103
8.2 HCS Handover Procedure..........................................................................................................................................104
8.3 UE Speed Estimation..................................................................................................................................................106
8.4 HCS Handover Measurement.....................................................................................................................................107
8.5 HCS Handover Execution..........................................................................................................................................108
8.5.1 Inter-Layer Handover in Fast Movement................................................................................................................108
8.5.2 Inter-Layer Handover in Slow Movement...............................................................................................................108
8.6 Signaling Procedure of HCS Handover......................................................................................................................109
8.7 Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Other Handovers................................................................................109
8.7.1 Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Intra-Frequency Handover..............................................................109
8.7.2 Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Inter-Frequency Handover..............................................................109
8.7.3 Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Inter-RAT Handover......................................................................110
9 Blind Handover..........................................................................................................................111
9.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................................111
9.2 Triggering of Event 1F...............................................................................................................................................111
9.3 Blind Handover Based on Event 1F...........................................................................................................................112
10 Handover Protection...............................................................................................................113
10.1 Anti-Ping-Pong.........................................................................................................................................................113
10.2 Handover Retry.........................................................................................................................................................114
10.2.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Retry...........................................................................................................................114
10.2.2 Inter-RAT (3G-to-2G) Handover Retry................................................................................................................114
10.3 Inter-RAT Multimedia Fallback...............................................................................................................................115
10.4 Transferring Event Report to Periodical Report.......................................................................................................117
13 Compressed Mode...................................................................................................................123
13.1 Overview..................................................................................................................................................................123
13.2 Compressed Mode Switches.....................................................................................................................................123
13.3 Compression Methods..............................................................................................................................................124
13.4 Compression Types..................................................................................................................................................125
13.5 Measurement Timer Length.....................................................................................................................................126
13.6 Compatibility Switch for Dual-frequency Receiver.................................................................................................126
13.7 Compatibility Switches for HSPA............................................................................................................................127
14 Related Features.......................................................................................................................129
14.1 WRFD-01061006 HSDPA Mobility Management..................................................................................................129
14.2 WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management..................................................................................................130
15 Network Impact.......................................................................................................................131
15.1 WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage.....................................................................131
15.1.1 System Capacity....................................................................................................................................................131
15.1.2 Network Performance............................................................................................................................................131
15.2 WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS.......................................................................131
15.2.1 System Capacity....................................................................................................................................................131
15.2.2 Network Performance............................................................................................................................................131
15.3 WRFD-01061006 HSDPA Mobility Management..................................................................................................131
16 Engineering Guidelines.........................................................................................................133
16.1 WRFD-020201 Intra Node B Softer Handover........................................................................................................133
16.1.1 Requirements.........................................................................................................................................................133
16.1.2 Activation..............................................................................................................................................................133
16.1.3 MML Command Examples...................................................................................................................................134
16.1.4 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................134
16.1.5 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................134
16.1.6 MML Command Examples...................................................................................................................................134
16.2 WRFD-020202 Intra RNC Soft Handover...............................................................................................................134
16.2.1 Requirements.........................................................................................................................................................135
16.2.2 Activation..............................................................................................................................................................135
16.2.3 MML Command Examples...................................................................................................................................135
16.2.4 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................135
16.2.5 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................136
16.2.6 MML Command Examples...................................................................................................................................136
16.3 WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover...............................................................................................................136
16.3.1 Requirements.........................................................................................................................................................136
16.3.2 Activation..............................................................................................................................................................136
16.3.3 MML Command Examples...................................................................................................................................137
16.3.4 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................137
16.3.5 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................137
16.3.6 MML Command Examples...................................................................................................................................137
16.4 WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover.....................................................................................................137
16.4.1 Requirements.........................................................................................................................................................138
16.4.2 Activation..............................................................................................................................................................138
16.4.3 MML Command Examples...................................................................................................................................138
16.4.4 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................139
16.4.5 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................139
16.4.6 MML Command Examples...................................................................................................................................139
16.5 WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management..................................................................................................139
16.5.1 Requirements.........................................................................................................................................................139
16.5.2 Activation..............................................................................................................................................................140
16.5.3 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................140
16.5.4 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................140
16.6 WRFD-01061404 HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover..............................................................................................140
16.6.1 Requirements.........................................................................................................................................................140
16.6.2 Activation..............................................................................................................................................................141
16.6.3 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................141
16.6.4 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................141
16.7 WRFD-021200 HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)..................................................................................................141
16.7.1 Requirements.........................................................................................................................................................141
16.7.2 Activation..............................................................................................................................................................141
16.7.3 MML Command Examples...................................................................................................................................142
16.7.4 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................143
16.7.5 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................143
16.7.6 MML Command Examples...................................................................................................................................144
16.8 WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage.....................................................................144
17 Parameters.................................................................................................................................176
18 Counters..................................................................................................................................1465
19 Glossary...................................................................................................................................1652
20 Reference Documents...........................................................................................................1653
1.1 Scope
This document describes handover, including its technical principles, network impact, and
engineering guidelines. This document covers the following features:
l Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier version
Editorial change Added the descriptions about the feature and None
function differences between NodeBs of different
types. For details, see section 1.4 Differences
Between Base Station Types.
Feature change Changed the optimized algorithm Changed the switch from
switches for adding detected set cells to RESERVED_SWITCH_4_B
the active set. IT23 under the RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command to
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSE
T_INTO_ACTSET_OPTSW
H under HoSwitch in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command.
Changed the switch from
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_B
IT24 under the RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command to
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSE
T_INTO_ACTSET under
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the
SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command.
Micro l BTS3803E
l BTS3902E
LampSite DBS3900
NA NA
2 Overview of Handover
Handover is a basic function of the cellular mobile network. The purpose of handover is to ensure
that a UE in CELL_DCH state is served continuously when it moves.
Figure 2-1 shows the handovers supported by the Universal Mobile Telecommunications
System (UMTS), which include intra-frequency handover, inter-frequency handover, and inter-
RAT handover.
3 Intra-Frequency Handover
3.1 Overview
Intra-frequency handover is classified into:
l Intra-frequency soft handover: Multiple radio links are connected to the UE at the same
time during handover.
l Intra-frequency hard handover: Only one radio link is connected to the UE during handover.
l Intra-NodeB soft handover (WRFD-020201 Intra NodeB Softer Handover, also known as
softer handover)
Softer handovers can be performed only between cells in the same uplink resource group.
The downlink resource group configurations of different base station types affect softer
handovers as follows:
– For a DBS3800 earlier than RAN13.0, soft handovers cannot be performed between
cells configured on different baseband boards.
– The downlink resource group configurations of the 3900 series base stations and the
BTS3812E/BTS3812AE have no impact on softer handovers.
The LST ULOCELL command is used to display the resource group for a cell. For details about
resource groups, see CE Resource Management Feature Parameter Description.
Intra-frequency soft handover is characterized by the function that the UE can be connected to
multiple Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN) access points at the same time.
Addition and release of radio links are controlled by the ACTIVE SET UPDATE procedure.
If a soft or softer handover over the Iur interface is triggered and the intra-frequency cells are
configured in different uplink resource groups, CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_SWITCH of the
CmpSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter must be set to ON. Under this circumstance, the
NodeB determines whether to combine the RLs on the NodeB based on the value of DivCtrlField
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l No Iur interface is present between RNCs. In this scenario, intra-frequency hard handover
instead of soft handover can be performed between two RNCs.
l The intra-frequency soft handover fails and the intra-frequency hard handover is allowed.
When the intra-frequency soft handover fails because of a congestion problem of the target
cell, the RNC tries an intra-frequency hard handover.
Whether the Iur interface is available depends on the setting of the following two parameters
according to handover types:
l Whether intra- or inter- frequency hard handover is allowed over the Iur interface depends
on the setting of the HHOTRIG(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
l Whether inter RNC soft Handover is allowed depends on the setting of the SHOTRIG
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
If the RRC connection has been set up but the Radio Bearers (RBs) have not, whether a cross-
Iur soft handover can be executed is determined by the
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH switch under the HoSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. Only if the switch is set to ON, can the cross-Iur soft handover
be executed.
After the UE transits to the CELL_DCH state in connected mode during a call, the RNC sends
a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to instruct the UE to take measurements and report
the measurement event results.
Upon the reception of an event report from the UE, the RNC makes a handover decision and
performs the corresponding handover, as shown in Figure 3-1.
Event Description
For the PS and CS combined services, the thresholds for CS services are used.
For the single signaling connection of the UE, the thresholds for CS services are used.
l H1a represents HystFor1A(BSC6900,BSC6910) the hysteresis value of event 1A
Figure 3-2 shows the triggering of event 1A. In this procedure, the default parameter values
(W=0, H1a =0) are used.
For the PS and CS combined services, the thresholds for CS services are used.
If the UE currently has only signaling connections, the thresholds for CS services are used.
l H1b is the hysteresis value of event 1B, which is determined by the parameter Hystfor1B
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
Figure 3-3 shows the triggering of event 1B. In this procedure, the default parameter values
(W=0, H1b =0) are used.
In Figure 3-3,
Th1B = (CPICH Ec/N0 of the best cell in the active set) - (reporting range for event 1B)
If the signal quality of a cell in the active set is lower than Th1B for a period of time specified
by TrigTime1B(BSC6900,BSC6910) (Time to trigger in Figure 3-3), the UE reports event 1B.
If W > 0 and H1b = 0, then Th1B = (general signal quality of all the cells in the active set) -
(reporting range for event 1B).
l CIONew is the cell individual offset value of the cell in the reporting range. It is equal to
the sum of CIO(BSC6900,BSC6910) and CIOOffset(BSC6900,BSC6910), which is the
offset between the cell in the reporting range and the best cell in the active set.
l MInAS is the measurement value of the worst cell in the active set.
l H1c is the hysteresis value of event 1C, which is determined by the parameter Hystfor1C
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
Figure 3-4 shows the triggering of event 1C. In this procedure, the default parameter values are
used.
Th1C = (CPICH Ec/N0 of the worst cell in the active set) + (hysteresis/2)
where
l Hysteresis is equal to the value of Hystfor1C(BSC6900,BSC6910).
If the signal quality of a cell not in the active set is higher than Th1C for a period of time specified
by TrigTime1C(BSC6900,BSC6910) (Time to trigger in the figure), the UE reports event 1C,
as shown in the figure.
The UE reports event 1C for qualified cells after the number of cells in the active set reaches
the maximum value. The maximum number of cells in the active set can be set by the
MaxCellInActiveSet(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
l MNotBest is the measurement value of a cell that is not the best cell.
l CIONotBest is equal to the sum of CIO(BSC6900,BSC6910) and CIOOffset
(BSC6900,BSC6910), which is the offset between the cell in the reporting range and the
best cell in the active set.
l MBest is the measurement value of the best cell in the active set.
l CIOBest is the cell individual offset value of the best cell.
– When the HO_CIO_1D_USED option in the HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter for the SET UCORRMALGOSwitch command is selected, the value of
CIOBest equals the value of the CIO(BSC6900,BSC6910)parameter, which is set by
running the ADD UCELLSETUP command.
l When the HO_CIO_1D_USED option in the HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
for the SET UCORRMALGOSwitch command is not selected, the value of CIOBest is 0.
l H1d is the hysteresis value of event 1D, which is determined by the parameter Hystfor1D
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
Figure 3-5 shows the triggering of event 1D. In this procedure, the default parameter values are
used.
If the signal quality of a cell not in the active set is higher than Th1D for a period of time specified
by TrigTime1D(BSC6900,BSC6910) (Time to trigger in the figure), the UE reports event 1D.
When receiving an event 1A, 1C, or 1D report, the RNC adds a target cell to the active set only
when the CPICH Ec/N0 of the target cell is higher than the absolute threshold SHOQualmin
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
NOTE
To enable the UEs in the cells in the monitored set to report event 1D, you need to turn on the intra-frequency
hard handover switch, that is, select the HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH switch of the
HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command.
Table 3-3 lists different types of intra-frequency handover decision and execution based on
different events.
3.5.1 Overview
If a soft handover fails, the RNC follows up by performing the following procedures:
1. Rate reduction
For a UE processing R99 non-real-time services (abbreviated as NRT services) in uplink
and downlink, if the RNC fails to set up a radio link for the UE during the admission phase
of a soft handover, the RNC reduces the service rate of the UE and then sets up a radio link
again, increasing the soft handover success rate. For details, see section 3.5.2 Rate
Reduction After an SHO Failure.
2. State transition from Cell_DCH to Cell_FACH (D2F for short)
If the RNC fails to set up a radio link for a UE during a soft handover, the RNC triggers a
D2F transition for the UE in the best cell when the target cell's signal quality is greater than
the best cell's signal quality plus a preset threshold value. This is to reduce the interference
to the target cell caused by UEs processing R99 NRT services in the uplink. For details,
see section 3.5.3 D2F Transition After a Soft Handover Failure.
3. Channel reconfiguration from E-DCH to DCH (E2D for short)
If the RNC fails to set up a radio link for an HSUPA UE during a soft handover or the target
cell does not support E2D reconfiguration for HSUPA UEs, the RNC triggers the E2D
reconfiguration procedure for the HSUPA UE. This is to reduce the interference to the
target cell caused by UEs processing HSUPA NRT services in the uplink. For details, see
section 3.5.4 E2D Reconfiguration After a Soft Handover Failure.
For a UE processing R99 NRT services in uplink and downlink, the following principles apply
after a soft handover failure:
l If the UE service rate can be reduced, the RNC reduces the UE service rate as described in
section 3.5.2 Rate Reduction After an SHO Failure
l If the UE service rate cannot be reduced because the rate reduction algorithm has not taken
effect or the UE has been using the guaranteed bit rate (GBR), the RNC triggers a D2F
transition when the conditions are met, as described in section 3.5.3 D2F Transition After
a Soft Handover Failure
NOTE
The follow-up procedures for soft handover failures reduce the possibility of received total wideband power
(RTWP) or channel element (CE) congestion in a cell but increase the number of RB reconfigurations and
the call drop rate.
1. The RNC evaluates whether the measurement quantity of the cell failing to be admitted
meets the condition of rate reduction.
l If the condition is met, the RNC performs a rate reduction process for the access service
immediately, as described in the "Procedure of Rate Reduction Execution" section.
l If the condition is not met, the RNC performs the next step (Step 2).
The condition of rate reduction is as follows: Mnew > Mbest_cell - RelThdForDwnGrd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l Mnew is the CPICH Ec/N0 measurement value of the cell failing to be admitted.
l Mbest_cell is the CPICH Ec/N0 measurement value of the best cell in the active set.
l RelThdForDwnGrd(BSC6900,BSC6910) is a parameter.
2. The RNC evaluates whether the number of SHO failures in the cell exceeds the
ShoFailNumForDwnGrd(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l If the number of SHO failures in the cell is smaller than the ShoFailNumForDwnGrd
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
– If the timer has not been started, the RNC starts it.
– If the timer has been started, the RNC increments the SHO failure counter by one.
The timer length is set through the parameter ShoFailPeriod(BSC6900,BSC6910).
The SHO failure counter of a cell is used to record the number of SHO failures in this
cell. For each UE, the RNC records the number of SHO failures in three cells at most.
For SHO failures in any other cells, the RNC does not record the number.
Before the SHO failure evaluation timer expires, no action is taken and the RNC waits
for the next measurement report period.
When the SHO failure evaluation timer expires, the RNC sets the SHO failure counter
of the corresponding cell to 0 and ends the evaluation.
l If the number of SHO failures in the cell is larger than or equal to the parameter
ShoFailNumForDwnGrd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC performs a rate reduction
process for the access service,
1. The RNC performs a rate reduction process for the access service.
To determine the access rate after the rate reduction, see the "Rate Negotiation at Admission
Control" section in Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
If the rate reduction fails, the RNC sets the SHO failure counter of the cell to 0 and ends
the rate reduction process.
2. If the rate reduction succeeds, the RNC makes an admission decision for the UE.
l If admitting the UE to the cell succeeds, the RNC adds this cell to the active set without
measurement and adds the radio link for the UE.
l If admitting the UE to the cell fails, the RNC starts the penalty timer
(DcccShoPenaltyTime(BSC6900,BSC6910)) to avoid a rate increase triggered by
DCCC within the period. When the penalty timer expires, the RNC sets the SHO failure
counter of the cell to 0 and ends the rate reduction process.
If the RNC fails to perform a soft handover again, it performs the estimation and execution
procedures, as previously described.
Target cell's Ec/N0 > Best cell's Ec/N0 + D2F quality offset for soft handover failures
When the preceding inequation applies, the interference to the target cell caused by the UE is
greater than that to the best cell.
When the D2F transition of the UE succeeds, the RNC starts a penalty timer for state transitions
from Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH (F2D for short).
l F2D transitions for the UE are forbidden until the penalty timer expires or the UE initiates
a CS service.
l The penalty timer stops if a cell update occurs due to the cell change.
To turn on the D2F transition switch for soft handover failures, set the SoftFailD2FSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter to ON. The D2F quality offset is determined by setting the
SoftFailD2FOffset(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. The value of the F2D penalty timer is
determined by setting the SoftFailF2DPunishTimer(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
The preceding parameters can be set by running the SET UINTRAFREQHO command.
To turn on the E2D reconfiguration switch for soft handover failures, set the SoftFailE2DSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UINTRAFREQHO command to ON.
When an E2D reconfiguration procedure for a UE succeeds, the RNC starts a penalty timer for
the UE. During the penalty period, periodic DRDs for the UE, including blind-handover-based
periodic DRDs and measurement-based periodic DRDs, are forbidden; D2E reconfiguration
triggered by dynamic channel configuration control (DCCC) is forbidden; D2E state transition
is forbidden if the target cell does not support HSUPA. The value of the penalty timer is fixed
to 20s. For details about periodic DRDs, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter
Description.
NOTE
The RNC does not trigger E2D reconfiguration for the UE if the soft handover fails due to a downlink
admission failure. This is because the uplink resources of the target cell are not congested if only a downlink
admission failure occurs.
Figure 3-8 shows the procedure for intra-frequency soft handover when the UE moves from
one cell to another cell within the same NodeB.
The connections involved in the intra-NodeB intra-frequency softer handover change are as
follows:
Figure 3-11 Signaling procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover
Figure 3-15 Signaling procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover
As shown in Figure 3-15, NodeB 1 is the source NodeB and NodeB 2 is the target NodeB.
As shown in Figure 3-17, NodeB 1 is the source NodeB and NodeB 2 is the target NodeB.
l When this switch is turned on, the UE reports the information about both monitored set
cells and detected set cells.
l When this switch is turned off, the UE reports the information about monitored set cells
only.
Whether a detected set cell can be added to the active set of a UE is controlled by the
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH under the HOSWITCH
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command.
l When this switch is turned on, a detected set cell can be added to the active set of a UE.
However, such a detected set cell must be a neighboring cell of a certain cell in the active
set.
l When this switch is turned off, a detected set cell cannot be added to the active set of a UE.
The optimized algorithm for adding detected set cells to the active set is controlled by
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET of the HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA command.
l When this switch is turned on, the RNC performs the following operations after receiving
a UE's measurement report triggered by a 1A, 1C, or 1D event:
If the reported cell is in the intra-frequency neighboring cell list sent from the RNC to the
UE, the RNC adds the reported cell to the active set of the UE.
If the reported cell is not in the intra-frequency neighboring cell list, the RNC searches for
the reported cell among the neighboring cells of all active set cells and the intra-frequency
neighboring cells of the best cell's intra-frequency neighboring cells.
– If only one intra-frequency neighboring cell has the same scrambling code as the
reported cell and is under the UE's SRNC, the SRNC adds the reported cell to the active
set.
– If only one intra-frequency neighboring cell has the same scrambling code as the
reported cell but is under the UE's DRNC, the SRNC performs different operations
depending on the value of HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET under
the HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA
command:
If HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET is set to ON, the RNC adds this
cell to the active set.
If HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET is set to OFF, the RNC does not
add this cell to the active set.
– If no or multiple intra-frequency neighboring cells have the same scrambling code as
the reported cell, the RNC does not add the reported cell to the active set.
l When this switch is turned off, the RNC checks whether the cell in the measurement report
triggered by a 1A, 1C, or 1D event is also in the intra-frequency neighboring cell list sent
from the RNC to the UE. If the cell is in the list, the RNC adds the cell to the active set.
Otherwise, the RNC does not add the cell to the active set.
NOTE
If either of the preceding conditions is not met, the RNC does not send a measurement control
message to the UE.
If either of the preceding conditions is not met, the RNC does not send a measurement control
message to the UE or sends a measurement control message to stop periodic P-CPICH RSCP
measurement.
The UE periodically reports measurement reports in UM, thereby preventing call drops caused
by SRB-triggered RLC reset. RabRscpPeriodTimer specifies the interval at which the UE
reports measurement reports. IntraFreqFilterCoef specifies the filtering coefficient.
After a UE has established a service or a reconfiguration procedure is complete, the RNC sends
a measurement control message to the UE, instructing the UE to start a periodic P-CPICH RSCP
and Ec/N0 measurement task or stop the current one and start a new task if the following
conditions are both met:
If either of the preceding conditions is not met, the RNC does not send a measurement control
message to the UE or sends a measurement control message to stop periodic P-CPICH RSCP
and Ec/N0 measurement.
The UE periodically reports measurement reports in UM, thereby preventing call drops caused
by SRB-triggered RLC reset. RsvU32Para8(BSC6900,BSC6910) specifies the interval at which
the UE reports measurement reports. IntraFreqFilterCoef(BSC6900,BSC6910) specifies the
filtering coefficient.
4.1 Overview
Based on the handover triggering causes, the inter-frequency and inter-RAT handover falls into
five categories, as described in Table 4-1.
This section mainly describes the 3G-to-2G coverage-based handover and QoS-based handover.
Except the cause of the triggering is different, the handover procedure is the same for the
coverage-based handover and QoS-based handover.
NOTE
Unless otherwise specified, inter-RAT handover refers to the handover performed between 3G and 2G
networks. For details about the handover between UMTS and LTE networks, see Interoperability Between
UMTS and LTE Feature Parameter Description.
Type Description
Type Description
Type Description
l If the switch is set to ON, the RNC initiates the active set quality measurement after the
RRC connection setup is completed (before the RB setup).
The RNC determines whether to allow handovers for UEs with single signaling
connections, depending on the RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT30 switch under
RsvSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the SET UALGORSVPARA command. The value
of the switch is set based on the situation of subsequent service establishment.
– When the switch is turned on, if a service is established after the RRC connection is set
up, the RNC allows handovers for UEs with single signaling connections; if no service
is established after the RRC connection is set up, the RNC prohibits handovers for UEs
with single signaling connections.
– When the switch is turned off, the RNC always allows handovers for UEs with single
signaling connections.
l If the switch is set to OFF, the RNC initiates the active set quality measurement after the
RB setup is completed.
l The switch is set to OFF by default.
l If the switch is set to ON, the RNC sends the inter-frequency measurement control message
with the neighboring cell, whose frequency is not included in the measurement capability
of the UE.
l If the switch is set to OFF, the RNC sends the inter-frequency measurement control
message without the neighboring cell, whose frequency is not included in the measurement
capability of the UE.
l The switch is set to OFF by default.
The signaling procedure of inter-frequency handover within one NodeB is similar to the
signaling procedure of the hard handover between NodeBs within one RNC.
Figure 4-2 Signaling procedure for inter-frequency handover between NodeBs within one RNC
As shown in Figure 4-2, NodeB 1 is the source NodeB, whereas NodeB 2 is the target NodeB.
From step 1 through step 6, a new connection is set up. From step 7 through step 9, the original
connection is released.
Figure 4-4 Signaling procedure for inter-frequency hard handover between the RNCs
NodeB 1 is the source NodeB, whereas NodeB 2 is the target NodeB. From step 1 through step
10, a new connection is set up. From step 11 through step 13, the original connection is released.
The 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain is triggered through the cell reselection.
The following figure shows an example of handover for the UE in CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH,
or URA_PCH state. When the UE is in idle mode, the cell reselection procedure does not include
the elementary procedures marked "UE CONNECTED" in Figure 4-6.
The UE performs the inter-RAT handover from UTRA RRC connected mode to GSM connected
mode first. After the UE sends a HANDOVER COMPLETE message to the GSM/BSS, the UE
initiates a temporary block procedure towards the GPRS to suspend the GPRS services. After
the CS domain services are released on the GSM side, the inter-RAT handover in the PS domain
is initiated and then completed.
If the inter-RAT handover from UTRA RRC Connected Mode to GSM Connected Mode
succeeds, the handover is regarded as successful, no matter whether the UE initiates a temporary
block procedure towards the GPRS.
In case of inter-RAT handover failure, the UE may go back to the UTRA RRC Connected Mode
and re-establish the connection in the original state.
The UE sends a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message to the SGSN to resume the
GPRS service. The update mode depends on the network operation mode in use.
The GSM system uses time division multiple access technology, and the inter-RAT measurement
is performed in idle timeslots. Therefore, the GSM does not need to support the compressed
mode.
If a moving UE leaves the coverage area of the current frequency or the link quality in the uplink
or downlink degrades, the RNC triggers a coverage-based or QoS-based inter-frequency or inter-
RAT handover to avoid call drops. The QoS-based handover procedure is the same as the
coverage-based handover procedure in the uplink or downlink.
the RNC initiates a QoS-based handover. For details about the triggering conditions of
QoS-based handovers for CS services, see the "Link Stability Control for AMR" section
in AMR Feature Parameter Description. For details about the triggering conditions of
QoS-based handovers for BE services, see the "Link Stability Control for BE" section
in DCCC Feature Parameter Description.
l In the measurement phase
The RNC sends a measurement control message to the UE. Upon receipt of this message,
the UE performs inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover measurement.
In this phase, the method of either periodical measurement report or event-triggered
measurement report can be used.
l In the decision phase
The RNC makes a handover decision based on event 2B, event 3A, or periodical
measurement report sent by the UE.
l In the execution phase
The RNC performs the handover procedure.
command. The meanings of the cell-level timers are the same as those of the RNC-level timers.
When both the cell- and RNC-level timers are set, the cell-level timers prevail. During a
handover, the timers in the best cell prevail.
During a coverage-based handover, if the CPICH signal quality of the current cell improves, the
UE reports event 2F. Then, the RNC stops the compressed mode and the coverage-based
handover. For the conditions for stopping a QoS-based handover for CS services, see the "Link
Stability Control for AMR" section in AMR Feature Parameter Description. For the conditions
for stopping a QoS-based handover for BE services, see the "Link Stability Control for BE"
section in DCCC Feature Parameter Description.
The measurement control message contains the measurement report mode, measurement
quantities, neighboring cells to be measured, and parameters for measurement events.
When the measurement report conditions are met, the UE sends measurement reports to the RNC
in event-triggered report mode or periodical report mode. Based on the measurement reports
received from the UE, the RNC determines whether to perform a handover.
you can set the corresponding threshold of the limited measurement quantity to the
minimum value. For example, if event 2D of CS service Ec/N0 can be reported but the
RSCP cannot, the parameter InterRATCSThd2DRSCP(BSC6900,BSC6910) or
InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to the minimum value, that is, -115.
l In a coverage-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, the RNC preferentially
delivers an inter-frequency measurement control message to the UE. If the RNC does not
receive any valid inter-frequency measurement reports until the timer specified by the
CsHoPrioMeasTimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) or PsHoPrioMeasTimerLen
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter expires (indicating that the UE does not complete the
coverage-based inter-frequency handover), the RNC delivers an inter-RAT measurement
control message.
l In coverage-based inter-RAT handover, the event 3A measurement quantity is set through
the MeasQuantityOf3A(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
l In QoS-based inter-RAT handover, the event 3A measurement quantity is set through the
UsedFreqMeasQuantityForQos3A(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
The unused frequencies belong to a GSM cell, and the unused frequency measurement quantity
is referred to as to GSM RSSI.
1. From the neighboring cell list of the best cell, the RNC selects at most two frequencies to
be measured based on the Priority of Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover for
neighboring cells.
2. The RNC selects neighboring cells to be measured according to the following rules:
l When the neighboring cell combination function is enabled, the RNC selects
neighboring cells according to the rules described in chapter 11 Neighboring Cell
Combination.
l When the neighboring cell combination function is disabled, the RNC selects a
maximum of 32 neighboring cells from the neighboring cell list of the best cell based
on the value of the Priority of Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover for
neighboring cells.
Table 5-1 describes the measurement events involved in inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover.
Event Description
Event Description
For details about event triggering conditions, see section 14.2.1 Inter-frequency reporting events
and 14.3.1 Inter-RAT reporting event in 3GPP TS 25.331 V10.0.0.
Triggering of Event 2D
After the trigger conditions of event 2D are fulfilled and maintained until the value of the Event
2D Trigger Delay parameter is reached, the UE sends the event 2D measurement report
message.
The principles for using event 2D-related parameters (event 2D trigger delay, hysteresis for event
2D, and threshold for triggering event 2D) in different scenarios are as follows:
l When the neighboring cells are inter-frequency neighboring UMTS cells, event 2D-related
parameters configured for inter-frequency handover are used.
l When the neighboring cells are neighboring GSM cells, event 2D-related parameters
configured for inter-RAT handover are used.
l When the neighboring cells are neighboring LTE cells, event 2D-related parameters
configured for UMTS-to-LTE handover are used.
l When the neighboring cells are neighboring LTE and GSM cells, event 2D-related
parameters configured for inter-RAT handover are used.
l When the neighboring cells are neighboring LTE cells and inter-frequency neighboring
UMTS cells, event 2D-related parameters configured for inter-frequency handover are
used.
l When the neighboring cells are neighboring LTE cells, neighboring GSM cells, and inter-
frequency neighboring UMTS cells, or when the neighboring cells are neighboring GSM
cells and inter-frequency neighboring UMTS cells, the event 2D-related parameters to be
used depend on the setting of the CoexistMeasThdChoice(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
– If this parameter is set to COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ, event
2D-related parameters configured for inter-frequency handover are used.
– If this parameter is set to COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT, event
2D-related parameters configured for inter-RAT handover are used.
NOTE
BSC6910) for
HSPA services
If the measurement
quantity is Ec/N0,
the threshold for
starting neighboring
GSM cell
measurement is:
NOTE
Triggering of Event 2F
After the trigger conditions of event 2F are fulfilled and maintained until the value of the Event
2F Trigger Delay parameter is reached, the UE sends the event 2F measurement report message.
where
The principles for using event 2F-related parameters in different networking scenarios are the
same as those for using event 2D-related parameters. For details, see the "Triggering of Event
2D" section. Table 5-3 describes event 2F-related parameters.
If the measurement
quantity is Ec/N0, the
threshold for starting
neighboring GSM cell
measurement is:
NOTE
Triggering of Event 2B
After the trigger conditions of event 2B are fulfilled and maintained until the value of the
TimeToTrig2B(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is reached, the UE sends the event 2B
measurement report message.
Event 2B is triggered on the basis of the following formula:
QNoused ≥ TNoused2b + H2b/2
where
l QNoused is the measured quality of the cell that uses the other frequencies.
l QUsed is the measured quality of the used frequency.
l H2b is the event 2B hysteresis value set through the parameter HystFor2B
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l TNoused2b is the quality threshold of the cells that use the target frequencies.
l Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured
through the following parameters:
– TargetFreqCsThdEcN0(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– TargetFreqCsThdRscp(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– TargetFreqR99PsThdEcN0(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– TargetFreqR99PsThdRscp(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– TargetFreqHThdEcN0(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– TargetFreqHThdRscp(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l TUsed2b is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency.
l Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured
through the following parameters:
If event 2D with the CPICH RSCP value is received by the RNC:
– TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value can be:
UsedFreqCSThdRSCP(BSC6900,BSC6910)
UsedFreqR99PsThdRSCP(BSC6900,BSC6910)
UsedFreqHThdRSCP(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/N0 value is configured as the maximum value
0 dB.
Triggering of Event 3A
After the trigger conditions of event 3A are fulfilled and maintained until the value of the
TrigTime3A(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is reached, the UE sends the measurement report
of event 3A.
where
l QUsed is the measurement value of the cell at the currently used frequency.
l TUsed is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency. Based on
the service type and measurement quantity in the coverage-based handover, TUsed can be
configured through the following parameters:
– UsedFreqCSThdEcN0(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– UsedFreqCSThdRSCP(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– UsedFreqHThdEcN0(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– UsedFreqHThdRSCP(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– UsedFreqR99PsThdEcN0(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– UsedFreqR99PsThdRSCP(BSC6900,BSC6910)
In the coverage-based handover, based on the measurement quantity (CPICH Ec/N0 or
RSCP), TUsed is configured as follows:
– If the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/N0:
If event 2D is triggered by RSCP, TUsed is configured as the maximum value 0 dB.
If event 2D is triggered by Ec/N0, TUsed is configured as the Ec/N0 threshold specified
by the previous parameters.
– If the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP:
If event 2D is triggered by RSCP, TUsed is configured as the RSCP threshold specified
by the previous parameters.
If event 2D is triggered by Ec/N0, TUsed is configured as the maximum value -25 dBm.
In the uplink QoS-based handover, based on the measurement quantity (CPICH Ec/N0
or RSCP), TUsed is configured as the maximum value according to section 10.37.39
Intra-frequency measurement reporting criteria in 3GPP TS 25.331 V10.0.0, as
described below:
– If the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/N0, TUsed is configured as the maximum value
0 dB.
– If the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP, TUsed is configured as the maximum value
-25 dBm.
In the downlink QoS-based handover:
– If the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/N0, TUsed is configured as the maximum value
0 dB.
– If the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP, based on the service type, TUsed can be
configured as one of the following sums:
– UsedFreqCSThdRSCP(BSC6900,BSC6910)andDlRscpQosHyst
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– UsedFreqR99PsThdRSCP(BSC6900,BSC6910)andDlRscpQosHyst
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– UsedFreqHThdRSCP(BSC6900,BSC6910)andDlRscpQosHyst(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l MOtherRAT is the measurement value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range.
l CIOOtherRAT is the cell individual offset value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting
range, which is equal to the sum of CIO(BSC6900,BSC6910) and CIOOffset
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l TOtherRAT is the absolute inter-RAT handover threshold. Based on different service types
(CS services, PS R99 services, or PS HSPA services), this threshold can be configured
through the following parameters:
– TargetRatCsThd(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– TargetRatR99PsThd(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– TargetRatHThd(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l H3a is 3A hysteresis, the hysteresis value of event 3A.
l For the PS and CS combined services, when the switch HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):
HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_COV_PARA_SWITCH is set to ON, TUsed is specified
by UsedFreqCSPSThdRSCP(BSC6900,BSC6910) or UsedFreqCSPSThdEcN0
(BSC6900,BSC6910), and TOtherRAT is specified by TargetRatCSPSMRABThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910). Otherwise, the thresholds for CS services are used.
1. Decides whether both the CPICH Ec/N0 value and CPICH RSCP value of the target cell
pilot signal meet the requirement of inter-frequency handover.
The evaluation formula is listed below:
Mother_Freq + CIOother_Freq ≥ Tother_Freq + H/2
where
l Mother_Freq is the CPICH Ec/N0 or CPICH RSCP measurement value of the target cell
reported by the UE. Both of the two measurement values of the inter-frequency cell
must satisfy the formula.
l CIOother_Freq is the cell individual offset value of the target cell. It is equal to the sum
of CIO(BSC6900,BSC6910) and CIOOffset(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l Tother_Freq is the quality threshold of the cells that use the target frequencies during inter-
frequency handovers. For details, see the "Triggering of Event 2B" section.
l H is the inter-frequency hard handover hysteresis value set through the parameter
HystForPrdInterFreq(BSC6900,BSC6910).
2. If the conditions described in step 1 are met, the RNC starts the hard handover time-to-
trigger timer.
The value of the hard handover time-to-trigger timer is specified by the
TimeToTrigForPrdInterFreq(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. Before the timer expires,
if the RNC receives a measurement report from the UE and the CPICH Ec/N0 and CPICH
RSCP of a neighboring cell meet the following formula, the RNC stops the timer and does
not select the neighboring cell in the measurement report as the target cell:
Mother_Freq + CIOother_Freq < Tother_Freq - H/2
3. After the hard handover time-to-trigger timer expires, the RNC ranks the cells in the latest
measurement report in descending order by signal quality and selects the cell with the best
signal quality for inter-frequency handover. For example, the cell with the highest CPICH
RSCP in the latest measurement report is selected, as shown in Figure 5-2.
Figure 5-2 Selecting the cell with the highest CPICH RSCP
1. Adds all the pilot cells that trigger event 2B to a cell set and arranges the cells according
to the measurement quality of CPICH_Ec/N0 in descending order.
2. Selects a cell from the cell set in sequence and instructs the UE to perform a handover to
the cell.
1. Decides whether the quality of 2G cells meets the conditions of inter-RAT handover.
The evaluation formula is listed below:
Mother_RAT + CIOother_RAT ≥ Tother_RAT + H/2
where
l Mother_RAT is the measurement result of inter-RAT handover received by the RNC.
l CIOother_RAT is the cell individual offset value of the target cell. It is equal to the sum
of CIO(BSC6900,BSC6910) and CIOOffset(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l Tother_RAT is the quality threshold of the cells that use the target frequencies during inter-
RAT handovers. For details, see the "Triggering of Event 3A" section.
l H is the inter-RAT handover hysteresis value set through HystforInterRAT
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l For the PS and CS combined services, the thresholds for CS services are used.
2. If the conditions described in 1 are met, the RNC starts the time-to-trigger timer.
The value of the time-to-trigger timer is specified by the TimeToTrigForVerify
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter (with BSIC acknowledged) or the
TimeToTrigForNonVerify(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter (with BSIC
unacknowledged). If the RNC receives a measurement report from the UE before the timer
expires and the signal quality of a neighboring cell meets the following formula, the RNC
stops the timer and does not select the neighboring cell in the measurement report as the
target cell:
Mother_RAT + CIOother_RAT < Tother_RAT - H/2
When the BSICVerify(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to REQUIRED, the BSIC
acknowledged mode is used. The BSICVerify(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is a cell-
level parameter and also a RNC-level parameter, which is set by running the ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV and SET UINTERRATHOCOV commands,
respectively.
3. After the time-to-trigger timer expires, the RNC ranks the cells in the latest measurement
report in descending order by signal quality and selects the cell with the best signal quality
for inter-RAT handover.
Before performing an inter-RAT handover, the RNC checks the signal quality of the best
cell. If the signal quality of the best cell is poor, the RNC does not trigger an inter-RAT
handover. This increases the inter-RAT handover success rate. The method of determining
the signal quality of the best cell is as follows:
The RNC checks whether the switches for reporting the signal quality of intra-frequency
neighboring cells in periodical inter-RAT measurement for a single CS service and a single
PS service, respectively, are turned on:
l For a single CS service, the switch can be turned on by selecting
HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH of the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command.
l For a single PS service, the switch can be turned on by selecting
HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH of the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command.
l For CS and PS combined services, the switch is the same as that for a single CS service.
If at least one switch is turned on, the periodical inter-RAT measurement reports sent
by the UE to the RNC contain the signal quality information about the cells in the active
set. The RNC checks the signal quality of the best cell in the active set of the
measurement report. If an inter-RAT neighboring cell meets the conditions of inter-
RAT handover, the RNC further checks whether the Ec/N0 of the best cell in the active
set meets the following formula:
Ec/N0 Lower Thd for Inter-RAT Intra-Frequency Handover
(UsedIRATHOLowerThdEcNo(BSC6900,BSC6910)) ≤ Ec/N0 of the best cell ≤ Ec/
N0 Upper Thd for Inter-RAT Intra-Frequency Handover
(UsedIRATHOUpperThdEcNo(BSC6900,BSC6910))
If the preceding formula is met, the RNC decides to perform an inter-RAT handover.
Otherwise, the RNC decides not to perform an inter-RAT handover. Note that the RNC
needs to send an intra-frequency neighboring cell measurement control message to the
UE because the RNC decides whether to perform an inter-RAT handover based on the
signal quality of intra-frequency neighboring cells. The size of the inter-RAT
measurement report increases when it contains the intra-frequency neighboring cell
measurement result, increasing the call drop rate.
If neither switch is turned on, the RNC selects a target cell and triggers a 3G-to-2G
handover.
NOTE
In an area where 2G and 3G networks are deployed, if the inter-RAT handover success rate is lower
than expected or if the customer is unsatisfied with the situation where the 3G network signal quality
is good enough for UEs to camp on but UEs are nevertheless handed over to the 2G network, then:
l Turn on the switch for a single CS service to increase the inter-RAT handover success rate of CS
services, that is, select HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH of the
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
l Turn on the switch for a single PS service to increase the inter-RAT handover success rate of PS
services, that is, select HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH of the
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
4. Select a target cell. For details, see Target Cell Selection.
Inter-frequency The RNC selects the inter-frequency neighboring UMTS cell with the
neighboring best signal quality.
UMTS cells
Neighboring LTE For a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the RNC selects the
cells neighboring LTE cell with the best signal quality.
For a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection, the RNC selects a
target cell as follows:
l If the PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITCH
check box under the PerfEnhanceSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter is not selected, the RNC selects the neighboring LTE cell
with the best signal quality.
l If the PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITCH
check box under the PerfEnhanceSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter is selected, the RNC preferentially selects the neighboring
LTE cell with the highest priority. If two or more neighboring LTE
cells have the same priority, the RNC selects the one with the best
signal quality.
cells to values within the range of 0 to 3 and the priorities of neighboring GSM 900 MHz
cells to values within the range of 4 to 7.
1. Puts all the 2G cells that trigger event 3A into a cell set and arranges the cells according to
the measurement quality in descending order.
2. Selects a cell from the cell set in sequence and instructs the UE to perform a handover to
the cell.
Capability Requirement
Before deciding the 3G-to-2G handover, the RNC considers 2G cell capability, service
capability, and UE capability.
The following table describes the impacts of different types of capability on handover decision.
If the capability of all neighboring 2G cells does not meet the requirement, the inter-RAT
measurement will not be triggered.
l HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM
l HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM
The RNC triggers a service-based or load-based 3G-to-2G handover only when the Service
Handover Indicator is set to HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM.
The IE Service Handover Indicator indicates the CN policy for the service handover to the 2G
network. This IE is indicated in the Radio Access Bearer (RAB) assignment signaling assigned
by the CN, or provided by the RNC side.
l If the switch is set to ON, the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is based on the
parameter configured on the RNC side.
l If the switch is set to OFF, the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is first based on the
CN when the indicator is contained in the RAB assignment signaling assigned by the CN.
If the CN does not allocate a service indicator, the service attribute of inter-RAT handover
is based on the RNC side.
Through the SHIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, the service handover indicators are set as
follows:
l For a UE with a single signaling RAB, the RNC supports the handover to the GSM, which
is not recommended.
l For the UE accessing combined services (with CS services), the RNC sets the service
handover indicator of the UE to that of CS services, because CS services have the highest
QoS priority.
l For the UE accessing combined services (with only PS services), the RNC sets the service
handover indicator of the UE to that of PS services with the highest QoS priority
If the service handover indicators are not configured by the CN, each indicator can be set to the
service parameter index of a service on the RNC. Each service parameter index is the index of
one typical service RAB, which involves a set of service type, source description, CN domain
ID, and maximum rate (bit/s).
The Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC) function can efficiently reduce the delay of UMTS-
to-GSM handover.
Some services have requirements for the delay. If the handover takes too long, TCP may start
slowly or data transmission of the service stream may be interrupted due to the overflow of the
UE buffer. The introduction of NACC enables the system information exchange between
different BSSs, or between BSS and RAN. The inter-system delay, especially inter-system delay
in PS domains, can be reduced. With NACC, the RNC sends the UE a cell change order, which
contains the GSM EDGE Radio Access Network (GERAN) system information, when the 3G-
to-2G handover in the PS domain is triggered.
Information can be exchanged between different BSSs or between the BSS and RAN can be
implemented by exchanging RIM messages through either the CN or Huawei proprietary
eCoordinator.
NOTE
RIM messages can be exchanged between the UTRAN and GERAN through the eCoordinator when the
following conditions are met:
l Huawei devices used in the UTRAN and GERAN are connected to the same eCoordinator.
l The CN to which the UTRAN and GERAN connect does not support the RIM procedure or the RIM
procedure is not enabled for the UTRAN and GERAN.
When the RIM procedure is performed through the eCoordinator, the switches for the RIM procedure must
be set to on for NEs involved in the procedure, such as BSC, eCoordinator, and RNC. Otherwise, the RIM
procedure cannot be performed through the eCoordinator and these NEs cannot send RIM messages to or
respond to RIM messages from the CN.
If the HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH is turned on, the PS handover
from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the relocation process. When the switch
is not on, the PS handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the cell change
order process.
l For a UE that is processing CS services, the RNC enables the UE to continue processing
the CS services in the source cell only if the
AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH check box under the
PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
command is selected.
l For a UE that is processing PS services, the RNC unconditionally enables the UE to
continue processing the PS services in the source cell.
Upon receipt of a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message from the UE, the RNC
performs the following operations:
l Terminates the handover procedure and enables the UE to continue processing the CS
services in the source cell.
l Starts a penalty timer. During the penalty period, the RNC prohibits the UE from being
handed over to the target cell again.
If the PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH check box under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA
command is selected, the penalty duration is 50s. Otherwise, the penalty duration is 30s.
l If the number of handover failures caused by physical channel failures reaches the value
of the InterRatPhyChFailNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, the RNC starts another
penalty timer. During the penalty period specified by the PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, the UE is prohibited from being handed over to any
neighboring GSM cell. The IRATHO.FailOutCS.PhyChFail counter provides the number
of handover failures.
The InterRatPhyChFailNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) and PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters are set by running the cell-level command ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV or RNC-level command SET UINTERRATHONCOV.
l For UEs that are processing PS services:
Upon receipt of a CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message from the
UE, the RNC performs the following operations:
– Terminates the handover procedure and enables the UE to continue processing the PS
services in the source cell.
– Starts a penalty timer. During the penalty period, the RNC prohibits the UE from being
handed over to the target cell again.
If the PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH check box under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA
command is selected, the penalty duration is 50s. Otherwise, the penalty duration is 30s.
If the number of handover failures caused by physical channel failures reaches the value of the
InterRatPhyChFailNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, the RNC starts another penalty
timer. During the penalty period specified by the PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail
6 Non-Coverage-based Handover
If the UE is in the soft handover state, the RNC performs based on the following conditions:
1. The RNC initializes the timer of intra-frequency measurement for blind handover. The
timer is specified by internal algorithm and does not need to be configured.
2. The RNC initiates a periodical intra-frequency measurement.
The measurement report mode is set to periodical report.
l The reporting period is BlindHOIntrafreqMRInterval(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l The number of measurement reports is BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmount
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l The intra-frequency handover measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP.
l The list of measured cells contains only the cells that trigger LDR.
3. After receiving from the UE the intra-frequency measurement reports for conditional blind
handover, the RNC checks whether the following condition is met:
CPICH RSCP of the cell in the measurement report ≥ BlindHOQualityCondition
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l If the condition is met, the RNC increments the counter of the number of intra-frequency
measurement reports for blind handover by 1.
l If the condition is not met, the RNC does not perform a blind handover to the cell that
triggers LDR and stops intra-frequency measurement for blind handover.
4. When the counter reaches the value of BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmount
(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC initiates a blind handover to the target cell.
If the counter does not reach this value, the RNC waits for the next intra-frequency
measurement report from the UE.
5. If the timer of intra-frequency measurement for blind handover expires, the RNC does not
perform a blind handover to the target cell and stops intra-frequency handover measurement
for blind handover.
If the inter-frequency handover based on coverage or QoS is triggered, the RNC stops the intra-
frequency measurement for conditional blind handover.
The RNC performs an inter-frequency hard handover to the target cell directly.
When the conditions for event 3C are met and the delay requirement specified by the TrigTime3C
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter can be satisfied, the UE sends the measurement report of event
3C.
where
l MOtherRAT is the measurement value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range.
l CIOOtherRAT is the cell individual offset value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting
range, which is equal to the sum of CIO(BSC6900,BSC6910) and CIOOffset
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l TOtherRAT is the absolute inter-RAT handover threshold. Based on different service types
(CS, PS domain R99 services, or PS domain HSPA services), this threshold can be
configured through the following parameters:
– InterRATNCovHOCSThd(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– InterRATNCovHOPSThd(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l H3c is HYSTFOR3C(BSC6900,BSC6910), the hysteresis value of event 3C.
l For the PS and CS combined services, the thresholds for CS services are used.
1. Puts all the 2G cells that trigger event 3C into a cell set and arranges the cells according to
the measurement quality in descending order.
2. Selects the cells in sequence from the cell set.
To avoid the impact of the UE (in long-term measurement of compressed mode) on the radio
network, the parameter InterRATHOAttempts(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to restrict the
maximum attempts of the 3G-to-2G load-based or service-based handover. The parameter
indicates the handover attempts made to the same cell or different cells. If the number of attempts
exceeds the parameter value, the RNC does not initiate the handover.
This feature can balance the load between the two systems by transferring some kind of
appropriate services to GSM/GPRS.
l When a single CS service is initially set up by the UE, the RNC allows the 3G-to-2G service-
based handover if CSServiceHOSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON.
l When a single PS service is initially set up by the UE, the RNC allows the service-based
3G-to-2G handover if PSServiceHOSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON.
Except for the triggering phase, the procedure of service-based inter-RAT handover is the same
as that of the Load-based inter-RAT handover. For details, see section 6.2.3 Load-based Inter-
RAT Handover Decision and Execution.
When a service is established, the RNC requests the handover to the GSM based on the service
type and service handover indicator assigned by the CN.
Figure 6-3 shows an example of rules for the indicator of the 3G-to-2G handover based on load
and service.
Figure 6-3 Example of rules for indicator of 3G-to-2G handover based on load and service
l HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM
l HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM
The RNC initiates the service-based 3G-to-2G handover only when the Service Handover
Indicator is HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM.
Before deciding the 3G-to-2G handover, the RNC considers 2G cell capability (RatCellType
(BSC6900,BSC6910)), service required capability (Req2GCap(BSC6900,BSC6910)) and UE
capability.
The following table describes the impacts of different types of capability on handover decision.
If the capability of all neighboring 2G cells does not meet the requirement, the inter-RAT
measurement will not be triggered.
The load status between the source cell and the target cell can be acquired by interchanging load
information between a 3G cell and a 2G cell during the load-based or service-based handover.
Whether to further conduct the handover can be determined to avoid the 2G cell overload and
possible handovers to congested cells.
For the concept of "basic congestion", see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
7 HSPA Handover
Handling of Event 1A
After receiving an event 1A report, the RNC proceeds as follows:
l If the number of cells in the active set does not reach the maximum value, the RNC adds
the cell to the active set.
l If the number of cells in the active set reaches the maximum value, the RNC does not add
the radio link to the active set.
Handling of Event 1B
After receiving an event 1B report, the RNC determines whether to delete a cell.
l If the cell to be deleted is not an HSDPA serving cell, the cell is directly removed.
l If the cell to be deleted is an HSDPA serving cell, then:
– If the new best cell supports HSDPA, the new best cell is reconfigured to be an HSDPA
serving cell. If the reconfiguration fails, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH.
– If the new best cell does not support HSDPA, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH
to ensure the continuity of the service.
Handling of Event 1C
After receiving an event 1C report, the RNC decides whether to change the worst cell.
l If the cell to be replaced is not an HSDPA serving cell, the cell is directly removed.
l If the cell to be replaced is an HSDPA serving cell, then:
– If the best cell supports HSDPA, the best cell is reconfigured to be an HSDPA serving
cell. If the reconfiguration fails, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH.
– If the best cell does not support HSDPA, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH to
ensure the continuity of the service.
Handling of Event 1D
After receiving an event 1D report, the RNC proceeds as follows:
Figure 7-1 Intra-frequency handover between HSDPA cells when the best cell changes
l If the switch is ON, the UE supports the synchronization of the update of the active set and
the change of the serving cell.
l If the switch is OFF, the UE reconfigures the change of the serving cell by allocating
physical channels after updating the active set.
During the update of the HSDPA serving cell, set the NBMMachsResetAlgoSelSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter to determine whether to reset the UE MAC-hs.
RAN16.0 introduces the fast HSDPA serving cell change function, which is implemented during
an HSDPA intra-frequency handover. For details about the fast HSDPA serving cell change
function, see Process Optimization Feature Parameter Description.
The following describes the three possible scenarios in which an inter-frequency handover
occurs.
If the serving or target cell is in load congestion when the UE performs a serving cell update for
inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, the service is reconfigured from the HS-PDSCH to the
DPCH.
The hard handovers of an HSDPA cell are the same as those of an R99 cell.
If the TPC command is carried on the F-DPCH between the UE and the UTRAN, the SRB and
the TRB are carried on the HS-DSCH. If a cell that does not support the F-DPCH is added to
the active set, all the F-DPCHs are deleted. In addition, new DPCHs between the UE and all the
cells in the active set are set up to carry the SRB and TPC commands.
Handling of Event 1A
After receiving the measurement report, the RNC proceeds as follows:
If the target cell supports HSUPA and the uplink service is carried on the E-DCH, then:
l If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is smaller than the value of
MaxEdchCellInActiveSet(BSC6900,BSC6910), the target cell is added to both the DCH
and E-DCH active sets.
l Otherwise, the target cell is added to only the DCH active set.
After deciding that a cell can be added to the E-DCH active set,
l If the admission in the downlink fails, the cell is added to neither the E-DCH active set nor
the DCH active set. It waits for the next event 1A report for retry.
l Otherwise, if the admission in the downlink succeeds, the RNC perform the HSUPA
admission in the uplink.
– If HSUPA admission in the uplink succeeds, the cell is added to the E-DCH active set
and the DCH active set.
– If HSUPA admission in the uplink fails, the cell is added only to the DCH active set. If
the DCH admission in the uplink still fails, the cell is added to neither the E-DCH active
set nor the DCH active set. It waits for the next event 1A report for retry.
Handling of Event 1B
If the number of radio links in the DCH active set is larger than one, then:
l If the cell to be removed is not an HSUPA serving cell, the cell is directly removed.
l If the cell to be removed is an HSUPA serving cell, then:
– If the new best cell supports HSUPA, the new best cell is reconfigured to be an E-DCH
serving cell.
– If the new best cell does not support HSUPA, the uplink service is redirected to the
DCH through the RB reconfiguration.
l If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA and the cell to be removed is an E-DCH
serving cell, then:
– If the new best cell supports both HSDPA and HSUPA, the cell is reconfigured to be
an HS-DSCH serving cell or an E-DCH serving cell.
– If the new best cell supports HSDPA but not HSUPA, the current service is changed
from CS Voice over HSPA to CS Voice over DCH. If there remain other HSDPA
services, the serving cell should be updated and the new best cell should be the HS-
PDSCH serving cell.
– If the new best cell supports neither HSUPA nor HSDPA, the current service is
reconfigured to be CS Voice over DCH.
Whether the cells under the adjacent RNC support CS Voice over HSPA is determined by the
RNC-level parameter CSVoiceoverHSPASuppInd(BSC6900,BSC6910).
After the best cell of a UE changes, if the size of the DCH or E-DCH active set of the new best
cell is different from those of the old best cell, the RNC removes or reconfigures radio links to
adapt to the size and configuration of the new best cell.
Handling of Event 1C
When event 1C is triggered, the UE reports the event-triggered list that contains good cells and
the cells to be replaced, and sequences the cells from the highest to the lowest quality according
to measurement quantity.
If the new cell does not support HSUPA, the cell is added to only the DCH active set.
Handling of Event 1D
If the criteria for intra-frequency hard handover are fulfilled, the RNC performs intra-frequency
hard handover after receiving the event 1D report. If the criteria for intra-frequency hard
handover are not fulfilled, the RNC performs intra-frequency soft handover based on the
measurement report.
l If the new best cell in the active set supports HSUPA and the HSPA hysteresis timer
(HspaTimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910)) expires, the E-DCH serving cell becomes the best
cell. The HSPA hysteresis timer is restarted after the cell change.
l If the new best cell in the active set does not support HSUPA,
– The uplink service is directed to the DCH through the reconfiguration. If the
reconfiguration fails, the service is still carried on the E-DCH. The UE is connected to
the new best cell only on the DCH.
l The uplink service is still carried on the DCH. After handover, the RNC may retry to
configure the service on E-DCH. For details, see 7.5 HSPA Retry.
l If the new best cell supports both HSUPA and HSDPA, the cell is reconfigured to be an
HSPA serving cell.
l Otherwise, the service is changed from CS Voice over HSPA to CS Voice over DCH
through the reconfiguration.
Triggering of Event 1J
Event 1J is triggered under the following condition:
l MNew is the measurement result of the cell not in the E-DCH active set but in the DCH
active set.
l CIONew and CIOInAS refer to the offset of each cell.
l MInAS is the measurement result of the cell in the E-DCH active set with the lowest
measurement result.
l H1J is the hysteresis parameter for event 1J and is determined by Hystfor1J
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l If the measurement result is CPICH-Ec/N0, MNew and MInAS are expressed as ratios.
l If the measurement result is CPICH-RSCP, MNew and MInAS are expressed in mW.
In Figure 7-5, the hysteresis and the cell individual offsets for all cells equal 0.
The first measurement report is sent when primary CPICH D becomes better than primary
CPICH B. The "cell measurement event result" of the measurement report contains the
information of primary CPICH D and CPICH B.
On the assumption that the E-DCH active set has been updated after the first measurement report
(E-DCH active set is now primary CPICH A and primary CPICH D), the second report is sent
when primary CPICH C becomes better than primary CPICH A. The "cell measurement event
result" of the second measurement report shows that primary CPICH C is better than primary
CPICH A in quality.
l HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH:
measurement control switch for event 1J. When the switch is ON, the UE version is R6
and event 1J is included in the intra-frequency measurement control message.
After receiving the intra-frequency measurement report from the UE, the RNC decides whether
to go to the execution phase, depending on the information in the report.
Handling of Event 1J
Event 1J provides the solution to the issue of how to add an HSUPA cell in a DCH active set to
an E-DCH active set. This event is triggered when a non-active E-DCH but active DCH primary
CPICH becomes better than an active E-DCH primary CPICH.
When event 1J is triggered, the UE reports the event-triggered list that contains good cells and
the cells to be replaced, and sequences the cells from the highest to the lowest quality according
to measurement quantity.
l If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is smaller than the value of
MaxEdchCellInActiveSet(BSC6900,BSC6910), the cell where event 1J is triggered is
reconfigured to E-DCH.
l If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is equal to the value of
MaxEdchCellInActiveSet(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC searches the measurement
report for the non-serving Cell_EDCH with the lowest measured quality in the E-DCH
active set. Then, the uplink of the cell where event 1J is triggered is reconfigured from DCH
to E-DCH, and the uplink of CELL-EDCH is reconfigured from E-DCH to DCH.
Only when all the cells in the E-DCH active set support 2 ms TTI can the services be configured
to the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI. If any cell in the E-DCH active set does not support 2 ms TTI, the
services are configured on the E-DCH with 10 ms TTI.
l When the uplink service is carried on the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI, if a cell that supports only
10 ms TTI is to be added to the E-DCH active set, the source cell undergoes a radio bearer
reconfiguration to 10 ms TTI. A soft handover to the target cell is performed.
Upon each handover, if a radio link needs to be added, removed, or replaced, the RNC
judges whether all the cells in the E-DCH active set and the UE support 2 ms TTI.
l If they all support 2 ms TTI and the uplink service is currently carried on the E-DCH with
10 ms TTI, the RNC reconfigures the service to the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI.
– If the reconfiguration fails, a timer is started for periodic retries to the E-DCH with 2
ms TTI.
– If the handover is performed before the timer expires, the timer is stopped.
– After the handover, the RNC decides whether to start the timer, based on the handover
result.
During the execution phase, whether to reconfigure the services from E-DCH to DCH depends
on the HSUPA capability of the target cell. After the handover, a decision must be made about
whether to reconfigure the services from DCH to E-DCH.
Table 7-1 describes the three possible scenarios for inter-frequency handover.
Scenario Description
If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA and the target cell supports both HSDPA and
HSUPA, the target cell is reconfigured as an HSPA serving cell. Otherwise, the service of CS
Voice over HSPA must first be reconfigured as CS Voice over DCH.
Whether the target RNC supports CS Voice over HSPA is determined by the parameter
CSVoiceOverHspaSuppInd(BSC6900,BSC6910).
Figure 7-6 Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to another HSUPA cell
During this procedure, event 2B is triggered. The HSUPA admission request is made for the
target cell by the RNC.
l If the request is accepted, the handover is performed through the physical channel
reconfiguration message.
l If the request is rejected, the RB reconfiguration is implemented, and the services on the
E-DCH are reconfigured for the DCH.
During this procedure, event 2B is triggered, and the target cell does not support HSUPA. The
DCH admission request is made for the target cell. If the request is accepted, the RB
reconfiguration is implemented, and the services on the E-DCH are reconfigured for the DCH.
If the request is accepted, the RB reconfiguration is implemented, and the services on the DCH
are reconfigured for the E-DCH.
l If the UE supports CS Voice Over HSPA and the target 3G RAN supports CS Voice Over
HSPA, the service is configured as CS Voice over HSPA when the UE is handed over to
the 3G system.
l Otherwise, the service is configured as CS Voice Over DCH when the UE is handed over
to the 3G system.
7.3.1 Overview
The basic mechanisms of handover remain unchanged after the introduction of HSPA+. New
functions are added to handle the scenario where the source cell and target cell support different
HSPA+ technologies or where admission control prevents the UE from using the preferred
technologies.
Whether a neighboring cell supports HSPA+ technologies can be set through the parameter
CellCapContainerFdd(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l If the target cell supports the same technologies as the source cell and the bearer scheme
allows the target cell to continue using them, the RNC preselects these technologies for the
target cell.
l Otherwise, the RNC preselects the technologies supported by the target cell and used by
the UE in the source cell.
For uplink 16QAM, uplink enhanced L2 and DTX/DRX, the preselection schemes are as
follows:
l During an intra-frequency soft handover, the RNC preselects HSPA+ technologies if both
of the following conditions are met:
– All the cells in the active set support the technologies.
– The target cell supports the technologies.
Otherwise, the RNC does not preselect them.
l During an intra- or inter-frequency hard handover, the RNC preselects the technologies
supported by the target cell and used by the UE in the source cell. For example, if the UE
uses MIMO and downlink enhanced L2 in the source cell and the target cell supports only
downlink enhanced L2, the RNC preselects only downlink enhanced L2 for the UE.
In this phase, the RNC performs admission control based on the preselected technologies.
3. If the retry fails, the RNC starts the retry timer (ChannelRetryTimerLen
(BSC6900,BSC6910)) for periodic retry attempts.
The HSPA+ technologies that can be retried are specified by the parameter RetryCapability
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
After handover or radio bearer setup, the HSPA suitable service may be set up on the DCH or
FACH in a cell. If the cell is capable of HSPA or the cell has an HSPA-capable neighboring cell,
the RNC retries to configure the service on the HS-DSCH/E-DCH in this cell or in its neighboring
cell.
To avoid frequent handovers at the boundary between an HSPA cell and an R99 cell, a protection
timer (ChannelRetryHoTimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910)) is used. After a handover, the timer
starts. After this timer expires, the RNC retries to configure the service of the UE onto the HS-
DSCH or E-DCH if either of the following two conditions is met:
8 HCS Handover
8.1 Overview
HCS handover (WRFD-021200 HCS) is one type of inter-frequency handover and inter-RAT
handover. HCS handover is based on UE speed estimation, and is also called speed-based
handover.
In a 3G network, hot spots in radio communication may appear with the increase of subscribers
and traffic. This requires more cells to increase the network capacity. More cells and smaller
cell radius lead to more frequent handovers of UEs. For a UE in fast movement, frequent
handovers reduce call quality, increase uplink interference, and increase signaling load. Here,
Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) is a mechanism that arranges different cells at different layers,
each layer granted a priority. HCS handover instructs UEs to stay at cells with different priorities
based on speed estimation, increasing the network capacity.
l Macro cell
– Large coverage
– Continuous coverage
The pico cell has the highest HCS priority but the smallest coverage and the macro cell has the
lowest HCS priority but the largest coverage.
Based on speed estimation, the RNC instructs a fast-moving UE to select a cell with a lower
HCS priority to decrease the frequency of handovers, and instructs a slow-moving UE to select
a cell with a higher HCS priority to increase the network capacity.
RNC supports the HCS with eight priorities. The priority level of a cell is set by the HCSPrio
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
To allow HCS handover, the RNC must enable the function through the HoSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910): HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH parameter.
the RNC performs the measurement procedure. If yes, the RNC performs a non-
emergency blind handover to the target cell.
l In the execution phase
The RNC initiates a handover procedure.
– If the handover is performed from a macro cell to a micro cell, the RNC starts the inter-
frequency (or inter-RAT) measurement procedure and performs the handover procedure
to the cell with the best quality after receiving event 2C or 3C from the UE.
– If the handover is performed from a micro cell to a macro cell, inter-frequency or inter-
RAT blind handover neighboring cells are configured, and the target cell allows blind
handover (configured through the parameter BlindHOFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910)), the
RNC performs a non-emergency blind handover to the target cell. If the blind handover
fails, the procedure ends.
When a UE enters the CELL_DCH state from the idle mode or CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state,
the RNC estimates the moving speed state of the UE according to the UE Mobility State Indicator
information element (IE) reported by the UE. The speed estimation principles are as follows:
l A UE can report the UE Mobility State Indicator IE only in the networks complying with 3GPP Release
7 or later.
l For details about speed estimation and cell reselection parameters for the UEs in idle mode or in the
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state, see the UE Behaviors in Idle Mode Feature Parameter Description.
After UE enters CELL_DCH state from CELL_PCH/URA_PCH or idle state, based on the
number of changes of the best cell within a specified period, the speed estimation algorithm
estimates the moving speed of the UE. Then, the RNC decides the UE speed.
If frequent changes of the best cell occur, several events 1D for the same cell may be recorded.
This may lead to inaccurate UE speed estimation. Therefore, a mechanism is used for anti-ping-
pong event 1D recording.
For the handover from a cell with a lower HCS priority to a cell with a higher HCS priority (from
a macro cell to a micro cell), the HCS handover uses the measurement and the UE uses event-
triggered report mode.
Triggering of Event 2C
When the signal quality of a non-used frequency is above a certain threshold, the UE reports
event 2C to the RNC.
After the conditions of event 2C are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TrigTime2C
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is reached, the UE reports the event 2C measurement report message.
where
l QNoused is the measured quality of the cell that uses the other frequencies.
l TNoused2c is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the other frequencies, namely,
InterFreqNCovHOThdEcN0(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l H2c is the event 2C hysteresis value Hystfor2C(BSC6900,BSC6910).
The inter-layer handover algorithm initiates a measurement for cells with a higher HCS priority
and then decides the target cell based on the measurement report from the UE.
l Reporting of event 2D
l QoS problem caused by the quality imbalance between uplink and downlink
l Imbalance of load between inter-frequency cells
l UE speed decision in HCS
Reporting of event 2D indicates that the inter-frequency handover based on coverage is triggered,
which is of high priority to be processed.
l If the measurement due to other causes stops, then HCS handover measurement is restarted.
Other causes may be reception of event 2F, expiration of measurement control, or others.
When a speed-based inter-frequency handover is triggered, the RNC determines first whether
the timer specified by IFAntiPingpangTimerLength(BSC6900,BSC6910) expires.
l If the timer does not expire, the RNC cancels the handover.
l If the timer expires, the RNC performs the handover.
9 Blind Handover
9.1 Overview
There are two types of blind handover: emergent blind handover and non-emergent blind
handover.
l Emergent blind handover is triggered by 1F event that indicates the used frequency becomes
worse. The UE must perform emergent handover to avoid call drops.
l Non-emergent blind handover may be triggered by LDR, DRD, or HCS speed estimation.
For details about LDR and DRD, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
For details about HCS speed estimation, see chapter 8 HCS Handover
where
NOTE
Inter-frequency and inter-RAT blind handovers are also controlled by the inter-frequency and inter-RAT
handover switches in addition to the blind handover switch. When the inter-frequency or inter-RAT
handover switch is not turned on, an inter-frequency or inter-RAT blind handover cannot be performed
after event 1F is received.
1. The RNC gets the actual best cell from event 1F. If the quality of the best cell meets the
blind handover condition, that is the quality of the best cell is larger than or equal to
BlindHORSCP1FThreshold(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC gets neighboring cells for
blind handover of the best cell, and filtrates the cells that belong to the frequency bands
that UEs do not support. If the quality of the best cell is lower than
BlindHORSCP1FThreshold(BSC6900,BSC6910), the UE is at the edge of the network
coverage and the blind handover is not allowed.
2. If there are multiple neighboring cells for blind handover, the RNC chooses the cell must
support all the current services of UE. When there are multiple such cells, the RNC choose
the neighboring cell for blind handover randomly.
If any inter-frequency cell does not meet the above conditions, then the RNC chooses the inter-
RAT cells with the highest priority of blind handover. The blind handover priority of the cell is
specified by the parameter BlindHOPrio(BSC6900,BSC6910)..
If an inter-frequency blind handover based on event 1F fails, the RNC takes the same penalty
measures as those for an inter-frequency handover failure. For details, see section 5.8.1 Inter-
Frequency Handover Failure
10 Handover Protection
10.1 Anti-Ping-Pong
Inter-Frequency Anti-Ping-Pong
After an inter-frequency handover based on coverage or an inter-frequency blind handover based
on event 1F occurs, the RNC starts the anti-ping-pong algorithm to prevent frequent switching
between inter-frequency handovers triggered by different causes.
To avoid the ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G, the 2G-to-3G handover penalty algorithm
is used.
When the UE is handed over from 2G to 3G and if any CS domain service exists, the system
increases the hysteresis of event 3A through the parameter InterRATPingPongHyst
(BSC6900,BSC6910) to prevent the UE from the ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G in
the period specified by the parameter InterRATPingPongTimer(BSC6900,BSC6910). During
the penalty time, the previous periodical report will be changed to the event 3A report. The value
0 indicates that the system does not take measures to avoid ping-pong handover between 2G and
3G networks.
l After the inter-frequency handover fails, the retry timer for the cell is started.
l After the retry timer expires, the UE makes a handover attempt to the cell again until the
number of retry times exceeds the maximum number of retry times. If the handover
succeeds or two new event 2B reports are received, the periodical retry is stopped.
For the inter-frequency handover based on coverage or QoS, the following two parameters
determine the retry period and the maximum number of retry times:
For the inter-frequency handover based on speed, the following two parameters determine the
retry period and the maximum number of retry times:
The retry timer and maximum number of retry times for coverage-based and QoS-based inter-
RAT handover are:
The retry timer and maximum number of retry times for load-based and service-based inter-RAT
handover are:
The inter-RAT handover retry algorithm works in the following two signaling procedures:
If the "Inter-RAT handover failure cause" in HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message
is "Configuration unacceptable", or if the "Inter-RAT change failure cause" in CELL CHANGE
ORDER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message is "Configuration unacceptable", the RNC does
not make a handover retry to the cell.
Otherwise, the related retry timer for the cell is started. After the retry timer expires, the UE
makes a handover attempt to the cell again until the number of retry times exceeds the maximum
number of retry times.
If the handover succeeds or the new event 3A or 3C report is received, the periodical retry is
stopped.
Before the RNC performs handover for the UE that is enjoying the video phone (VP) service,
the RNC initiates multimedia fallback to change the VP service to the Adaptive Multi Rate
(AMR) speech service, that is, to perform the 3G-to-2G handover based on the CS AMR speech
service.
As specified in section 4.3 Core Network procedure in 3GPP TS 23.172 V10.0.0, the fallback
service of the VP is categorized into the following two types:
l The process of changing multimedia services back to speech services during call setup. The
RNC does not take part in the process. Therefore, the detailed description of fallback
process is not given.
l The process of changing multimedia services back to speech services during the call.
l The RNC decides to send an inter-RAT handover request after receiving periodical
measurement reports of event 1A, 3A, or 3C.
l The service is combined with a VP, and the "Alternative RAB Parameters" in the RAB
ASSIGNMENT message is a valid AMR speech format.
Figure 10-1 Service change procedure for the 3G-to-2G handover in the CS domain
1. The CN sends the SRNC a RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message to set up
the VP service.
2. During 3G-to-2G handover, the SRNC sends a RANAP RAB MODIFY REQUEST
message to change the VP service to the AMR speech service. In the section 9.1.46 RAB
MODIFY REQUEST and 9.2.1.45 Requested RAB Parameter Values in 3GPP TS 25.413
V6.5.0, the information element (IE) Alternative RAB Configuration Request is also added
to the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message, which enables the RNC to request the CN to
change the VP service to the AMR speech service.
3. The MSC initiates the Bearer Capability (BC) negotiation with the UE.
4. After the negotiation, the RNC is requested to perform service change.
When the multimedia fallback ends, the RNC decides whether to perform the 3G-to-2G handover
according to the current measurements reported by the UE.
The CN initiates the RAB reconfiguration to request both parties to perform the multimedia
fallback. The single VP service falls back to the single AMR speech service. The multi-RAB
service combined with VP falls back to the multi-RAB service combined with AMR. If the
multimedia fallback succeeds, that is, the video phone in the service falls back to speech
successfully, the inter-RAT handover is initiated. Otherwise, the inter-RAT handover fails.
l ReportIntervalfor1A(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l ReportIntervalfor1C(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l ReportIntervalfor1J(BSC6900,BSC6910)
The following parameters specify the number of reporting times of events for periodical
reporting:
l PeriodMRReportNumfor1A(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l PeriodMRReportNumfor1C(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l PeriodMRReportNumfor1J(BSC6900,BSC6910)
When the actual reporting times exceed the set value, the periodical reporting ends.
11.1 Overview
After the active set is updated, the RNC updates the neighboring cell list by using the neighboring
cell combination algorithm according to the status of the active set. This list includes the new
intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells. The combination methods
of intra-frequency handover, inter-frequency handover, and inter-RAT handover are the same.
If the radio link of the drift RNC (DRNC) is added to the active set, the source RNC (SRNC)
buffers the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cell lists of the DRNC
until the radio link of the DRNC is released.
The maximum number of neighboring cells of a cell that can be configured is as follows:
l The maximum number of intra-frequency neighboring cells is 64, which includes the cell
itself.
NOTE
When the number of configured intra-frequency neighboring cells exceeds 32, the
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH and
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH switches of the HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter must be turned on. Otherwise, the RNC will not select these extra intra-frequency neighboring
cells as candidate target cells.
l The maximum number of inter-frequency neighboring cells of single carrier is 32.
l The maximum number of inter-frequency neighboring cells of multi-carrier is 64.
l The maximum number of inter-RAT neighboring cells of multi-carrier is 64
The maximum number of neighboring cells of a cell that can be configured is as follows:
l The maximum number of intra-frequency neighboring cells is 64, which includes the cell
itself.
NOTE
When the number of configured intra-frequency neighboring cells exceeds 32, the
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH and
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH switches of the HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter must be turned on. Otherwise, the RNC will not select these extra intra-frequency neighboring
cells as candidate target cells.
l The maximum number of inter-frequency neighboring cells of single carrier is 32.
l The maximum number of inter-frequency neighboring cells of multi-carrier is 64.
l The maximum number of inter-RAT neighboring cells of multi-carrier is 64
These neighboring cells and active cells are added to Sall in the following order until the number
reaches the maximum number of neighboring cells:
The neighboring cells of the same cell in the active set are added according to Nprio
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
If the number of the cells in Sall is more than maximum number of neighboring cells, delete the
neighboring cells whose repeated number in Sall is less. The best cell and its neighboring cells
will not be deleted.
12.1 Overview
An RNC may fail to configure some neighboring cells in a cell's neighboring cell list. These
neighboring cells include intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells.
The causes of the failures are classified into the following:
l Predictable causes. for example, a cell is added or a cell's frequency or scrambling code
changes.
l Unpredictable causes, for example, a building is demolished, causing changes in cell
coverage.
If the neighboring cell list is not updated in time to adapt to these changes, some neighboring
cells may be missing.
Missing neighboring cells may result in call drops or deteriorated signal quality because UEs
cannot be handed over to appropriate neighboring cells in time. Missing neighboring cell
detection consists of the following:
l When this switch is turned on, missing intra-frequency neighboring cell detection is
enabled. A UE can report both detected set cells and monitored set cells to the RNC, which
then reports the missing intra-frequency neighboring cells to the Nastar or LMT.
l When this switch is turned off, missing intra-frequency neighboring cell detection is
disabled.
The RNC then adds these cells to the inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighboring cell list of the
UEs that require inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement. Then, the UEs perform inter-
frequency or inter-RAT measurement. When receiving a measurement report from a UE, the
RNC determines whether the cell in the measurement report is a missing neighboring cell.
13 Compressed Mode
13.1 Overview
Compressed mode control is a mechanism whereby certain idle periods are created in radio
frames during which the UE can perform measurements on other frequencies. The UE must use
the compressed mode if the UE needs to measure the pilot signal strength of an inter-frequency
cell or inter-RAT cell and has a single-frequency receiver only.
l If DlSFLimitCMInd(BSC6900,BSC6910)= True,
– When the downlink spreading factor is smaller than or equal to the parameter
LimitCMDlSFThd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the compressed mode is disabled.
– When the downlink spreading factor is greater than the parameter LimitCMDlSFThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910), the compressed mode is enabled.
The uplink 384 kbit/s uses SF4. The method of SF/2 is not allowed for the services of SF4.
To initiate the high layer scheduling, set the following two switches:
Method Description
Method Description
High layer scheduling High layer limits the allowed TFC (Transport
Format Combination) to create gaps without
data to be transmitted.
The high-layer scheduling mode requires
variable multiplexing positions of transport
channels and is applicable to a relatively
narrow range. In addition, this approach
affects the transmission rate of users.
Therefore, this mode is recommended only
when the SF/2 approach is unavailable or
there are high-rate users.
The RNC automatically determines the type of compressed mode on the basis of the spreading
factor used in the uplink or the downlink.
l When the downlink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the parameter
DlSFTurnPoint(BSC6900,BSC6910), the SF/2 approach is preferred. Otherwise, the high
layer scheduling is used.
l When the uplink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the parameter UlSFTurnPoint
(BSC6900,BSC6910), the SF/2 approach is preferred. Otherwise, the high layer scheduling
is used.
l Inter-frequency measurement
l Inter-RAT measurement
l Coexistence of inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement
l If the parameter is set to INTERFREQ, the RNC allows the UE to perform only inter-
frequency measurement
l If the parameter is set to INTERRAT, the RNC allows the UE to perform only Inter-RAT
measurement.
l If the parameter is set to SIMINTERFREQRAT, the RNC allows the UE to perform both
inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement.
Each physical frame can provide three to seven timeslots for the inter-frequency or inter-RAT
cell measurement.
l If this parameter value is TRUE, compressed mode is permitted on HSDPA and HSDPA
can be activated with compressed mode activated.
l If this parameter value is FALSE, H2D is required before compressed mode is activated
for HSDPA services. HSDPA UEs perform neighboring cell measurement in compressed
mode. In addition, HSDPA services cannot be established when compressed mode is
activated.
HSPA+, HSDPA, or HSUPA UEs perform H2D (HS-DSCH to DCH) or E2D (E-DCH to DCH)
channel switchovers before starting the compressed mode. DC-HSDPA UEs perform DC-
HSDPA to HSDPA channel switchovers before starting the compressed mode. After channel
switchovers are complete, these UEs can trigger periodic retries to return to the state before
compressed mode. The RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT24 switch under RsvSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the SET UALGORSVPARA command controls whether periodic
retries are allowed in weak coverage.
l When the switch is turned on, periodic retries are prohibited in weak coverage. These
periodic retries are used for rate increase triggered by DCCC, D2H channel switchovers,
and D2E channel switchovers.
When the switch is turned off, periodic retries are allowed even in weak coverage.
14 Related Features
Impacted Features
If TAC_FUNC is set to Special_User_Enhance and SpecUserFunctionSwitch4 is set to
SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH, the corresponding UEs in the UE blacklist cannot
process HSUPA services in compressed mode.
Impacted Features
If TAC_FUNC is set to Special_User_Enhance and SpecUserFunctionSwitch4 is set to
SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH, the corresponding UEs in the UE blacklist cannot
process HSDPA services in compressed mode.
15 Network Impact
Network Performance
The HSDPA Mobility Management feature implements all types of handovers between adjacent
cells. This provides continuous coverage and better service quality for HSDPA UEs.
RAN16.0 introduces the fast HSDPA serving cell change function, which has the following
impacts on network performance:
l The delay of HSDPA serving cell change is shortened by about 400 ms. (The delay of
HSDPA serving cell change is the interval between the time when the RNC sends the PH
CH RECFG message and the time when the RNC receives the PH CH RECFG CMP
message.)
l The HSDPA throughput is increased by 10% to 15%.
l The success rate of HSDPA serving cell changes is increased by 5% to 10%.
16 Engineering Guidelines
16.1.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
Not supported by Micro base stations.
l Dependencies on Other Features
This feature does not depend on other features.
l License
This feature is not under license control.
16.1.2 Activation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, select
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH under HandOver Switch to enable soft
handover.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UHOCOMM (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > HandOver Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented Handover
Algorithm Common Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters
in Batches) to set Softer handover combination indicator switch to MAY or MUST.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Intra-frequency Neighboring Cell;
CME batch modification center: not supported) to add an intra-frequency neighboring cell.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command SET UINTRAFREQHO (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > HandOver Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented
----End
----End
16.1.5 Deactivation
Run the RNC MML command SET UHOCOMM (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > HandOver Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented Handover
Algorithm Common Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters
in Batches) to set Softer handover combination indicator switch to MUST_NOT.
16.2.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
This feature does not depend on other features.
l License
This feature is not under license control.
16.2.2 Activation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to enable soft handover.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Intra-frequency Neighboring Cell;
CME batch modification center: not supported) to add an intra-frequency neighboring cell.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command SET UINTRAFREQHO (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > HandOver Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented
Intra-frequency Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification
center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set the parameter related to handover.
----End
Step 2 Set parameters in the areas Cell Config, Uu Message Type, and Save File. Then, click
Submit.
Step 3 Both UE1 and UE2 are in idle mode and camp on the CELL1.
Step 5 UE1 moves from CELL1 to CELL2, through the Trace Data, it can be observed that RNC1
sends the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE message to UE1, and UE1 sends the
RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE_CMP message to RNC1.
----End
16.2.5 Deactivation
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set Softer handover combination indicator to
disable the soft handover.
16.3.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
This feature does not depend on other features.
l License
This feature is not under license control.
l Other Requirements
The Iur interface is configured between adjacent RNCs.
16.3.2 Activation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to enable soft handover.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UNRNC (CME single configuration: IUR Configuration
Express > Neighbouring RNC > Neighboring RNC; CME batch modification center: not
supported) or MOD UNRNC (CME single configuration: IUR Configuration Express >
Neighbouring RNC > Neighboring RNC; CME batch modification center: not supported) to
enable cross-Iur soft handover.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ADD UEXT3GCELL (CME single configuration: Object Group
> UMTS Service Configuration and Maintenance Management > External Cell Configuration
> RNC 3G External Cell; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC External Cell
Parameters in Batches) to add a neighboring RNC cell.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Intra-frequency Neighboring Cell;
CME batch modification center: not supported) to add an intra-frequency neighboring cell.
Step 5 Run the RNC MML command SET UINTRAFREQHO (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > HandOver Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented
Intra-frequency Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification
center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set the parameter related to handover.
----End
Step 2 Set parameters in the areas Cell Config, Uu Message Type, and Save File. Then, click
Submit.
Step 3 Both UE1 and UE2 are in idle mode and camp on the CELL1.
Step 5 UE1 moves from CELL1 to CELL2, through the Trace Data, it can be observed that RNC1
sends the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE message to UE1, and UE1 sends the
RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE_CMP message to RNC1.
----End
16.3.5 Deactivation
Run the RNC MML command MOD UNRNC (CME single configuration: IUR Configuration
Express > Neighbouring RNC > Neighboring RNC; CME batch modification center: not
supported) to disable the cross-Iur soft handover.
16.4.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
This feature does not depend on other features.
l License
This feature is not under license control.
16.4.2 Activation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to select HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH
from the HandOver switch list.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Intra-frequency Neighboring Cell;
CME batch modification center: not supported) to add an intra-frequency or inter-RNC
neighboring cell.
Step 3 If cross-Iur hard handover is required, add the neighboring RNC and neighboring RNC cell. Run
the RNC MML command ADD UNRNC (CME single configuration: IUR Configuration
Express > Neighbouring RNC > Neighboring RNC; CME batch modification center: not
supported) to add a neighboring RNC. Run the RNC MML command ADD UEXT3GCELL
(CME single configuration: Object Group > UMTS Service Configuration and Maintenance
Management > External Cell Configuration > RNC 3G External Cell; CME batch modification
center: Modifying RNC External Cell Parameters in Batches) to add a neighboring RNC cell.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Intra-frequency Neighboring Cell;
CME batch modification center: not supported) to set the neighboring relationships.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command SET UINTRAFREQHO (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > HandOver Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented
Intra-frequency Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification
center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set the parameter related to handover.
----End
MaxAllowedUlTxPowerInd=FALSE, CellCapContainerFdd=EDCH_SUPPORT-1,
EFachSupInd=FALSE;
ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RncId=1, CellId=111, NCellRncId=2, NCellId=311,
SIB11Ind=TRUE, SIB12Ind=FALSE, TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0, NPrioFlag=FALSE;
Step 2 Set parameters in the areas Cell Config, Uu Message Type, and Save File. Then, click
Submit.
Step 3 Both UE1 and UE2 are subscribed in HLR to support speech service.
Step 4 4. Both UE1 and UE2 are in idle mode and camp on the CELL1.
Step 6 UE1 moved from CELL1 to CELL2, through the Trace Date, it can be observed
RRC_MEAS_RPRT message with 1D event that UE1 sends to RNC1.
----End
16.4.5 Deactivation
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to deselect
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH from the Handover switch list.
16.5.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this
feature is activated.
l License
The license "High Speed Uplink Packet Access" on the RNC side has been activated. The
license " the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled" on the NodeB side has
been activated. For details about the license items and how to activate the license, see
License Management Feature Parameter Description.
16.5.2 Activation
The methods of activating intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT handovers are the
same for HSUPA users and R99 users. For the activation procedures for configuring HSUPA
Mobility Management, see the following sections:
16.5.4 Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.
16.6.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
Dependencies on RNC Hardware
– This feature does not depend on the RNC hardware.
Dependencies on NodeB Hardware
– The BTS3812E, BTS3812A, or BTS3812AE is configured with the EBBI, EBOI,
EULP, or EULPd board.
– The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board.
– The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board.
l Dependencies on Other Features
The feature WRFD-010614 HSUPA Phase 2 has been configured before this feature is
activated.
l License
The license "HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI handover" on the RNC side has been activated. For
details about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management
Feature Parameter Description.
16.6.2 Activation
This feature is license controlled. It takes effect after its license is activated. For details about
how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.
16.6.4 Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.
After this feature is activated, videophone services can fall back to voice services after being
handed over to the GSM network.
16.7.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
This feature does not depend on other features.
l License
The license "Hierarchical Cell Structure" on the RNC side has been activated. For details
about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Parameter Description.
l Other Requirements
To enable videophone services to fall back to voice services, the MSC and UE must comply
with 3GPP Release 6. For details, see section 4.3 Core Network procedure in 3GPP TS
23.172 V10.0.0.
16.7.2 Activation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches).
In this step, select the following check boxes under the HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter:
l HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH
l HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH
l HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH
l HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH
l HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH
In this step, select the CMP_DL_LOAD_BALANCE_SWITCH check box under the
Compatibility Switch2 parameter.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHCS (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell HCS Parameters; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Use of HCS to USED.
Step 3 Set the HCS parameters for different types of neighboring cells as follows:
l Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Intra-frequency Neighboring Cell;
CME batch modification center: not supported) to add an intra-frequency neighboring cell
and set the HCS parameters.
l Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Inter-frequency Neighboring Cell;
CME batch modification center: not supported) to add an inter-frequency neighboring cell
and set the HCS parameters.
l Run the RNC MML command ADD U2GNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > GSM Neighboring Cell; CME batch
modification center: not supported) to add an inter-RAT neighboring GSM cell and set the
HCS parameters.
Step 4 For the cells whose HCS parameters have been set, run the RNC MML command ADD
UCELLHCSHO (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell
Parameters > Cell Oriented HCS Handover Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set SpdEstSwitch to ON.
Step 5 Run the RNC MML command SET UHCSHO (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > HandOver Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented HCS HO
Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches)
to set the RNC-level HCS parameters according to network plan.
----End
Step 1 If the moving speed of a UE is higher than the fast-moving handover threshold (the number of
1D events reported by the UE in the specified period reaches the preset number), an inter-
frequency or inter-RAT HCS handover is triggered.
Step 2 If the moving speed of a UE is lower than the slow-moving handover threshold (the number of
1D events reported by the UE in the specified period is smaller than the slow-moving handover
threshold), slow-moving HCS handover measurement is triggered, and a slow-moving inter-
frequency or inter-RAT HCS handover is performed.
Step 4 If an inter-frequency blind handover is triggered, check whether the handover is triggered by
using a RRC_PH_CH_RECFG message on the Uu interface on the RNC LMT. If the handover
is triggered by using the message, this feature is activated.
Step 5 If an inter-RAT blind handover is triggered, check whether 3G-to-2G handovers are performed
on the Uu and Iu interfaces on the RNC LMT. If 3G-to-2G handovers are performed, this feature
is activated.
----End
To check whether a videophone service has fallen back to a voice service after being handed
over to the GSM network, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Start Iu Interface Trace and Uu Interface Trace on the RNC LMT.
Step 2 After video phone services are established, check in the Uu Interface Trace dialog box that the
UE sends to the RNC an RRC_MEAS_RPRT message, which contains the 3A report.
Step 3 In the Iu Interface Trace dialog box, check that the RNC sends an RAB_MODIFY_REQ
message to the CN. In the RAB_MODIFY_REQ message, the value of the IE
alternativeRABConfigurationRequest is alternative-RAB-configuration-Requested.
----End
16.7.5 Deactivation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHCS (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell HCS Parameters; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Use of HCS to
NOT_USED.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHCSHO (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented HCS Handover Algorithm Parameters;
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set
SpdEstSwitch to OFF.
----End
16.8.3 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not depend on the hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
This feature does not depend on other features.
l License
The license "Inter frequency hard handover" on the RNC side has been activated. For details
about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Parameter Description.
l Other Requirements
The UE supports relevant measurements and the handover procedure.
16.8.4 Activation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, select
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH from the HandOver Switch drop-down list.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Inter-frequency Neighboring Cell;
CME batch modification center: not supported) to add an inter-frequency neighboring cell.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV (CME single
configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented Coverage
Based Inter-frequency Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) (cell level) or SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration
Express > HandOver Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented Coverage Based Inter-frequency
Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying
RNC Parameters in Batches) (RNC level) to configure parameters related to coverage-based
inter-frequency hard handover.
----End
Step 2 Check whether the RNC has sent the UE an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message and the traced
message contains thresholds for triggering events 2D and 2F and the reporting mode.
Step 3 Attenuate signals in the current cell that the UE accesses to trigger reporting of event 2D by the
UE.
Step 4 Check whether the RNC has sent the UE an RRC_MEAS_RPRT message and the traced
message contains an event 2D measurement report shown in Figure 16-1.
Step 5 After the event 2D measurement report is reported, check whether the RNC has sent the UE an
RRC_MEAS_CTRL message and the traced message contains the information element
interFrequencyMeasurement, as shown in Figure 16-2.
Step 6 After the inter-frequency measurement control message is reported, check whether the RNC has
sent the UE an RRC_PH_CH_RECFG message, and the UE has sent the RNC
RRC_PH_CH_RECFG_CMP message, as shown in Figure 16-3 and Figure 16-4.
----End
16.8.7 Deactivation
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, deselect
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH from HandOver Switch.
When a UE is located at the cell edge, it reports event 2D to trigger a coverage-based inter-
frequency or inter-RAT hard handover.
l If the value of the VS.RRC.MrRpt.2D counter is small, the number of coverage-based
inter-frequency hard handovers triggered in a measurement period is small, which indicates
that the gains provided by this feature are not obvious.
l If the value of the counter is large and is similar to the value of the
VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TrigRscp, VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TrigEcNo,
VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TrigRscp, or VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TrigEcNo
counter, the inter-frequency hard handovers that happened in the measurement period are
mainly coverage-based inter-frequency hard handovers, which indicates that the gains
provided by this feature are obvious.
l If the value of the counter is large and is much greater than the value of the
VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TrigRscp, VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TrigEcNo,
VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TrigRscp, or VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TrigEcNo
counter, both coverage-based inter-frequency hard handovers and coverage-based inter-
RAT hard handovers happened in the measurement period.
l VS.AMR.UL.RateDown: indicates the number of times the uplink data rates of narrowband
AMR speech services are reduced in a cell.
l VS.AMR.DL.RateDown: indicates the number of times the downlink data rates of
narrowband AMR speech services are reduced in a cell.
l VS.AMRWB.ULRateDown: indicates the number of times the uplink data rates of
wideband AMR speech services are reduced in a cell.
l VS.AMRWB.DLRateDown: indicates the number of times the downlink data rates of
wideband AMR speech services are reduced in a cell.
l VS.DCCC.AttDownsizing.DL.Cov: indicates the number of downlink DCH DCCC
downsizing attempts based on different strategies (coverage or QoS) in the best cell on
which the UE camps.
During the link stability control of CS services and R99 PS BE services, rate reduction and
handover are triggered in sequence. If the number of rate reductions for CS services and R99
PS BE services is small, the downlink quality did not deteriorate. In this case, do not enable the
WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS feature. If the number of rate
reductions for CS services and R99 PS BE services is large, enable the WRFD-020304 Inter
Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS feature.
16.9.3 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not depend on the hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
This feature does not depend on other features.
l License
The license "Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS " on the RNC side has
been activated. For details about the license items and how to activate the license, see
License Management Feature Parameter Description.
16.9.4 Activation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to activate the inter-frequency hard handover.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Inter-frequency Neighboring Cell;
CME batch modification center: not supported) to add an inter-frequency neighboring cell.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV (CME single
configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented Coverage
Based Inter-frequency Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) (cell level) or SET
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command SET UQOSACT (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > QOS Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented QoS
Enhancement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) to activate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for
BE services.
Step 5 Run the RNC MML command SET UQOSACT (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > QOS Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented QoS
Enhancement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center:Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) to activate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for
AMR and AMR-WB services.
Step 6 Run the RNC MML command SET UQOSACT (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > QOS Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented QoS
Enhancement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center:Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) to activate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for
VP services.
----End
Step 2 Ensure that the RNC sends to the NodeB an NBAP_DEDI_MEAS_INIT_REQ message, which
carries the event E parameter, as shown in Figure 16-5.
Step 3 Ensure that the NodeB reports to the RNC an NBAP_DEDI_MEAS_RPRT message, which
carries the event E parameter, as shown in Figure 16-6.
Step 4 Ensure that the RNC sends to the UE an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message and starts inter-
frequency measurement of the event or period type. Then, check that the corresponding traced
message indicates that the RNC has sent the inter-frequency measurement control message to
the UE, as shown in Figure 16-7.
----End
16.9.7 Deactivation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UQOSACT (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > QOS Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented QoS
Enhancement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) to deactivate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for
BE services.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UQOSACT (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > QOS Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented QoS
Enhancement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) to deactivate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for
AMR and AMR-WB services.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command SET UQOSACT (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > QOS Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented QoS
Enhancement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) to deactivate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for
VP services.
----End
After this feature is activated, videophone services can fall back to voice services after being
handed over to the GSM network.
16.10.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not depend on the hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
This feature does not depend on other features.
l License
The license "Coverage Based Inter-RAT Handover Between UMTS and GSM/GPRS" on
the RNC side has been activated. For details about the license items and how to activate
the license, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.
l Other Requirements
The UE supports relevant measurements and the handover procedure.
To enable videophone services to fall back to voice services, the MSC and UE must comply
with 3GPP Release 6. For details, see section 4.3 Core Network procedure in 3GPP TS
23.172 V10.0.0.
16.10.2 Activation
NOTE
This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following section in
the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Enhanced Feature
Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, select
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH from
the HandOver Switch list.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD U2GNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > GSM Neighboring Cell; CME batch modification
center: not supported) to add an inter-frequency neighboring GSM cell.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV (CME single
configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented Coverage
Based Inter-rat Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center:
Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) (cell level) or SET UINTERRATHOCOV
(CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > HandOver Parameter
Configuration > RNC Oriented Coverage based Inter-rat Handover Measurement Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) (RNC
level) to configure parameters related to coverage-based inter-RAT handover to GSM.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > Typical Service Configuration > Basic Information
for Typical Traffic Radio Access Bearer; CME batch modification center: not supported). In
this step, set Service Handover Indicator to
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM.
----End
Step 1 Attenuate signals in the current cell that the UE accesses to trigger reporting of event 2D by the
UE.
Step 2 Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the RNC LMT. Under Uu Message Type, select
RRC_MEAS_RPRT.
Step 3 Check whether event 2D shown in Figure 16-8 has been reported in the traced messages.
Step 4 Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the RNC LMT. Under Uu Message Type, select
RRC_MEAS_CTRL.
Step 5 Check in the traced messages whether the RNC has sent the UE an inter-RAT measurement
control message shown in Figure 16-9.
----End
NOTE:
To check whether a videophone service has fallen back to a voice service after being handed
over to the GSM network, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Start Iu Interface Trace and Uu Interface Trace on the RNC LMT.
Step 2 After video phone services are established, check in the Uu Interface Trace dialog box that the
UE sends to the RNC an RRC_MEAS_RPRT message, which contains the 3A report.
Step 3 In the Iu Interface Trace dialog box, check that the RNC sends an RAB_MODIFY_REQ
message to the CN. In the RAB_MODIFY_REQ message, the value of the IE
alternativeRABConfigurationRequest is alternative-RAB-configuration-Requested.
----End
16.10.5 Deactivation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to deactivate this feature.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command RMV UCELLINTERRATHOCOV (CME single
configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented Coverage
Based Inter-rat Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center:
not supported) (cell level) or SET UINTERRATHOCOV (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > HandOver Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented
Coverage based Inter-rat Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) (RNC level) to remove or restore
the parameters related to coverage-based inter-RAT handover to GSM.
----End
16.11.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not depend on the hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
This feature does not depend on other features.
l License
The license "Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS" on the RNC side has been activated.
For details about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management
Feature Parameter Description.
l Other Requirements
The UE supports relevant measurements and the handover procedure.
16.11.2 Activation
Step 1 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single
configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM
Switch Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, select
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter.
NOTE
Before activating this feature, perform Step 1 if HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH are not turned
on. You can run the RNC MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to check whether this switch
have been turned on.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD U2GNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > GSM Neighboring Cell; CME batch modification
center: not supported) to add an inter-RAT neighboring cell.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command SET UQOSHO (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > QOS Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented QoS Handover
Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) to set RNC-level parameters related to Inter-RAT Handover Based on
DL QoS.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command SET UQOSACT (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > QOS Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented QoS
Enhancement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) to turn on QoS switches for different traffic classes.
----End
Step 3 Ensure that the NodeB reports to the RNC an NBAP_DEDI_MEAS_RPRT message, which
carries the event E parameter, as shown in Figure 16-11.
Step 4 Ensure that the RNC sends to the UE an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message and starts inter-
frequency measurement of the event or period type. Then, check that the corresponding traced
message indicates that the RNC has sent the inter-frequency measurement control message to
the UE, as shown in Figure 16-12.
----End
16.11.5 Deactivation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, deselect
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UQOSACT (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > QOS Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented QoS
Enhancement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) to turn off QoS switches for different traffic classes.
----End
16.12.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
The RNC should support the NACC RIM procedure and PS handovers. When RIM
messages are exchanged through the eCoordinator, the RNC should support the RIM
procedure that is implemented through Huawei proprietary eCoordinator.
l Dependencies on Other Features
This feature is required only when one or several of the following inter-RAT handover
features are introduced:
– WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage
– WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service
– WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load
– WRFD-021200 HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)
l License
This feature is not under license control.
l Other Requirements
– The UE must support the NACC procedure and PS handover.
– The BSC must support the NACC RIM (RAN Information Management) procedure and
PS handover. When RIM messages are exchanged through the eCoordinator, the RNC
must support the RIM procedure that is implemented through Huawei proprietary
eCoordinator.
– The SGSN must support the NACC procedure and PS handover.When RIM messages
are exchanged through the CN, the SGSN must support the NACC procedure.
16.12.2 Deployment
For details about how to activate, verify, and deactivate this feature, see the following sections:
16.13.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. This feature
depends on the feature WRFD-020308 PS Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2.
l License
The license "NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change)" on the RNC side has been activated.
For details about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management
Feature Parameter Description.
l Other Requirements
– The UE must support the NACC procedure and comply with 3GPP Release 5 or later.
– The BSC must support the NACC RIM (RAN Information Management) procedure.
– When RIM messages are exchanged through the CN, the SGSN must comply with 3GPP
Release 5 or later and support the NACC procedure.
– When RIM messages are exchanged through the eCoordinator, the BSC, RNC, and
Huawei proprietary eCoordinator must support the RIM procedure that is implemented
through the eCoordinator.
16.13.2 Activation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to open the following switches in the HandOver
switch parameter:
l HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH
l HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH
l HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH
NOTE
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UEXT2GCELL (CME single configuration: Object Group
> UMTS Service Configuration and Maintenance Management > External Cell Configuration
> RNC 2G External Cell; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC External Cell
Parameters in Batches)(for new neighboring cell) or MOD UEXT2GCELL (CME single
configuration: Object Group > UMTS Service Configuration and Maintenance Management >
External Cell Configuration > RNC 2G External Cell; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC External Cell Parameters in Batches) (for the existing neighboring cell) to set
Inter-RAT cell support RIM indicator to TRUE.
Step 3 (Optional) If RIM messages are exchanged through Huawei proprietary eCoordinator, run the
RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH, and select the
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH check box under the PROCESSSWITCH5 parameter.
----End
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to check the settings of the PS
inter-RAT handover, NACC, and Relocation switches.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command LST UEXT2GCELL to check whether the inter-RAT neighboring
cell supports the RIM procedure.
Step 3 Trace messages over the Iu interface to check whether the RNC has sent a
RANAP_DIR_INFO_TRANSFER message to the CN to request RIM information.
Step 4 Trace messages over the Iu interface to check whether the RNC has received a
RANAP_DIR_INFO_TRANSFER message from the CN as a response to the request message.
----End
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH and check the settings of the PS
inter-RAT handover, NACC, and Relocation switches.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command LST UEXT2GCELL and check whether the inter-RAT
neighboring cell supports the RIM procedure.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command LST URRCTRLSWITCH and check whether the BSC supports
the RIM procedure that is implemented through the eCoordinator.
Step 4 Check the signaling messages over the Sg interface before the UMTS-to-GSM handover is
performed. If an RNC DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER message has been sent to the
eCoordinator and an ECO DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER message sent by the
eCoordinator has been received over the Sg interface, the WRFD-02030801 NACC(Network
Assisted Cell Change) feature takes effect.
----End
NOTE
To implement this feature, the UE should support NACC. Therefore, the NACC-supportive UEs are
required for activation.
16.13.5 Deactivation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH in the HandOver switch
parameter to 0.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UEXT2GCELL (CME single configuration: Object
Group > UMTS Service Configuration and Maintenance Management > External Cell
Configuration > RNC 2G External Cell; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
External Cell Parameters in Batches) to set Inter-RAT cell support RIM indicator to
FALSE.
Step 3 If RIM messages are exchanged through Huawei proprietary eCoordinator, run the RNC MML
command SET URRCTRLSWITCH, and deselect the RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH check box
under the PROCESSSWITCH5 parameter.
----End
16.14.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. This feature
depends on the feature WRFD-020308 PS Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2.
l License
The license "PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS" on the RNC side has been activated.
For details about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management
Feature Parameter Description.
l Other Requirements
The UE, GSM BSC, and SGSN must support the PS handover.
If RIM messages are exchanged through Huawei proprietary eCoordinator, the BSC and
RNC must connect to the same eCoordinator and be able to exchange RIM messages with
the eCoordinator.
16.14.2 Activation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to open the following switches in the HandOver
switch parameter:
l HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH
l HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UEXT2GCELL (CME single configuration: Object Group
> UMTS Service Configuration and Maintenance Management > External Cell Configuration
> RNC 2G External Cell; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC External Cell
Parameters in Batches) to add a neighboring GSM cell to the UMTS coverage and to set the
Inter-RAT cell support PS HO indicator parameter to TRUE.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ADD U2GNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > GSM Neighboring Cell; CME batch modification
center: not supported) to add a neighboring GSM cell for the UMTS cell.
Step 4 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UINTERRATHOCOV (CME single
configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > HandOver Parameter
Configuration > RNC Oriented Coverage based Inter-rat Handover Measurement Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set inter-
RAT handover measurement related parameters.
----End
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command LST UEXT2GCELL to ensure the inter-RAT cell supports PS
Handover.
----End
Run the RNC MML command LST UINTERRATHOCOV to check inter-RAT handover
measurement related parameters.
16.14.5 Deactivation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH in the HandOver switch
parameter to 0.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UEXT2GCELL (CME single configuration: Object
Group > UMTS Service Configuration and Maintenance Management > External Cell
Configuration > RNC 2G External Cell; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
External Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the SuppPSHOFlag parameter to FALSE.
----End
After this feature is activated, videophone services can fall back to voice services after being
handed over to the GSM network.
16.15.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not depend on the hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
This feature does not depend on other features.
l License
The license "Inter system Service Handover" on the RNC side has been activated. For
details about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management
Feature Parameter Description.
l Other Requirements
To enable videophone services to fall back to voice services, the MSC and UE must comply
with 3GPP Release 6. For details, see section 4.3 Core Network procedure in 3GPP TS
23.172 V10.0.0.
16.15.2 Activation
NOTE
This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following section in
the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Enhanced Feature
Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, select
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH from
the HandOver Switch list.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UEXT2GCELL (CME single configuration: Object Group
> UMTS Service Configuration and Maintenance Management > External Cell Configuration
> RNC 2G External Cell; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC External Cell
Parameters in Batches) to add a neighboring GSM cell.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ADD U2GNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > GSM Neighboring Cell; CME batch modification
center: not supported) to set neighbor relationships with the neighboring GSM cell.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM (CME single configuration: UMTS
Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented Handover Common Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In
this step, set Inter-RAT CS handover switch or Inter-RAT PS handover switch to ON.
Step 5 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV (CME single
configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented None-
Coverage Based Inter-rat Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) (cell level) or SET
UINTERRATHONCOV (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration
Express > HandOver Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented None-Coverage based Inter-rat
Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying
RNC Parameters in Batches) (RNC level) to configure parameters related to non-coverage-based
inter-frequency handover to GSM.
----End
Step 1 Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the RNC LMT. Under Uu Message Type, select
RRC_MEAS_CTRL.
Step 2 After services are set up, view in the traced messages whether the RNC has sent the UE an inter-
frequency measurement control message shown in Figure 16-13.
----End
To check whether a videophone service has fallen back to a voice service after being handed
over to the GSM network, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Start Iu Interface Trace and Uu Interface Trace on the RNC LMT.
Step 2 After video phone services are established, check in the Uu Interface Trace dialog box that the
UE sends to the RNC an RRC_MEAS_RPRT message, which contains the 3A report.
Step 3 In the Iu Interface Trace dialog box, check that the RNC sends an RAB_MODIFY_REQ
message to the CN. In the RAB_MODIFY_REQ message, the value of the IE
alternativeRABConfigurationRequest is alternative-RAB-configuration-Requested.
----End
16.15.5 Deactivation
Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM (CME single configuration: UMTS
Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented Handover Common Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In
this step, set Inter-RAT CS handover switch or Inter-RAT PS handover switch to OFF.
After this feature is activated, videophone services can fall back to voice services after being
handed over to the GSM network.
16.16.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
If this feature is used for HSDPA or HSUPA load control, the feature WRFD-010610
HSDPA Introduction Package or WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package has been
configured correspondingly before this feature is activated.
l License
The license "Inter system Load Handover" on the RNC side has been activated. For details
about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Parameter Description.
l Other Requirements
To enable videophone services to fall back to voice services, the MSC and UE must comply
with 3GPP Release 6. For details, see section 4.3 Core Network procedure in 3GPP TS
23.172 V10.0.0.
16.16.2 Activation
NOTE
This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following section in
the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Enhanced Feature
Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to activate the inter-RAT handover. In this step, select
the HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH
check boxes under the parameter HandOver Switch.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, select the
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH check box under the HandOver
Switch parameter.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC. In this step, set Service Handover
Indicator to HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM.
NOTE
Step 4 Enable the uplink air-interface LDR algorithm by selecting the UL_UU_LDR check box under
the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter in the RNC MML command ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH.
Step 5 Enable the downlink air-interface LDR algorithm by selecting the DL_UU_LDR check box
under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter in the RNC MML command ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH.
Step 6 Enable the cell credit LDR algorithm by selecting the CELL_CREDIT_LDR check box under
the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter in the RNC MMLcommand ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH.
Step 7 Enable the credit load control algorithm at the NodeB or cell group level by selecting the
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH or LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH check box under
the load control algorithm switch parameter in the RNC MML command SET
ULDCALGOPARA.
Step 8 Enable the credit load congestion control algorithm at the NodeB or cell group level by selecting
the NODEB_CREDIT_LDR or LCG_CREDIT_LDR check box under the NodeB LDC
algorithm switch parameter in the RNC MML command ADD UNODEBALGOPARA.
NOTE
Performing 4 to 8 facilitates feature verification during lab tests. On a live network, set the parameters
according to the network plan.
Step 9 Run the RNC MML command ADD UEXT2GCELL (CME single configuration: Object Group
> UMTS Service Configuration and Maintenance Management > External Cell Configuration
> RNC 2G External Cell; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC External Cell
Parameters in Batches) to add the information about a GSM cell.
Step 10 Run the RNC MML command ADD U2GNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > GSM Neighboring Cell; CME batch modification
center: not supported) to add the GSM cell as a neighboring cell of the UMTS cell.
Step 11 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the inter-RAT
handover policy for the UMTS cell. In this step, set DL LDR fourth action to
CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain inter-rat should be load handover), DL LDR fifth
action to PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load handover), UL
LDR fourth action to CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain inter-rat should be load
handover), and UL LDR fifth action to PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat
should be load handover).
NOTE
Setting UL/DL LDR first action to CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain inter-rat should be load
handover) and UL/DL LDR second action to PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should
be load handover) facilitates feature verification during lab tests. On a live network, set these parameters
according to the network plan.
Step 12 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM. In this step, set the following parameters
to appropriate values: UL LDR trigger threshold, UL LDR release threshold, DL LDR trigger
threshold, DL LDR release threshold, and DL State Trans Hysteresis threshold.
Step 13 Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBLDR. In this step, set UL LDR Credit SF
reserved threshold to an appropriate value for the credit LDR algorithm at the NodeB or cell
group level.
Step 14 Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD. In this step, set LDR period timer
length to an appropriate value.
Step 15 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV (CME single
configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented None-
Coverage Based Inter-rat Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) (at the cell level) or SET
UINTERRATHONCOV (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration
Express > HandOver Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented None-Coverage based Inter-rat
Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying
RNC Parameters in Batches) (at the RNC level) to configure parameters related to non-coverage-
based inter-frequency handover to GSM.
----End
Step 1 Initiate Iu interface message tracing and Uu interface message tracing on the RNC LMT.
Step 2 Use a UE in the UMTS cell to call another UE in the same cell. The call is set up successfully.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM and set the UlLdrTrigThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910) and DlLdrTrigThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters to reduce the uplink
and downlink LDR threshold, respectively.
l The following messages can be traced on the Iu interface: the
RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message from the RNC to the CN, and the
RANAP_RELOCATION_COMMAND message from the CN to the RNC.
l The following message can be traced on the Uu interface: the
RRC_HO_FROM_UTRAN_CMD_GSM message from the RNC to the UE.
l The following messages can be traced on the Iu interface: the
RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message from the RNC to the CN, the
RANAP_RELOCATION_COMMAND message from the CN to the RNC, the
RANAP_IU_RELEASE_COMMAND message from the CN to the RNC, and the
RANAP_IU_RELEASE_COMPLETE message from the RNC to the CN.
----End
To check whether a videophone service has fallen back to a voice service after being handed
over to the GSM network, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Start Iu Interface Trace and Uu Interface Trace on the RNC LMT.
Step 2 After video phone services are established, check in the Uu Interface Trace dialog box that the
UE sends to the RNC an RRC_MEAS_RPRT message, which contains the 3A report.
Step 3 In the Iu Interface Trace dialog box, check that the RNC sends an RAB_MODIFY_REQ
message to the CN. In the RAB_MODIFY_REQ message, the value of the IE
alternativeRABConfigurationRequest is alternative-RAB-configuration-Requested.
----End
16.16.5 Deactivation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to deactivate the load-based
handover. In this step, set DL LDR fourth action, DL LDR fifth action, UL LDR fourth
action, and UL LDR fifth action to NoAct.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to deactivate the inter-RAT handover. In this step,
deselect the HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH check boxes under the parameter HandOver
Switch.
----End
16.17.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
This feature is required only when one of the following features is available:
16.17.2 Activation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to enable the inter-RAT handover. In this step, select
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH
through the HandOver Switch.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UINTERRATHONCOV (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > HandOver Parameter Configuration > RNC
Oriented None-Coverage based Inter-rat Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to enable the 3G/2G common
load management function. In this step, select the Send Load Info to GSM Ind and NCOV
Reloc Ind Based on GSM Cell Load.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ADD UEXT2GCELL (CME single configuration: Object Group
> UMTS Service Configuration and Maintenance Management > External Cell Configuration
> RNC 2G External Cell; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC External Cell
Parameters in Batches) to add a GSM cell neighboring to the UMTS coverage.
----End
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command LST U2GNCELL to ensure the inter-RAT neighboring cell for
the GSM system is added correctly.
----End
NOTE
Consult Huawei engineers about the verification solution to obtain professional technical support.
16.17.5 Deactivation
Run the RNC MML command SET UINTERRATHONCOV (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > HandOver Parameter Configuration > RNC
Oriented None-Coverage based Inter-rat Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set the parameter Send
Load Info to GSM Ind to OFF and the parameter NCOV Reloc Ind based on GSM cell
load to OFF.
16.18.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
None
l Dependencies on Other Features
The configurations of the features that are required by this feature are complete. This feature
requires the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature.
l License
The licenses "HSDPA RRM package 1" and "HSDPA function" on the NodeB side have
been activated. For details about how to activate licenses, see License Management Feature
Parameter Description.
16.18.2 Activation
The methods of activating intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT handovers are the
same for HSDPA UEs and R99 UEs. For details, see the following sections:
16.18.4 Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.
17 Parameters
GUI Value
Range:RESER
VED_SWITCH
_4_BIT1,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
2,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
3,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
4,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
5,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
6,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
7,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
8,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
9,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
10,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
11,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
12,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
13,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
14,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
15,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
16,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
17,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
18,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
19,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
20,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
21,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
22,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
23,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
24,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
25,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
26,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
27,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
28,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
29,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
30,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
31,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
32
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:RESER
VED_SWITCH
_4_BIT1,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
2,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
3,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
4,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
5,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
6,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
7,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
8,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
9,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
10,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
11,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
12,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
13,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
14,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
15,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
16,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
17,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
18,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
19,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
20,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
21,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
22,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
23,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
24,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
25,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
26,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
27,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
28,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
29,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
30,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
31,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
32
Default
Value:RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
4_BIT1:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_4_BIT2:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_4_BIT3:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_4_BI
T4:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_4_
BIT5:0,RESER
VED_SWITCH
_4_BIT6:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_4_BIT7:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
8:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_4_
BIT9:0,RESER
VED_SWITCH
_4_BIT10:0,RE
SERVED_SWI
TCH_4_BIT11:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_4_BI
T12:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
4_BIT13:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_4_BIT14:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
15:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_4_
BIT16:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_4_BIT17:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_4_BIT18
:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_4_BI
T19:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
4_BIT20:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_4_BIT21:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
22:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_4_
BIT23:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_4_BIT24:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_4_BIT25
:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_4_BI
T26:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
4_BIT27:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_4_BIT28:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
29:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_4_
BIT30:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_4_BIT31:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_4_BIT32
:0
WITCH_4_BIT
6,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
7,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
8,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
9,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
10,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
11,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
12,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
13,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
14,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
15,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
16,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
17,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
18,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
19,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
20,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
21,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
22,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
23,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
24,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
25,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
26,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
27,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
28,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
29,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
30,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
31,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
32
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:RESER
VED_SWITCH
_4_BIT1,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
2,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
3,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
4,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
5,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
6,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
7,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
8,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
9,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
10,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
11,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
12,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
13,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
14,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
15,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
16,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
17,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
18,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
19,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
20,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
21,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
22,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
23,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
24,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
25,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
26,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
27,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
28,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
29,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
30,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
31,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
32
Default
Value:RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
4_BIT1:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_4_BIT2:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_4_BIT3:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_4_BI
T4:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_4_
BIT5:0,RESER
VED_SWITCH
_4_BIT6:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_4_BIT7:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
8:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_4_
BIT9:0,RESER
VED_SWITCH
_4_BIT10:0,RE
SERVED_SWI
TCH_4_BIT11:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_4_BI
T12:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
4_BIT13:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_4_BIT14:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
15:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_4_
BIT16:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_4_BIT17:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_4_BIT18
:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_4_BI
T19:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
4_BIT20:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_4_BIT21:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
22:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_4_
BIT23:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_4_BIT24:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_4_BIT25
:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_4_BI
T26:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
4_BIT27:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_4_BIT28:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT
29:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_4_
BIT30:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_4_BIT31:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_4_BIT32
:0
DCH channel
retry. 3.
PERFENH_MC
_OPT_AFTER_
RETRANS_CH
G_SWITCH:
Policy used
when the RNC
receives a
request for
changing the
target number of
retransmissions
during an E-
DCH-to-DCH
(E2D) channel
migration. ON:
This switch is
turned on. Upon
receiving the
request for
changing the
target number of
retransmissions,
the RNC
continues the
channel
migration
procedure and
then updates
measurement
control. OFF:
This switch is
turned off. Upon
receiving the
request for
changing the
target number of
retransmissions,
the RNC
instantly
updates
measurement
control and then
performs the
channel
migration.
However, this
increases the
call drop rate. 4.
PERFENH_CS
OVERH_H2D_
RBID_CHG_S
WITCH:
Whether the
RNC changes
the radio bearer
identity when
CS services are
handed over
from E-DCHs or
HS-DSCHs to
DCHs. This
switch is turned
off by default.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
changes the
radio bearer
identity. When
this switch is
turned off, the
RNC does not
change the radio
bearer identity.
For details, see
section 8.6.4.2
in 3GPP TS
25.331 V8.4.0.
5.
PERFENH_RR
C_DRD_FAILE
D_RED_GSM_
SWITCH:
Whether the
RNC carries the
information
about the
configured
neighboring
GSM cells in the
RRC
CONNECTION
REJECT
message when
neighboring
GSM cells are
configured
during an RRC
inter-RAT
redirection
based on
admission
failures. For
UEs of 3GPP
Release 6 or a
later version,
when this switch
is turned on, the
RNC carries the
information
about the
configured
neighboring
GSM cells in the
RRC
CONNECTION
REJECT
message. When
this switch is
turned off, the
RNC does not
carry the
information
about the
configured
neighboring
GSM cells in the
RRC
CONNECTION
REJECT
message. 6.
PERFENH_IR
AT_COV_HO_
NCELL_PRE_S
WITCH:
Whether high-
priority
neighboring
cells or
frequencies are
preferred during
coverage-based
inter-RAT
handovers.
When this
switch is turned
on, high-priority
neighboring
cells or
frequencies are
preferred. If
neighboring
cells or
frequencies
have the same
priority, those
with better
signal quality
are preferred. If
their signal
quality is the
same, the first
selected
neighboring cell
or frequency is
the target cell or
frequency. For
UMTS-to-GSM
handovers, the
neighboring cell
with a smaller
value of the
"HOPrio"
parameter in the
"ADD
U2GNCELL"
command is
preferentially
selected as the
target cell. For
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections, the
frequency with a
greater value of
the "NPriority"
parameter in the
"ADD
UCELLNFREQ
PRIOINFO"
command is
preferentially
selected as the
target
frequency.
When this
switch is turned
off, only signal
quality is
considered. For
UMTS-to-GSM
handovers, the
neighboring cell
with better
signal quality is
preferentially
selected as the
target cell. For
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections, the
frequency with
better quality is
preferentially
selected as the
target
frequency. 7.
PERFENH_LT
E_NCELL_SEL
_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether to
optimize the list
for measured
neighboring
LTE cells in the
measurement
control message.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
filters out the list
for measured
neighboring
LTE cells
according to the
RNC-level
parameters, cell
capability, and
UE capabilities
in handovers
and redirections
to the LTE
network. When
this switch is
turned off, the
RNC does not
filter out the list
for measured
neighboring
LTE cells. 8.
PERFENH_GS
M_NCELL_SE
L_OPT_SWITC
H: Scope for
matching the
neighboring
cells in
measurement
reports during
handovers to
GSM cells when
there are
multiple cells in
the active set and
the
HO_MC_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH switch
is turned on. In
case of
neighboring
combination,
when this switch
is turned on, the
RNC matches
the neighboring
cells in
measurement
reports with
neighboring
cells of all cells
in the current
active set. When
this switch is
turned off, the
RNC matches
the neighboring
cells in
measurement
reports only
with the best
cell's
neighboring
cells. 9.
PERFENH_U2
L_REDIR_BAS
ED_FREQ_OP
T_SWITCH:
Whether to
select the best
target frequency
during a
frequency-based
redirection from
UMTS to LTE.
When this
switch is turned
on, the selected
target frequency
is used as the
best frequency if
the
measurement
report contains
multiple
neighboring
cells that work at
the same
frequency. 10.
PERFENH_IC
MP_ACCELER
ATOR_OPT_S
WITCH :
Switch for the
enhanced
algorithm of
accelerating the
rate for
responding to
control
messages. This
parameter is a
professional
parameter and
therefore you
must configure
this parameter
under the
instruction of
Huawei
technical
support.For
RTT(round-trip
time) tests, the
recommended
value is ON. In
other scenarios,
the
recommended
value is OFF. 11.
PERFENH_MU
LTI_PS_DCCC
_SWITCH:
Whether to
allocate the RLC
parameters
corresponding
to the 2 ms TTI
to the services
that are not
reconfigured
during the
reconfiguration
procedure and
have a data rate
higher than 2048
kbit/s. The 2048
kbit/s is the
maximum data
rate supported
by the 10 ms
TTI. When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
allocates such
services the
RLC parameters
corresponding
to the 2 ms TTI.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
does not allocate
such services
these
parameters. 12.
PERFENH_CH
L_CHG_FAIL_
MC_OLPC_OP
T_SWITCH:
Whether to use
invalid
measurement
control
parameters and
power control
parameters on
the MAC-d
entity again if a
UE in the
CELL_DCH
state fails to
switch channels
and then
experiences a
channel
fallback. When
this switch is
turned on, the
RNC uses these
parameters
again for such a
UE. When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
does not use
these parameters
again for such a
UE. 13.
PERFENH_SE
T2MBR_ALLO
W_D2F_SWIT
CH: Whether to
allow CELL-
DCH-to-
CELL_FACH
state transitions
when the PS BE
services of a UE
fail to be
reconfigured
with an MBR
and the UE
periodically
requests the
MBR. When this
switch is turned
on, the UE is
allowed to
perform CELL-
DCH-to-
CELL_FACH
state transitions
in the preceding
scenario. When
this switch is
turned off, the
UE is not
allowed to
perform these
state transitions.
14.
PERFENH_RA
B_REL_WITH
_PS_D2F_OPT
_SWITCH:
Processing
option for a low-
rate PS service
when the cell
update
procedure
overlaps the
service release
procedure of a
CS or PS service
in combined
services that
also include the
low-rate PS
service.When
this switch is
turned on, the
parameter
specifying the
status of the low-
rate PS service is
correctly
configured in
the proceeding
scenario to
prevent a call
drop.When this
switch is turned
off, the
previously
mentioned
parameter is
incorrectly
configured in
the proceeding
scenario. This
will result in a
call drop.For
this parameter,
please note the
following: A
low-rate PS
service is a
service whose
maximum data
rate is less than
the values of the
"UlBeTraffDec
Ths" and
"DlBeTraffDec
Ths"
parameters.
When a service
in combined
services that
include a low-
rate PS service is
being released,
the UE is
instructed to
perform a state
transition from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH.
15.
PERFENH_DR
NC_CU_WITH
OUT_EXTCEL
L_SWITCH:
Whether the
serving RNC
(SRNC)
reestablishes an
RL for a UE if
the UE sends a
CELL UPDATE
message with a
cause value of
"radio link
failure" or "RLC
unrecoverable
error" in a
drifting RNC
(DRNC) cell
that is not
configured as a
neighboring
RNC cell of the
UE's SRNC
using the "ADD
UEXT3GCELL
" command.
When this
switch is turned
on, the SRNC
uses the DSCR
procedure to
reestablish an
RL for UEs
processing only
PS BE services.
For UEs
processing other
types of
services, the
SRNC
reestablishes an
RL through the
cell update
procedure.
When this
switch is turned
off, the SRNC
directly releases
the UE. 16.
PERFENH_HO
_NODEB_UP_
RES_LIMIT_E
2D_SWITCH:
Whether the
RNC re-
attempts to
apply for DCH
resources when
the NodeB sends
to the RNC
cause value not-
enough-user-
plane-
processing-
resources during
the request of E-
DCH or HS-
DSCH resources
for an intra-RAT
handover. When
this switch is
turned on, the
RNC re-
attempts to
apply for the
DCH resources
in the preceding
scenario. When
this switch is
turned off, the
RNC stops
applying for any
channel
resources. 17.
PERFENH_LT
E_NCELL_FIL
TE_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether
the RNC filters
out neighboring
LTE cells based
on the principle
of preferentially
selecting a
maximum of
four LTE FDD
EARFCNs and
four LTE TDD
EARFCNs
when the
following
conditions are
met: 1. The
active set
contains more
than one cell. 2.
Each cell is
configured with
multiple
neighboring
LTE cells. 3.
HO_MC_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH of the
"HoSwitch"
parameter in the
"SET
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH"
command and
HO_MC_LTE_
NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITC
H of the
"HoSwitch1"
parameter in the
"SET
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH"
command are
turned on. When
this switch is
turned on, the
RNC filters out
the neighboring
LTE cells based
on the principle
of preferentially
selecting a
maximum of
four LTE FDD
EARFCNs and
four LTE TDD
EARFCNs,
preferentially
selects the
neighboring
LTE cells with
the largest
number of times
EARFCNS
according to the
principle of
preferentially
selecting a
maximum of
four LTE FDD
EARFCNs and
four LTE TDD
EARFCNs. 18.
PERFENH_U2
L_PUNISH_BA
SED_ABS_FR
EQ_SWITCH:
Whether a UE is
allowed to
perform a non-
coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirection after
a redirection
from UMTS to
LTE when
HO_U2L_REDI
R_BASED_AB
SOLUTE_FRE
Q_SWITCH of
the HoSwitch1
parameter in the
SET
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH
command is
turned on. When
this switch is
turned on, the
UE is not
allowed to be
redirected back
to LTE. When
this switch is
turned off, the
UE is allowed to
be redirected
back to LTE. 19.
PERFENH_HE
_BIT_OPT_AF
TER_RELOC_I
N_SWITCH:
Value of the HE
bit IE during the
RB
reconfiguration.
The HE bit IE
indicates
whether the
AMD PDU
contains the
length indicator
(LI). For details
about this
parameter, see
3GPP TS
25.321. When
this switch is
turned on.
During the RB
reconfiguration,
the value of the
HE bit IE for
other operators'
RNCs is
unchanged.
When this
switch is turned
off. During the
RB
reconfiguration,
the HE bit IE for
other operators'
RNCs is forcibly
changed to the
value of the HE
bit IE for
Huawei RNC,
which results in
call drops. 20.
PERFENH_HH
O_RELOC_OU
T_WITH_MR_
SWITCH:
Whether
compatibility
processing is
performed on
the
RELOCATION
REQUIRED
message during
a combined hard
handover and
SRNS
relocation.
When this
switch is turned
on.
Compatibility
processing is
performed so
that the
RELOCATION
REQUIRED
carries the
RSCP and Ec/
N0
measurement
results of the
target cell.
When this
switch is turned
off.
Compatibility
processing is not
performed so
that the
RELOCATION
REQUIRED
does not carry
the RSCP and
Ec/N0
measurement
results of the
target cell. 21.
PERFENH_CS
_P2D_TRIG_S
ERVICE_U2L_
SWITCH:
Whether to
initiate service-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
handovers or
redirections
after a P2D
procedure is
triggered for CS
users. After this
switch is turned
on, service-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
handovers or
redirections are
allowed, causing
the CS service
establishment to
fail. After the
switch is turned
off, service-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
handovers or
redirections are
allowed are not
allowed. 22.
PERFENH_RB
_RECFG_TRIG
_SERVICE_U2
L_SWITCH:
Whether to
initiate service-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
handovers or
redirections
after RBs are
reconfigured for
a PS user. After
this switch is
turned on,
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or
redirections are
allowed after
RBs are
reconfigured for
a PS user. In this
case, the user is
always in the
compressed
mode if
ChannelRetryH
oTimerLen is set
to a value other
than 0 in the
"SET
UCOIFTIMER"
command and
HsdpaCMPermi
ssionInd,
HsupaCMPermi
ssionInd, or
EHSPACMPer
missionInd is set
to Limited in the
"SET UCMCF"
command. After
this switch is
turned off,
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or
redirections are
forbidden after
RBs are
reconfigured for
a PS user. 23.
PERFENH_PE
RMIT_U2L_O
NLY_UE_FRO
M_L_SWITCH:
Whether to
check whether
the UE
requesting for
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or
redirections is
an LTE UE or
not. After this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
allows service-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
handovers or
redirections for
LTE UEs only.
Enabling Delay
in the RADIO
LINK SETUP
REQUEST
message to 0.
When this
switch is turned
off, For the D2E
channel
switching
procedure, the
RNC
permanently
sets the delay
time for DTX/
DRX to take
effect to 0. For
the link addition
procedure of a
soft handover,
the RNC sets the
field Enabling
Delay in the
RADIO LINK
SETUP
REQUEST
message based
on the value of
the
DtxDrxEnablin
gDelay
parameter in the
SET UFRC
command. 25.
PERFENH_MC
DRD_FAIL_PE
NALTY_OPT_
SWITCH:
Whether the
RNC continues
to apply a
penalty to a UE
that has
switched to the
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state
after
experiencing a
measured-based
DRD failure.
When this
switch is turned
on. The RNC
continues to
apply penalty to
the UE after the
UE switches to
the
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state
from the
CELL_DCH
state. When this
switch is turned
off. The RNC
stops the penalty
on the UE after
the UE switches
to the
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state
from the
CELL_DCH
state. 26.
PERFENH_HS
DPA_SPI_WEI
GHT_UPDATE
_SWITCH:
Whether the
RNC includes
the new
scheduling
priority
indicator (SPI)
weight
adjustment
factor in the
Radio Link
Reconfiguration
Prepare message
when the SPI is
changed
because the CN
adjusts the
traffic handle
priority (THP)
value for an
HSDPA service.
When this
switch is turned
on. The RNC
includes the new
SPI weight
adjustment
factor in the
Radio Link
Reconfiguration
Prepare
message. When
this switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
include the new
SPI weight
adjustment
factor in the
Radio Link
Reconfiguration
Prepare
message.
GUI Value
Range:PERFEN
H_RCS_PS_DL
_ON_DCH_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_HS
UPA_CAP_CH
G_HRETRY_L
MT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MC
_OPT_AFTER_
RETRANS_CH
G_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CS
OVERH_H2D_
RBID_CHG_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_DRD_FAILE
D_RED_GSM_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_IR
AT_COV_HO_
NCELL_PRE_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_LT
E_NCELL_SEL
_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_GS
M_NCELL_SE
L_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_U2
L_REDIR_BAS
ED_FREQ_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IC
MP_ACCELER
ATOR_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_MU
LTI_PS_DCCC
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CH
L_CHG_FAIL_
MC_OLPC_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SE
T2MBR_ALLO
W_D2F_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_RA
B_REL_WITH
_PS_D2F_OPT
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DR
NC_CU_WITH
OUT_EXTCEL
L_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HO
_NODEB_UP_
RES_LIMIT_E
2D_SWITCH,
PERFENH_LT
E_NCELL_FIL
TE_OPT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_U2
L_PUNISH_BA
SED_ABS_FR
EQ_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HE
_BIT_OPT_AF
TER_RELOC_I
N_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HH
O_RELOC_OU
T_WITH_MR_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_CS
_P2D_TRIG_S
ERVICE_U2L_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_RB
_RECFG_TRIG
_SERVICE_U2
L_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PE
RMIT_U2L_O
NLY_UE_FRO
M_L_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DT
XDRX_ENAB
LEDELAY_CF
GOPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_MC
DRD_FAIL_PE
NALTY_OPT_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_HS
DPA_SPI_WEI
GHT_UPDATE
_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:PERFEN
H_RCS_PS_DL
_ON_DCH_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_HS
UPA_CAP_CH
G_HRETRY_L
MT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MC
_OPT_AFTER_
RETRANS_CH
G_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CS
OVERH_H2D_
RBID_CHG_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_DRD_FAILE
D_RED_GSM_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_IR
AT_COV_HO_
NCELL_PRE_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_LT
E_NCELL_SEL
_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_GS
M_NCELL_SE
L_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_U2
L_REDIR_BAS
ED_FREQ_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IC
MP_ACCELER
ATOR_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_MU
LTI_PS_DCCC
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CH
L_CHG_FAIL_
MC_OLPC_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SE
T2MBR_ALLO
W_D2F_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_RA
B_REL_WITH
_PS_D2F_OPT
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DR
NC_CU_WITH
OUT_EXTCEL
L_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HO
_NODEB_UP_
RES_LIMIT_E
2D_SWITCH,
PERFENH_LT
E_NCELL_FIL
TE_OPT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_U2
L_PUNISH_BA
SED_ABS_FR
EQ_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HE
_BIT_OPT_AF
TER_RELOC_I
N_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HH
O_RELOC_OU
T_WITH_MR_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_CS
_P2D_TRIG_S
ERVICE_U2L_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_RB
_RECFG_TRIG
_SERVICE_U2
L_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PE
RMIT_U2L_O
NLY_UE_FRO
M_L_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DT
XDRX_ENAB
LEDELAY_CF
GOPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_MC
DRD_FAIL_PE
NALTY_OPT_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_HS
DPA_SPI_WEI
GHT_UPDATE
_SWITCH
Default
Value:PERFEN
H_RCS_PS_DL
_ON_DCH_SW
ITCH:
0,PERFENH_H
SUPA_CAP_C
HG_HRETRY_
LMT_SWITCH
:
0,PERFENH_M
C_OPT_AFTE
R_RETRANS_
CHG_SWITCH
:
1,PERFENH_C
SOVERH_H2D
_RBID_CHG_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_R
RC_DRD_FAI
LED_RED_GS
M_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_I
RAT_COV_HO
_NCELL_PRE_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_L
TE_NCELL_SE
L_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_G
SM_NCELL_S
EL_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_U
2L_REDIR_BA
SED_FREQ_O
PT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_I
CMP_ACCELE
RATOR_OPT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_M
ULTI_PS_DCC
C_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_C
HL_CHG_FAI
L_MC_OLPC_
OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_S
ET2MBR_ALL
OW_D2F_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_R
AB_REL_WIT
H_PS_D2F_OP
T_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_D
RNC_CU_WIT
HOUT_EXTCE
LL_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_H
O_NODEB_UP
_RES_LIMIT_
E2D_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_L
TE_NCELL_FI
LTE_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_U
2L_PUNISH_B
ASED_ABS_F
REQ_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_H
E_BIT_OPT_A
FTER_RELOC
_IN_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_H
HO_RELOC_O
UT_WITH_MR
_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_C
S_P2D_TRIG_
SERVICE_U2L
_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_R
B_RECFG_TRI
G_SERVICE_U
2L_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_P
ERMIT_U2L_
ONLY_UE_FR
OM_L_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_D
TXDRX_ENA
BLEDELAY_C
FGOPT_SWIT
CH:
1,PERFENH_M
CDRD_FAIL_P
ENALTY_OPT
_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_H
SDPA_SPI_WE
IGHT_UPDAT
E_SWITCH:0
DCH channel
retry. 3.
PERFENH_MC
_OPT_AFTER_
RETRANS_CH
G_SWITCH:
Policy used
when the RNC
receives a
request for
changing the
target number of
retransmissions
during an E-
DCH-to-DCH
(E2D) channel
migration. ON:
This switch is
turned on. Upon
receiving the
request for
changing the
target number of
retransmissions,
the RNC
continues the
channel
migration
procedure and
then updates
measurement
control. OFF:
This switch is
turned off. Upon
receiving the
request for
changing the
target number of
retransmissions,
the RNC
instantly
updates
measurement
control and then
performs the
channel
migration.
However, this
increases the
call drop rate. 4.
PERFENH_CS
OVERH_H2D_
RBID_CHG_S
WITCH:
Whether the
RNC changes
the radio bearer
identity when
CS services are
handed over
from E-DCHs or
HS-DSCHs to
DCHs. This
switch is turned
off by default.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
changes the
radio bearer
identity. When
this switch is
turned off, the
RNC does not
change the radio
bearer identity.
For details, see
section 8.6.4.2
in 3GPP TS
25.331 V8.4.0.
5.
PERFENH_RR
C_DRD_FAILE
D_RED_GSM_
SWITCH:
Whether the
RNC carries the
information
about the
configured
neighboring
GSM cells in the
RRC
CONNECTION
REJECT
message when
neighboring
GSM cells are
configured
during an RRC
inter-RAT
redirection
based on
admission
failures. For
UEs of 3GPP
Release 6 or a
later version,
when this switch
is turned on, the
RNC carries the
information
about the
configured
neighboring
GSM cells in the
RRC
CONNECTION
REJECT
message. When
this switch is
turned off, the
RNC does not
carry the
information
about the
configured
neighboring
GSM cells in the
RRC
CONNECTION
REJECT
message. 6.
PERFENH_IR
AT_COV_HO_
NCELL_PRE_S
WITCH:
Whether high-
priority
neighboring
cells or
frequencies are
preferred during
coverage-based
inter-RAT
handovers.
When this
switch is turned
on, high-priority
neighboring
cells or
frequencies are
preferred. If
neighboring
cells or
frequencies
have the same
priority, those
with better
signal quality
are preferred. If
their signal
quality is the
same, the first
selected
neighboring cell
or frequency is
the target cell or
frequency. For
UMTS-to-GSM
handovers, the
neighboring cell
with a smaller
value of the
"HOPrio"
parameter in the
"ADD
U2GNCELL"
command is
preferentially
selected as the
target cell. For
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections, the
frequency with a
greater value of
the "NPriority"
parameter in the
"ADD
UCELLNFREQ
PRIOINFO"
command is
preferentially
selected as the
target
frequency.
When this
switch is turned
off, only signal
quality is
considered. For
UMTS-to-GSM
handovers, the
neighboring cell
with better
signal quality is
preferentially
selected as the
target cell. For
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections, the
frequency with
better quality is
preferentially
selected as the
target
frequency. 7.
PERFENH_LT
E_NCELL_SEL
_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether to
optimize the list
for measured
neighboring
LTE cells in the
measurement
control message.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
filters out the list
for measured
neighboring
LTE cells
according to the
RNC-level
parameters, cell
capability, and
UE capabilities
in handovers
and redirections
to the LTE
network. When
this switch is
turned off, the
RNC does not
filter out the list
for measured
neighboring
LTE cells. 8.
PERFENH_GS
M_NCELL_SE
L_OPT_SWITC
H: Scope for
matching the
neighboring
cells in
measurement
reports during
handovers to
GSM cells when
there are
multiple cells in
the active set and
the
HO_MC_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH switch
is turned on. In
case of
neighboring
combination,
when this switch
is turned on, the
RNC matches
the neighboring
cells in
measurement
reports with
neighboring
cells of all cells
in the current
active set. When
this switch is
turned off, the
RNC matches
the neighboring
cells in
measurement
reports only
with the best
cell's
neighboring
cells. 9.
PERFENH_U2
L_REDIR_BAS
ED_FREQ_OP
T_SWITCH:
Whether to
select the best
target frequency
during a
frequency-based
redirection from
UMTS to LTE.
When this
switch is turned
on, the selected
target frequency
is used as the
best frequency if
the
measurement
report contains
multiple
neighboring
cells that work at
the same
frequency. 10.
PERFENH_IC
MP_ACCELER
ATOR_OPT_S
WITCH :
Switch for the
enhanced
algorithm of
accelerating the
rate for
responding to
control
messages. This
parameter is a
professional
parameter and
therefore you
must configure
this parameter
under the
instruction of
Huawei
technical
support.For
RTT(round-trip
time) tests, the
recommended
value is ON. In
other scenarios,
the
recommended
value is OFF. 11.
PERFENH_MU
LTI_PS_DCCC
_SWITCH:
Whether to
allocate the RLC
parameters
corresponding
to the 2 ms TTI
to the services
that are not
reconfigured
during the
reconfiguration
procedure and
have a data rate
higher than 2048
kbit/s. The 2048
kbit/s is the
maximum data
rate supported
by the 10 ms
TTI. When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
allocates such
services the
RLC parameters
corresponding
to the 2 ms TTI.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
does not allocate
such services
these
parameters. 12.
PERFENH_CH
L_CHG_FAIL_
MC_OLPC_OP
T_SWITCH:
Whether to use
invalid
measurement
control
parameters and
power control
parameters on
the MAC-d
entity again if a
UE in the
CELL_DCH
state fails to
switch channels
and then
experiences a
channel
fallback. When
this switch is
turned on, the
RNC uses these
parameters
again for such a
UE. When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
does not use
these parameters
again for such a
UE. 13.
PERFENH_SE
T2MBR_ALLO
W_D2F_SWIT
CH: Whether to
allow CELL-
DCH-to-
CELL_FACH
state transitions
when the PS BE
services of a UE
fail to be
reconfigured
with an MBR
and the UE
periodically
requests the
MBR. When this
switch is turned
on, the UE is
allowed to
perform CELL-
DCH-to-
CELL_FACH
state transitions
in the preceding
scenario. When
this switch is
turned off, the
UE is not
allowed to
perform these
state transitions.
14.
PERFENH_RA
B_REL_WITH
_PS_D2F_OPT
_SWITCH:
Processing
option for a low-
rate PS service
when the cell
update
procedure
overlaps the
service release
procedure of a
CS or PS service
in combined
services that
also include the
low-rate PS
service.When
this switch is
turned on, the
parameter
specifying the
status of the low-
rate PS service is
correctly
configured in
the proceeding
scenario to
prevent a call
drop.When this
switch is turned
off, the
previously
mentioned
parameter is
incorrectly
configured in
the proceeding
scenario. This
will result in a
call drop.For
this parameter,
please note the
following: A
low-rate PS
service is a
service whose
maximum data
rate is less than
the values of the
"UlBeTraffDec
Ths" and
"DlBeTraffDec
Ths"
parameters.
When a service
in combined
services that
include a low-
rate PS service is
being released,
the UE is
instructed to
perform a state
transition from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH.
15.
PERFENH_DR
NC_CU_WITH
OUT_EXTCEL
L_SWITCH:
Whether the
serving RNC
(SRNC)
reestablishes an
RL for a UE if
the UE sends a
CELL UPDATE
message with a
cause value of
"radio link
failure" or "RLC
unrecoverable
error" in a
drifting RNC
(DRNC) cell
that is not
configured as a
neighboring
RNC cell of the
UE's SRNC
using the "ADD
UEXT3GCELL
" command.
When this
switch is turned
on, the SRNC
uses the DSCR
procedure to
reestablish an
RL for UEs
processing only
PS BE services.
For UEs
processing other
types of
services, the
SRNC
reestablishes an
RL through the
cell update
procedure.
When this
switch is turned
off, the SRNC
directly releases
the UE. 16.
PERFENH_HO
_NODEB_UP_
RES_LIMIT_E
2D_SWITCH:
Whether the
RNC re-
attempts to
apply for DCH
resources when
the NodeB sends
to the RNC
cause value not-
enough-user-
plane-
processing-
resources during
the request of E-
DCH or HS-
DSCH resources
for an intra-RAT
handover. When
this switch is
turned on, the
RNC re-
attempts to
apply for the
DCH resources
in the preceding
scenario. When
this switch is
turned off, the
RNC stops
applying for any
channel
resources. 17.
PERFENH_LT
E_NCELL_FIL
TE_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether
the RNC filters
out neighboring
LTE cells based
on the principle
of preferentially
selecting a
maximum of
four LTE FDD
EARFCNs and
four LTE TDD
EARFCNs
when the
following
conditions are
met: 1. The
active set
contains more
than one cell. 2.
Each cell is
configured with
multiple
neighboring
LTE cells. 3.
HO_MC_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH of the
"HoSwitch"
parameter in the
"SET
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH"
command and
HO_MC_LTE_
NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITC
H of the
"HoSwitch1"
parameter in the
"SET
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH"
command are
turned on. When
this switch is
turned on, the
RNC filters out
the neighboring
LTE cells based
on the principle
of preferentially
selecting a
maximum of
four LTE FDD
EARFCNs and
four LTE TDD
EARFCNs,
preferentially
selects the
neighboring
LTE cells with
the largest
number of times
EARFCNS
according to the
principle of
preferentially
selecting a
maximum of
four LTE FDD
EARFCNs and
four LTE TDD
EARFCNs. 18.
PERFENH_U2
L_PUNISH_BA
SED_ABS_FR
EQ_SWITCH:
Whether a UE is
allowed to
perform a non-
coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirection after
a redirection
from UMTS to
LTE when
HO_U2L_REDI
R_BASED_AB
SOLUTE_FRE
Q_SWITCH of
the HoSwitch1
parameter in the
SET
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH
command is
turned on. When
this switch is
turned on, the
UE is not
allowed to be
redirected back
to LTE. When
this switch is
turned off, the
UE is allowed to
be redirected
back to LTE. 19.
PERFENH_HE
_BIT_OPT_AF
TER_RELOC_I
N_SWITCH:
Value of the HE
bit IE during the
RB
reconfiguration.
The HE bit IE
indicates
whether the
AMD PDU
contains the
length indicator
(LI). For details
about this
parameter, see
3GPP TS
25.321. When
this switch is
turned on.
During the RB
reconfiguration,
the value of the
HE bit IE for
other operators'
RNCs is
unchanged.
When this
switch is turned
off. During the
RB
reconfiguration,
the HE bit IE for
other operators'
RNCs is forcibly
changed to the
value of the HE
bit IE for
Huawei RNC,
which results in
call drops. 20.
PERFENH_HH
O_RELOC_OU
T_WITH_MR_
SWITCH:
Whether
compatibility
processing is
performed on
the
RELOCATION
REQUIRED
message during
a combined hard
handover and
SRNS
relocation.
When this
switch is turned
on.
Compatibility
processing is
performed so
that the
RELOCATION
REQUIRED
carries the
RSCP and Ec/
N0
measurement
results of the
target cell.
When this
switch is turned
off.
Compatibility
processing is not
performed so
that the
RELOCATION
REQUIRED
does not carry
the RSCP and
Ec/N0
measurement
results of the
target cell. 21.
PERFENH_CS
_P2D_TRIG_S
ERVICE_U2L_
SWITCH:
Whether to
initiate service-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
handovers or
redirections
after a P2D
procedure is
triggered for CS
users. After this
switch is turned
on, service-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
handovers or
redirections are
allowed, causing
the CS service
establishment to
fail. After the
switch is turned
off, service-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
handovers or
redirections are
allowed are not
allowed. 22.
PERFENH_RB
_RECFG_TRIG
_SERVICE_U2
L_SWITCH:
Whether to
initiate service-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
handovers or
redirections
after RBs are
reconfigured for
a PS user. After
this switch is
turned on,
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or
redirections are
allowed after
RBs are
reconfigured for
a PS user. In this
case, the user is
always in the
compressed
mode if
ChannelRetryH
oTimerLen is set
to a value other
than 0 in the
"SET
UCOIFTIMER"
command and
HsdpaCMPermi
ssionInd,
HsupaCMPermi
ssionInd, or
EHSPACMPer
missionInd is set
to Limited in the
"SET UCMCF"
command. After
this switch is
turned off,
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or
redirections are
forbidden after
RBs are
reconfigured for
a PS user. 23.
PERFENH_PE
RMIT_U2L_O
NLY_UE_FRO
M_L_SWITCH:
Whether to
check whether
the UE
requesting for
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or
redirections is
an LTE UE or
not. After this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
allows service-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
handovers or
redirections for
LTE UEs only.
Enabling Delay
in the RADIO
LINK SETUP
REQUEST
message to 0.
When this
switch is turned
off, For the D2E
channel
switching
procedure, the
RNC
permanently
sets the delay
time for DTX/
DRX to take
effect to 0. For
the link addition
procedure of a
soft handover,
the RNC sets the
field Enabling
Delay in the
RADIO LINK
SETUP
REQUEST
message based
on the value of
the
DtxDrxEnablin
gDelay
parameter in the
SET UFRC
command. 25.
PERFENH_MC
DRD_FAIL_PE
NALTY_OPT_
SWITCH:
Whether the
RNC continues
to apply a
penalty to a UE
that has
switched to the
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state
after
experiencing a
measured-based
DRD failure.
When this
switch is turned
on. The RNC
continues to
apply penalty to
the UE after the
UE switches to
the
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state
from the
CELL_DCH
state. When this
switch is turned
off. The RNC
stops the penalty
on the UE after
the UE switches
to the
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state
from the
CELL_DCH
state. 26.
PERFENH_HS
DPA_SPI_WEI
GHT_UPDATE
_SWITCH:
Whether the
RNC includes
the new
scheduling
priority
indicator (SPI)
weight
adjustment
factor in the
Radio Link
Reconfiguration
Prepare message
when the SPI is
changed
because the CN
adjusts the
traffic handle
priority (THP)
value for an
HSDPA service.
When this
switch is turned
on. The RNC
includes the new
SPI weight
adjustment
factor in the
Radio Link
Reconfiguration
Prepare
message. When
this switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
include the new
SPI weight
adjustment
factor in the
Radio Link
Reconfiguration
Prepare
message.
GUI Value
Range:PERFEN
H_RCS_PS_DL
_ON_DCH_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_HS
UPA_CAP_CH
G_HRETRY_L
MT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MC
_OPT_AFTER_
RETRANS_CH
G_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CS
OVERH_H2D_
RBID_CHG_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_DRD_FAILE
D_RED_GSM_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_IR
AT_COV_HO_
NCELL_PRE_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_LT
E_NCELL_SEL
_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_GS
M_NCELL_SE
L_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_U2
L_REDIR_BAS
ED_FREQ_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IC
MP_ACCELER
ATOR_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_MU
LTI_PS_DCCC
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CH
L_CHG_FAIL_
MC_OLPC_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SE
T2MBR_ALLO
W_D2F_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_RA
B_REL_WITH
_PS_D2F_OPT
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DR
NC_CU_WITH
OUT_EXTCEL
L_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HO
_NODEB_UP_
RES_LIMIT_E
2D_SWITCH,
PERFENH_LT
E_NCELL_FIL
TE_OPT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_U2
L_PUNISH_BA
SED_ABS_FR
EQ_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HE
_BIT_OPT_AF
TER_RELOC_I
N_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HH
O_RELOC_OU
T_WITH_MR_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_CS
_P2D_TRIG_S
ERVICE_U2L_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_RB
_RECFG_TRIG
_SERVICE_U2
L_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PE
RMIT_U2L_O
NLY_UE_FRO
M_L_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DT
XDRX_ENAB
LEDELAY_CF
GOPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_MC
DRD_FAIL_PE
NALTY_OPT_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_HS
DPA_SPI_WEI
GHT_UPDATE
_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:PERFEN
H_RCS_PS_DL
_ON_DCH_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_HS
UPA_CAP_CH
G_HRETRY_L
MT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MC
_OPT_AFTER_
RETRANS_CH
G_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CS
OVERH_H2D_
RBID_CHG_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_DRD_FAILE
D_RED_GSM_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_IR
AT_COV_HO_
NCELL_PRE_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_LT
E_NCELL_SEL
_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_GS
M_NCELL_SE
L_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_U2
L_REDIR_BAS
ED_FREQ_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IC
MP_ACCELER
ATOR_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_MU
LTI_PS_DCCC
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CH
L_CHG_FAIL_
MC_OLPC_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SE
T2MBR_ALLO
W_D2F_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_RA
B_REL_WITH
_PS_D2F_OPT
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DR
NC_CU_WITH
OUT_EXTCEL
L_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HO
_NODEB_UP_
RES_LIMIT_E
2D_SWITCH,
PERFENH_LT
E_NCELL_FIL
TE_OPT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_U2
L_PUNISH_BA
SED_ABS_FR
EQ_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HE
_BIT_OPT_AF
TER_RELOC_I
N_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HH
O_RELOC_OU
T_WITH_MR_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_CS
_P2D_TRIG_S
ERVICE_U2L_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_RB
_RECFG_TRIG
_SERVICE_U2
L_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PE
RMIT_U2L_O
NLY_UE_FRO
M_L_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DT
XDRX_ENAB
LEDELAY_CF
GOPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_MC
DRD_FAIL_PE
NALTY_OPT_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_HS
DPA_SPI_WEI
GHT_UPDATE
_SWITCH
Default
Value:PERFEN
H_RCS_PS_DL
_ON_DCH_SW
ITCH:
0,PERFENH_H
SUPA_CAP_C
HG_HRETRY_
LMT_SWITCH
:
0,PERFENH_M
C_OPT_AFTE
R_RETRANS_
CHG_SWITCH
:
1,PERFENH_C
SOVERH_H2D
_RBID_CHG_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_R
RC_DRD_FAI
LED_RED_GS
M_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_I
RAT_COV_HO
_NCELL_PRE_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_L
TE_NCELL_SE
L_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_G
SM_NCELL_S
EL_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_U
2L_REDIR_BA
SED_FREQ_O
PT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_I
CMP_ACCELE
RATOR_OPT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_M
ULTI_PS_DCC
C_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_C
HL_CHG_FAI
L_MC_OLPC_
OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_S
ET2MBR_ALL
OW_D2F_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_R
AB_REL_WIT
H_PS_D2F_OP
T_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_D
RNC_CU_WIT
HOUT_EXTCE
LL_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_H
O_NODEB_UP
_RES_LIMIT_
E2D_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_L
TE_NCELL_FI
LTE_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_U
2L_PUNISH_B
ASED_ABS_F
REQ_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_H
E_BIT_OPT_A
FTER_RELOC
_IN_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_H
HO_RELOC_O
UT_WITH_MR
_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_C
S_P2D_TRIG_
SERVICE_U2L
_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_R
B_RECFG_TRI
G_SERVICE_U
2L_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_P
ERMIT_U2L_
ONLY_UE_FR
OM_L_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_D
TXDRX_ENA
BLEDELAY_C
FGOPT_SWIT
CH:
1,PERFENH_M
CDRD_FAIL_P
ENALTY_OPT
_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_H
SDPA_SPI_WE
IGHT_UPDAT
E_SWITCH:0
WITCH_1_BIT
6,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
7,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
8,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
9,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
10,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
11,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
12,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
13,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
14,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
15,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
16,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
17,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
18,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
19,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
20,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
21,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
22,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
23,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
24,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
25,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
26,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
27,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
28,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
29,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
30,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
31,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
32
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:RESER
VED_SWITCH
_1_BIT1,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
2,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
3,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
4,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
5,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
6,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
7,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
8,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
9,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
10,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
11,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
12,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
13,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
14,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
15,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
16,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
17,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
18,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
19,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
20,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
21,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
22,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
23,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
24,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
25,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
26,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
27,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
28,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
29,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
30,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
31,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
32
Default
Value:RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
1_BIT1:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_1_BIT2:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_1_BIT3:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BI
T4:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_1_
BIT5:0,RESER
VED_SWITCH
_1_BIT6:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT7:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
8:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_1_
BIT9:0,RESER
VED_SWITCH
_1_BIT10:0,RE
SERVED_SWI
TCH_1_BIT11:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BI
T12:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
1_BIT13:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT14:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
15:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_1_
BIT16:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_1_BIT17:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_1_BIT18
:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BI
T19:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
1_BIT20:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT21:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
22:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_1_
BIT23:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_1_BIT24:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_1_BIT25
:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BI
T26:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
1_BIT27:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT28:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
29:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_1_
BIT30:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_1_BIT31:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_1_BIT32
:0
WITCH_1_BIT
6,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
7,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
8,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
9,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
10,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
11,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
12,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
13,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
14,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
15,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
16,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
17,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
18,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
19,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
20,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
21,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
22,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
23,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
24,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
25,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
26,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
27,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
28,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
29,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
30,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
31,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
32
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:RESER
VED_SWITCH
_1_BIT1,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
2,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
3,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
4,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
5,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
6,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
7,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
8,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
9,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
10,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
11,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
12,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
13,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
14,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
15,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
16,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
17,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
18,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
19,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
20,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
21,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
22,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
23,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
24,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
25,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
26,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
27,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
28,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
29,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
30,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
31,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
32
Default
Value:RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
1_BIT1:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_1_BIT2:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_1_BIT3:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BI
T4:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_1_
BIT5:0,RESER
VED_SWITCH
_1_BIT6:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT7:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
8:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_1_
BIT9:0,RESER
VED_SWITCH
_1_BIT10:0,RE
SERVED_SWI
TCH_1_BIT11:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BI
T12:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
1_BIT13:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT14:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
15:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_1_
BIT16:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_1_BIT17:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_1_BIT18
:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BI
T19:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
1_BIT20:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT21:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
22:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_1_
BIT23:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_1_BIT24:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_1_BIT25
:
0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BI
T26:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
1_BIT27:0,RES
ERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT28:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT
29:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_1_
BIT30:0,RESE
RVED_SWITC
H_1_BIT31:0,R
ESERVED_SW
ITCH_1_BIT32
:0
measurement
control template
takes effect. 7.
PERFENH_INT
ERRAT_PENA
LTY_50_SWIT
CH: After a UE
fails to be
handed over to a
2G cell during
an inter-RAT
handover, the
RNC forbids the
UE to attempt a
handover to the
2G cell in a
certain period.
When this
switch is turned
on, the period is
50s. When this
switch is turned
off, the period is
30s. 8.
PERFENH_SR
B_OVER_HSU
PA_TTI10_SW
ITCH: When
this switch is
turned on, the
uplink SRBs of
HSUPA 10 ms
non-
conversational
services are
always carried
on DCHs, and
the original
parameter Type
of Channel
Preferably
Carrying
Signaling RB is
invalid. When
this switch is
turned off, SRBs
for HSUPA 10
ms non-
conversational
services can be
carried on
HSUPA
channels when
the original
parameter Type
of Channel
Preferably
Carrying
Signaling RB is
set to HSUPA or
HSPA. The
switch is set to
OFF by default.
9.
PERFENH_HS
UPA_TTI2_EN
HANCE_SWIT
CH: When this
switch is turned
on, the single-
user peak-rate
improvement
algorithm of
HSUPA 2 ms
TTI is enabled.
When this
switch is turned
off, the
algorithm is
disabled. The
switch is set to
OFF by default.
10.
PERFENH_UU
_P2D_CUC_OP
T_SWITCH:
When this
switch is turned
on, the P2D cell
update confirm
message
simplification
algorithm takes
effect. When
this switch is
turned off, the
algorithm does
not take effect.
By default, this
switch is turned
off. 11.
PERFENH_RL
_RECFG_SIR_
CONSIDER_S
WITCH: This
check box
controls whether
the RNC
considers the
converged
SIRTarget value
that is used
before radio link
reconfiguration
in outer loop
power control
performed after
radio link
reconfiguration.
If the check box
is not selected,
the RNC sends
the initial
SIRTarget value
used after radio
link
reconfiguration
to the NodeB.If
the check box is
selected, the
RNC selects a
more
appropriate
value from the
initial
SIRTarget value
used after radio
link
reconfiguration
and the
converged
SIRTarget value
used before
radio link
reconfiguration.
Then the RNC
sends the
selected value to
the NodeB.
Setting of this
check box takes
effect only when
the
PC_RL_RECF
G_SIR_TARGE
T_CARRY_SW
ITCH check box
is selected. 12.
PERFENH_RR
C_REDIR_PRO
TECT_SWITC
H: When this
switch is turned
on, The
mechanism to
avoid endless
back-and-forth
RRC-
redirections
takes effect. The
switch is set to
OFF by default.
13.
PERFENH_H2
F_OPT_SWITC
H: whether to
enable the
optimized
algorithm for
HSPA UE state
transition from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH
(also referred to
as H2F state
transition).
When the switch
is turned on, the
optimized H2F
state transition
algorithm is
enabled, and
event 4A
measurement of
traffic volume or
throughput is
added to the
state transition
procedure. The
added event 4A
measurement
prevents an H2F
state transition
when data is
being
transmitted. 14.
PERFENH_PS
TRAFFIC_P2H
_SWITCH:
When the switch
is turned on and
a CELL_PCH/
URA_PCH-to-
CELL_DCH
(P2D for short)
state transition is
triggered for a
PS service, the
PS service can
be set up on
HSPA channels
after the state
transition. When
the switch is
turned off, PS
services can be
set up only on
DCHs after a
P2D state
transition. This
switch is turned
off by default.
15.
PERFENH_VIP
_USER_PCHR
_MR_SWITCH
: When this
switch is turned
on, VIP UEs
report their
transmit power
to the RNC
when required
and periodically
measure signal
quality of intra-
frequency cells.
In addition,
these UEs
measure the
downlink
BLER, the
NodeB
measures the
uplink SIR, and
the RNC records
the
measurement
results. 16.
PERFENH_TX
_INTERRUPT_
AFT_TRIG_S
WITCH: Switch
for including the
Tx interruption
after trigger IE
in the uplink 4A
traffic volume
measurement
control message.
When this
switch is turned
on, the uplink
4A traffic
volume
measurement
control message
from RNC
includes the Tx
interruption
after trigger IE
for UEs that are
in the
CELL_FACH
or enhanced
CELL_FACH
state and
processing PS
BE services. The
value of this IE
can be changed
by running the
"SET
UUESTATETR
ANS"
command. 17.
PERFENH_CE
LL_HSUPA_C
AP_CHANGE_
OPT_SWITCH:
The NodeB
baseband board
uses different
processing
specifications
for users with
different uplink
bearer services,
for example,
HSUPA TTI 2
ms services,
HSUPA TTI 10
ms services, and
R99 services.
When serving a
large number of
users, the system
cannot
guarantee that
all users can
access the
network with the
highest service
bearer supported
by UEs. This
switch controls
whether the
RNC allocates
corresponding
channels for
new users based
on the cell
capability
reported through
the NodeB
private
interface. When
this switch is
turned on, the
RNC
dynamically
selects an
appropriate
uplink service
bearer and
allocates
corresponding
channels for
new users to
maximize the
system capacity
based on the
actual NodeB
processing
specifications.
When this
switch is turned
off, the
optimization
process is
disabled. 18.
PERFENH_HS
UPA_TTI_REC
FG_PROC_OP
T_SWITCH:
Whether to use
the optimized
TTI switching
algorithm for
BE services
When this
switch is turned
off, the
optimized
algorithm does
not take effect.
The original
mechanism is
implemented.
When this
switch is turned
on, the
optimized
algorithm takes
effect. After
HSUPA
services are
configured or
reconfigured
with 10 ms TTI
due to network
resource
(admission CEs,
RTWP,
consumed Iub
bandwidth, or
consumed CEs)
congestion or
insufficient
coverage, these
UEs cannot
change to use 2
ms TTI if no data
needs to be
transmitted. 19.
PERFENH_DO
WNLOAD_EN
HANCE_SWIT
CH: Whether to
activate the
algorithm for
increasing the
single-threaded
download rate.
20.
PERFENH_OL
PC_BLER_CO
EF_ADJUST:
Switch for
adjusting the
BLER
coefficient
specific to CS
services based
on the best cell's
uplink load
status. When
this switch is
turned on, the
outer loop
power control
algorithm uses
PERFENH_MU
LTI_RLS_CQI_
PARA_OPT_S
WITCH:
Whether to
enable a UE
having multiple
RLSs to use the
value of
"CQIReF" and
the value of
"CQIFbCk" that
are for UEs
having only one
RLS. The two
parameters can
be set by running
the "SET
UHSDPCCH"
and "ADD
UCELLHSDPC
CH" commands.
When this
switch is turned
off, the UE does
not use the
values of the two
parameters that
are for UEs
having only one
RLS. When this
switch is turned
on, the UE uses
the values of the
two parameters
that are for UEs
having only one
RLS. 23.
PERFENH_RE
LOC_IE_CALC
TIMEFORCIP_
SWITCH:
Whether to
enable a
RELOCATION
REQUIRED
message to
contain the IE
calculationTime
ForCiphering.
When this
switch is turned
on, static
relocation
request
messages
contain the IE
calculationTime
ForCiphering.
24.
PERFENH_IS_
TIMEOUT_TRI
G_DRD_SWIT
CH: Whether to
trigger the DRD
procedure and
channel
switchover from
E-DCH or HS-
DSCH to DCH
when messages
transmitted over
the Uu and Iub
interfaces do not
arrive in time.
When this
switch is turned
off, the DRD
procedure and
channel
switchover from
E-DCH or HS-
DSCH to DCH
are not triggered
if messages
transmitted over
the Uu and Iub
interfaces do not
arrive in time.
When this
switch is turned
on, the DRD
procedure and
channel
switchover from
E-DCH or HS-
DSCH to DCH
are triggered if
messages
transmitted over
the Uu and Iub
interfaces do not
arrive in time.
25.
PERFENH_CE
LL_CACLOAD
_BROADCAST
_AMEND:
Whether to
consider CE or
code resource
usage when
determining the
resource status
of a cell whose
serving boards
or CP sub-
systems are
different from
those of its
neighboring
cells. When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
determines the
resource status
of such a cell
based on power,
CE, and code
resource usage.
If power, CE, or
code resources
in a cell become
congested, the
RNC determines
that the cell
experiences
resource
congestion.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
determines the
resource status
of such a cell
based on power
resource usage
only. 26.
PERFENH_MB
DR_TARCELL
SEL_OPT_SWI
TCH: When this
switch is turned
on, candidate
cells are ranked
by
"InterFreqMeas
Quantity" (in the
"ADD
UCELLMBDRI
NTERFREQ"
command) for
MBDR, and the
cell with the best
signal quality is
selected as the
target cell.
When this
switch is turned
off, candidate
cells are not
ranked by
InterFreqMeas-
Quantity for
MBDR. 27.
PERFENH_RR
C_DRD_PREA
DMISSION_S
WITCH:
Whether the
RNC makes a
pre-admission
decision on
intra-RAT
DRDs or
redirections
during an RRC
connection
setup. When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
makes a pre-
admission
decision on
intra-RAT
DRDs or
redirections
during an RRC
connection
setup. When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
does not make a
pre-admission
decision on
intra-RAT
DRDs or
redirections
during an RRC
connection
setup. 28.
PERFENH_RR
C_WEAK_RE
DIR_SWITCH:
Whether to
activate the
RRC redirection
in weak
coverage
algorithm.
When this
switch is turned
on, UEs located
in weak
coverage are
redirected to the
neighboring
GSM cell
through RRC
redirection.
When this
switch is turned
off, this
algorithm is
disabled. 29.
PERFENH_L2
U_CSFB_COM
MCALL_SWIT
CH: Whether to
preferentially
admit PS
services of UEs
involved in
LTE-to-UMTS
CS fallback.
When this
switch is turned
on: If a UE
involved in a
LTE-to-UMTS
CS fallback is
processing a
non-real-time
PS service, the
channel type and
initial data rate
for the PS
service are
determined by
the
"NRTInitRatefo
rL2U"
parameter in the
"SET UFRC"
command
during service
admission. If the
UE is processing
a real-time PS
service, the UE
follows the
standard access
procedure. If the
access attempt
fails and the
"PreemptAlgoS
witch" in the
"SET
UQUEUEPREE
MPT" command
is turned on, the
UE can preempt
radio resources
of existing UEs
in the UMTS
cell. When this
switch is turned
off, the UE
follows the
standard access
procedure for
the PS service.
30.
PERFENH_DL
BLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_ON
LYSRBONDC
H: This
parameter
controls whether
to enable blind
detection for the
HSDPA user-
associated
single-signaling
R99 channel.
When the switch
specified by this
parameter is
turned on, blind
detection is
enabled. 31.
PERFENH_DL
BLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_SRB
AMRONDCH:
This parameter
controls whether
to enable blind
detection for the
HSDPA user-
associated AMR
R99 channel.
When the switch
specified by this
parameter is
turned on, blind
detection is
enabled if the
HSDPA service
has been set up
and there are
signaling and
AMR traffic
carried on the
R99 channel. 32.
PERFENH_R6_
HSUPA_TTI_1
0MSTO2MS_L
IMIT: Whether
to allow R6 UEs
to switch from
HSUPA 10 ms
to 2 ms TTI.
When the switch
is turned on, this
switching is not
allowed for R6
UEs. When the
switch is turned
off, this limit
does not work.
This parameter
is an advanced
parameter. To
modify this
parameter,
contact Huawei
Customer
Service Center
for technical
support.
GUI Value
Range:PERFEN
H_AMR_SPEC
_BR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AM
R_TMPLT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_SR
B_TMPLT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_OL
PC_TMPLT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_AM
R_SP_TMPLT_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_INT
RAFREQ_MC_
TMPLT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_INT
ERRAT_PENA
LTY_50_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_SR
B_OVER_HSU
PA_TTI10_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_HS
UPA_TTI2_EN
HANCE_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_UU
_P2D_CUC_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RL
_RECFG_SIR_
CONSIDER_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_REDIR_PRO
TECT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_H2
F_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_PS
TRAFFIC_P2H
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VIP
_USER_PCHR
_MR_SWITCH
,
PERFENH_TX
_INTERRUPT_
AFT_TRIG_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CE
LL_HSUPA_C
AP_CHANGE_
OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HS
UPA_TTI_REC
FG_PROC_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DO
WNLOAD_EN
HANCE_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_OL
PC_BLER_CO
EF_ADJUST,
PERFENH_EM
G_AGPS_MC_
DELAY_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_MU
LTI_RLS_CQI_
PARA_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RE
LOC_IE_CALC
TIMEFORCIP_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_IS_
TIMEOUT_TRI
G_DRD_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_CE
LL_CACLOAD
_BROADCAST
_AMEND,
PERFENH_MB
DR_TARCELL
SEL_OPT_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_DRD_PREA
DMISSION_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_WEAK_RE
DIR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_L2
U_CSFB_COM
MCALL_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_DL
BLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_ON
LYSRBONDC
H,
PERFENH_DL
BLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_SRB
AMRONDCH,
PERFENH_R6_
HSUPA_TTI_1
0MSTO2MS_L
IMIT
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:PERFEN
H_AMR_SPEC
_BR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AM
R_TMPLT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_SR
B_TMPLT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_OL
PC_TMPLT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_AM
R_SP_TMPLT_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_INT
RAFREQ_MC_
TMPLT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_INT
ERRAT_PENA
LTY_50_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_SR
B_OVER_HSU
PA_TTI10_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_HS
UPA_TTI2_EN
HANCE_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_UU
_P2D_CUC_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RL
_RECFG_SIR_
CONSIDER_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_REDIR_PRO
TECT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_H2
F_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_PS
TRAFFIC_P2H
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VIP
_USER_PCHR
_MR_SWITCH
,
PERFENH_TX
_INTERRUPT_
AFT_TRIG_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CE
LL_HSUPA_C
AP_CHANGE_
OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HS
UPA_TTI_REC
FG_PROC_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DO
WNLOAD_EN
HANCE_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_OL
PC_BLER_CO
EF_ADJUST,
PERFENH_EM
G_AGPS_MC_
DELAY_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_MU
LTI_RLS_CQI_
PARA_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RE
LOC_IE_CALC
TIMEFORCIP_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_IS_
TIMEOUT_TRI
G_DRD_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_CE
LL_CACLOAD
_BROADCAST
_AMEND,
PERFENH_MB
DR_TARCELL
SEL_OPT_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_DRD_PREA
DMISSION_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_WEAK_RE
DIR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_L2
U_CSFB_COM
MCALL_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_DL
BLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_ON
LYSRBONDC
H,
PERFENH_DL
BLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_SRB
AMRONDCH,
PERFENH_R6_
HSUPA_TTI_1
0MSTO2MS_L
IMIT
Default
Value:PERFEN
H_AMR_SPEC
_BR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_A
MR_TMPLT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_S
RB_TMPLT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_O
LPC_TMPLT_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_A
MR_SP_TMPL
T_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_I
NTRAFREQ_
MC_TMPLT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_I
NTERRAT_PE
NALTY_50_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_S
RB_OVER_HS
UPA_TTI10_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_H
SUPA_TTI2_E
NHANCE_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_U
U_P2D_CUC_
OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_R
L_RECFG_SIR
_CONSIDER_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_R
RC_REDIR_PR
OTECT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_H
2F_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_P
STRAFFIC_P2
H_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_V
IP_USER_PCH
R_MR_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_T
X_INTERRUP
T_AFT_TRIG_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_C
ELL_HSUPA_
CAP_CHANGE
_OPT_SWITC
H:0,
PERFENH_HS
UPA_TTI_REC
FG_PROC_OP
T_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_D
OWNLOAD_E
NHANCE_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_O
LPC_BLER_C
OEF_ADJUST:
1,PERFENH_E
MG_AGPS_M
C_DELAY_SW
ITCH:
0,PERFENH_M
ULTI_RLS_CQ
I_PARA_OPT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_R
ELOC_IE_CAL
CTIMEFORCIP
_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_IS
_TIMEOUT_T
RIG_DRD_SW
ITCH:
0,PERFENH_C
ELL_CACLOA
D_BROADCA
ST_AMEND:
1,PERFENH_M
BDR_TARCEL
LSEL_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_R
RC_DRD_PRE
ADMISSION_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_R
RC_WEAK_RE
DIR_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_L
2U_CSFB_CO
MMCALL_SW
ITCH:
0,PERFENH_D
LBLINDDETE
CT_WHEN_O
NLYSRBOND
CH:
0,PERFENH_D
LBLINDDETE
CT_WHEN_SR
BAMRONDCH
:
0,PERFENH_R
6_HSUPA_TTI
_10MSTO2MS
_LIMIT:0
measurement
control template
takes effect. 7.
PERFENH_INT
ERRAT_PENA
LTY_50_SWIT
CH: After a UE
fails to be
handed over to a
2G cell during
an inter-RAT
handover, the
RNC forbids the
UE to attempt a
handover to the
2G cell in a
certain period.
When this
switch is turned
on, the period is
50s. When this
switch is turned
off, the period is
30s. 8.
PERFENH_SR
B_OVER_HSU
PA_TTI10_SW
ITCH: When
this switch is
turned on, the
uplink SRBs of
HSUPA 10 ms
non-
conversational
services are
always carried
on DCHs, and
the original
parameter Type
of Channel
Preferably
Carrying
Signaling RB is
invalid. When
this switch is
turned off, SRBs
for HSUPA 10
ms non-
conversational
services can be
carried on
HSUPA
channels when
the original
parameter Type
of Channel
Preferably
Carrying
Signaling RB is
set to HSUPA or
HSPA. The
switch is set to
OFF by default.
9.
PERFENH_HS
UPA_TTI2_EN
HANCE_SWIT
CH: When this
switch is turned
on, the single-
user peak-rate
improvement
algorithm of
HSUPA 2 ms
TTI is enabled.
When this
switch is turned
off, the
algorithm is
disabled. The
switch is set to
OFF by default.
10.
PERFENH_UU
_P2D_CUC_OP
T_SWITCH:
When this
switch is turned
on, the P2D cell
update confirm
message
simplification
algorithm takes
effect. When
this switch is
turned off, the
algorithm does
not take effect.
By default, this
switch is turned
off. 11.
PERFENH_RL
_RECFG_SIR_
CONSIDER_S
WITCH: This
check box
controls whether
the RNC
considers the
converged
SIRTarget value
that is used
before radio link
reconfiguration
in outer loop
power control
performed after
radio link
reconfiguration.
If the check box
is not selected,
the RNC sends
the initial
SIRTarget value
used after radio
link
reconfiguration
to the NodeB.If
the check box is
selected, the
RNC selects a
more
appropriate
value from the
initial
SIRTarget value
used after radio
link
reconfiguration
and the
converged
SIRTarget value
used before
radio link
reconfiguration.
Then the RNC
sends the
selected value to
the NodeB.
Setting of this
check box takes
effect only when
the
PC_RL_RECF
G_SIR_TARGE
T_CARRY_SW
ITCH check box
is selected. 12.
PERFENH_RR
C_REDIR_PRO
TECT_SWITC
H: When this
switch is turned
on, The
mechanism to
avoid endless
back-and-forth
RRC-
redirections
takes effect. The
switch is set to
OFF by default.
13.
PERFENH_H2
F_OPT_SWITC
H: whether to
enable the
optimized
algorithm for
HSPA UE state
transition from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH
(also referred to
as H2F state
transition).
When the switch
is turned on, the
optimized H2F
state transition
algorithm is
enabled, and
event 4A
measurement of
traffic volume or
throughput is
added to the
state transition
procedure. The
added event 4A
measurement
prevents an H2F
state transition
when data is
being
transmitted. 14.
PERFENH_PS
TRAFFIC_P2H
_SWITCH:
When the switch
is turned on and
a CELL_PCH/
URA_PCH-to-
CELL_DCH
(P2D for short)
state transition is
triggered for a
PS service, the
PS service can
be set up on
HSPA channels
after the state
transition. When
the switch is
turned off, PS
services can be
set up only on
DCHs after a
P2D state
transition. This
switch is turned
off by default.
15.
PERFENH_VIP
_USER_PCHR
_MR_SWITCH
: When this
switch is turned
on, VIP UEs
report their
transmit power
to the RNC
when required
and periodically
measure signal
quality of intra-
frequency cells.
In addition,
these UEs
measure the
downlink
BLER, the
NodeB
measures the
uplink SIR, and
the RNC records
the
measurement
results. 16.
PERFENH_TX
_INTERRUPT_
AFT_TRIG_S
WITCH: Switch
for including the
Tx interruption
after trigger IE
in the uplink 4A
traffic volume
measurement
control message.
When this
switch is turned
on, the uplink
4A traffic
volume
measurement
control message
from RNC
includes the Tx
interruption
after trigger IE
for UEs that are
in the
CELL_FACH
or enhanced
CELL_FACH
state and
processing PS
BE services. The
value of this IE
can be changed
by running the
"SET
UUESTATETR
ANS"
command. 17.
PERFENH_CE
LL_HSUPA_C
AP_CHANGE_
OPT_SWITCH:
The NodeB
baseband board
uses different
processing
specifications
for users with
different uplink
bearer services,
for example,
HSUPA TTI 2
ms services,
HSUPA TTI 10
ms services, and
R99 services.
When serving a
large number of
users, the system
cannot
guarantee that
all users can
access the
network with the
highest service
bearer supported
by UEs. This
switch controls
whether the
RNC allocates
corresponding
channels for
new users based
on the cell
capability
reported through
the NodeB
private
interface. When
this switch is
turned on, the
RNC
dynamically
selects an
appropriate
uplink service
bearer and
allocates
corresponding
channels for
new users to
maximize the
system capacity
based on the
actual NodeB
processing
specifications.
When this
switch is turned
off, the
optimization
process is
disabled. 18.
PERFENH_HS
UPA_TTI_REC
FG_PROC_OP
T_SWITCH:
Whether to use
the optimized
TTI switching
algorithm for
BE services
When this
switch is turned
off, the
optimized
algorithm does
not take effect.
The original
mechanism is
implemented.
When this
switch is turned
on, the
optimized
algorithm takes
effect. After
HSUPA
services are
configured or
reconfigured
with 10 ms TTI
due to network
resource
(admission CEs,
RTWP,
consumed Iub
bandwidth, or
consumed CEs)
congestion or
insufficient
coverage, these
UEs cannot
change to use 2
ms TTI if no data
needs to be
transmitted. 19.
PERFENH_DO
WNLOAD_EN
HANCE_SWIT
CH: Whether to
activate the
algorithm for
increasing the
single-threaded
download rate.
20.
PERFENH_OL
PC_BLER_CO
EF_ADJUST:
Switch for
adjusting the
BLER
coefficient
specific to CS
services based
on the best cell's
uplink load
status. When
this switch is
turned on, the
outer loop
power control
algorithm uses
PERFENH_MU
LTI_RLS_CQI_
PARA_OPT_S
WITCH:
Whether to
enable a UE
having multiple
RLSs to use the
value of
"CQIReF" and
the value of
"CQIFbCk" that
are for UEs
having only one
RLS. The two
parameters can
be set by running
the "SET
UHSDPCCH"
and "ADD
UCELLHSDPC
CH" commands.
When this
switch is turned
off, the UE does
not use the
values of the two
parameters that
are for UEs
having only one
RLS. When this
switch is turned
on, the UE uses
the values of the
two parameters
that are for UEs
having only one
RLS. 23.
PERFENH_RE
LOC_IE_CALC
TIMEFORCIP_
SWITCH:
Whether to
enable a
RELOCATION
REQUIRED
message to
contain the IE
calculationTime
ForCiphering.
When this
switch is turned
on, static
relocation
request
messages
contain the IE
calculationTime
ForCiphering.
24.
PERFENH_IS_
TIMEOUT_TRI
G_DRD_SWIT
CH: Whether to
trigger the DRD
procedure and
channel
switchover from
E-DCH or HS-
DSCH to DCH
when messages
transmitted over
the Uu and Iub
interfaces do not
arrive in time.
When this
switch is turned
off, the DRD
procedure and
channel
switchover from
E-DCH or HS-
DSCH to DCH
are not triggered
if messages
transmitted over
the Uu and Iub
interfaces do not
arrive in time.
When this
switch is turned
on, the DRD
procedure and
channel
switchover from
E-DCH or HS-
DSCH to DCH
are triggered if
messages
transmitted over
the Uu and Iub
interfaces do not
arrive in time.
25.
PERFENH_CE
LL_CACLOAD
_BROADCAST
_AMEND:
Whether to
consider CE or
code resource
usage when
determining the
resource status
of a cell whose
serving boards
or CP sub-
systems are
different from
those of its
neighboring
cells. When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
determines the
resource status
of such a cell
based on power,
CE, and code
resource usage.
If power, CE, or
code resources
in a cell become
congested, the
RNC determines
that the cell
experiences
resource
congestion.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
determines the
resource status
of such a cell
based on power
resource usage
only. 26.
PERFENH_MB
DR_TARCELL
SEL_OPT_SWI
TCH: When this
switch is turned
on, candidate
cells are ranked
by
"InterFreqMeas
Quantity" (in the
"ADD
UCELLMBDRI
NTERFREQ"
command) for
MBDR, and the
cell with the best
signal quality is
selected as the
target cell.
When this
switch is turned
off, candidate
cells are not
ranked by
InterFreqMeas-
Quantity for
MBDR. 27.
PERFENH_RR
C_DRD_PREA
DMISSION_S
WITCH:
Whether the
RNC makes a
pre-admission
decision on
intra-RAT
DRDs or
redirections
during an RRC
connection
setup. When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
makes a pre-
admission
decision on
intra-RAT
DRDs or
redirections
during an RRC
connection
setup. When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
does not make a
pre-admission
decision on
intra-RAT
DRDs or
redirections
during an RRC
connection
setup. 28.
PERFENH_RR
C_WEAK_RE
DIR_SWITCH:
Whether to
activate the
RRC redirection
in weak
coverage
algorithm.
When this
switch is turned
on, UEs located
in weak
coverage are
redirected to the
neighboring
GSM cell
through RRC
redirection.
When this
switch is turned
off, this
algorithm is
disabled. 29.
PERFENH_L2
U_CSFB_COM
MCALL_SWIT
CH: Whether to
preferentially
admit PS
services of UEs
involved in
LTE-to-UMTS
CS fallback.
When this
switch is turned
on: If a UE
involved in a
LTE-to-UMTS
CS fallback is
processing a
non-real-time
PS service, the
channel type and
initial data rate
for the PS
service are
determined by
the
"NRTInitRatefo
rL2U"
parameter in the
"SET UFRC"
command
during service
admission. If the
UE is processing
a real-time PS
service, the UE
follows the
standard access
procedure. If the
access attempt
fails and the
"PreemptAlgoS
witch" in the
"SET
UQUEUEPREE
MPT" command
is turned on, the
UE can preempt
radio resources
of existing UEs
in the UMTS
cell. When this
switch is turned
off, the UE
follows the
standard access
procedure for
the PS service.
30.
PERFENH_DL
BLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_ON
LYSRBONDC
H: This
parameter
controls whether
to enable blind
detection for the
HSDPA user-
associated
single-signaling
R99 channel.
When the switch
specified by this
parameter is
turned on, blind
detection is
enabled. 31.
PERFENH_DL
BLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_SRB
AMRONDCH:
This parameter
controls whether
to enable blind
detection for the
HSDPA user-
associated AMR
R99 channel.
When the switch
specified by this
parameter is
turned on, blind
detection is
enabled if the
HSDPA service
has been set up
and there are
signaling and
AMR traffic
carried on the
R99 channel. 32.
PERFENH_R6_
HSUPA_TTI_1
0MSTO2MS_L
IMIT: Whether
to allow R6 UEs
to switch from
HSUPA 10 ms
to 2 ms TTI.
When the switch
is turned on, this
switching is not
allowed for R6
UEs. When the
switch is turned
off, this limit
does not work.
This parameter
is an advanced
parameter. To
modify this
parameter,
contact Huawei
Customer
Service Center
for technical
support.
GUI Value
Range:PERFEN
H_AMR_SPEC
_BR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AM
R_TMPLT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_SR
B_TMPLT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_OL
PC_TMPLT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_AM
R_SP_TMPLT_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_INT
RAFREQ_MC_
TMPLT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_INT
ERRAT_PENA
LTY_50_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_SR
B_OVER_HSU
PA_TTI10_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_HS
UPA_TTI2_EN
HANCE_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_UU
_P2D_CUC_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RL
_RECFG_SIR_
CONSIDER_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_REDIR_PRO
TECT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_H2
F_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_PS
TRAFFIC_P2H
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VIP
_USER_PCHR
_MR_SWITCH
,
PERFENH_TX
_INTERRUPT_
AFT_TRIG_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CE
LL_HSUPA_C
AP_CHANGE_
OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HS
UPA_TTI_REC
FG_PROC_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DO
WNLOAD_EN
HANCE_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_OL
PC_BLER_CO
EF_ADJUST,
PERFENH_EM
G_AGPS_MC_
DELAY_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_MU
LTI_RLS_CQI_
PARA_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RE
LOC_IE_CALC
TIMEFORCIP_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_IS_
TIMEOUT_TRI
G_DRD_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_CE
LL_CACLOAD
_BROADCAST
_AMEND,
PERFENH_MB
DR_TARCELL
SEL_OPT_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_DRD_PREA
DMISSION_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_WEAK_RE
DIR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_L2
U_CSFB_COM
MCALL_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_DL
BLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_ON
LYSRBONDC
H,
PERFENH_DL
BLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_SRB
AMRONDCH,
PERFENH_R6_
HSUPA_TTI_1
0MSTO2MS_L
IMIT
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:PERFEN
H_AMR_SPEC
_BR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AM
R_TMPLT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_SR
B_TMPLT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_OL
PC_TMPLT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_AM
R_SP_TMPLT_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_INT
RAFREQ_MC_
TMPLT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_INT
ERRAT_PENA
LTY_50_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_SR
B_OVER_HSU
PA_TTI10_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_HS
UPA_TTI2_EN
HANCE_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_UU
_P2D_CUC_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RL
_RECFG_SIR_
CONSIDER_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_REDIR_PRO
TECT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_H2
F_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_PS
TRAFFIC_P2H
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VIP
_USER_PCHR
_MR_SWITCH
,
PERFENH_TX
_INTERRUPT_
AFT_TRIG_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CE
LL_HSUPA_C
AP_CHANGE_
OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HS
UPA_TTI_REC
FG_PROC_OP
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DO
WNLOAD_EN
HANCE_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_OL
PC_BLER_CO
EF_ADJUST,
PERFENH_EM
G_AGPS_MC_
DELAY_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_MU
LTI_RLS_CQI_
PARA_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RE
LOC_IE_CALC
TIMEFORCIP_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_IS_
TIMEOUT_TRI
G_DRD_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_CE
LL_CACLOAD
_BROADCAST
_AMEND,
PERFENH_MB
DR_TARCELL
SEL_OPT_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_DRD_PREA
DMISSION_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RR
C_WEAK_RE
DIR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_L2
U_CSFB_COM
MCALL_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_DL
BLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_ON
LYSRBONDC
H,
PERFENH_DL
BLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_SRB
AMRONDCH,
PERFENH_R6_
HSUPA_TTI_1
0MSTO2MS_L
IMIT
Default
Value:PERFEN
H_AMR_SPEC
_BR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_A
MR_TMPLT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_S
RB_TMPLT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_O
LPC_TMPLT_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_A
MR_SP_TMPL
T_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_I
NTRAFREQ_
MC_TMPLT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_I
NTERRAT_PE
NALTY_50_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_S
RB_OVER_HS
UPA_TTI10_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_H
SUPA_TTI2_E
NHANCE_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_U
U_P2D_CUC_
OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_R
L_RECFG_SIR
_CONSIDER_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_R
RC_REDIR_PR
OTECT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_H
2F_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_P
STRAFFIC_P2
H_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_V
IP_USER_PCH
R_MR_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_T
X_INTERRUP
T_AFT_TRIG_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_C
ELL_HSUPA_
CAP_CHANGE
_OPT_SWITC
H:0,
PERFENH_HS
UPA_TTI_REC
FG_PROC_OP
T_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_D
OWNLOAD_E
NHANCE_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_O
LPC_BLER_C
OEF_ADJUST:
1,PERFENH_E
MG_AGPS_M
C_DELAY_SW
ITCH:
0,PERFENH_M
ULTI_RLS_CQ
I_PARA_OPT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_R
ELOC_IE_CAL
CTIMEFORCIP
_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_IS
_TIMEOUT_T
RIG_DRD_SW
ITCH:
0,PERFENH_C
ELL_CACLOA
D_BROADCA
ST_AMEND:
1,PERFENH_M
BDR_TARCEL
LSEL_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_R
RC_DRD_PRE
ADMISSION_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_R
RC_WEAK_RE
DIR_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_L
2U_CSFB_CO
MMCALL_SW
ITCH:
0,PERFENH_D
LBLINDDETE
CT_WHEN_O
NLYSRBOND
CH:
0,PERFENH_D
LBLINDDETE
CT_WHEN_SR
BAMRONDCH
:
0,PERFENH_R
6_HSUPA_TTI
_10MSTO2MS
_LIMIT:0
leading to call
drops. 2)
RRC_CONN_S
ETUP_OPT_S
WITCH (RRC
CONNECTION
SETUP
Message
Optimization
Switch)
Whether
optimization of
the RRC
CONNECTION
SETUP message
takes effect. 1:
This switch is
turned on.
Optimization of
the RRC
CONNECTION
SETUP message
takes effect. If
the IE RLC info
under SRB3 or
SRB4 in the
RRC
CONNECTION
SETUP message
contains the
same
information as
that under
SRB2, the RNC
replaces the IE
RLC info under
SRB3 or SRB4
with the IE same
as RB:0x2(2) to
shorten the
length of the
message. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RNC
does not replace
the IE RLC info
under SRB3 or
SRB4 in the
RRC
CONNECTION
SETUP
message. 3)
PS_F2D_OVER
LAP_CELLUP
T_SWITCH
(Switch for
Simultaneous
PS Service
Setup F2D and
Cell Update
Procedures)
During the PS
service setup,
the RNC undoes
a CELL_FACH-
to-CELL_DCH
(F2D for short)
procedure when
it receives a Cell
Update message
with the cause
value "cell
reselection"
during the F2D
procedure. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC
temporarily
does not send the
RANAP_RAB_
ASSIGNMENT
_RESP message
to the CN after
the F2D
procedure is
undone and
waits until the
Cell Update
message is
processed and
the PS service is
set up
successfully. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC directly
responds to the
CN with a
RANAP_RAB_
ASSIGNMENT
_RESP message
with the cause
value
"IU_UNSPEC_
FAIL" after the
F2D procedure
is undone,
indicating that
the PS service
fails to be set up.
4)
TCP_ACK_AC
CELERATOR_
SWITCH
(Switch for
Throughput
Increase in the
Case of
Simultaneous
uplink and
downlink
Transmissions)
This switch is
turned on to
increase the total
throughput in
the uplink and
downlink only
when uplink and
downlink HSPA
data is
transmitted
simultaneously.
In other
scenarios, you
are advised to
turn off the
switch. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The function
of increasing the
total throughput
in the case of
simultaneous
uplink and
downlink
transmissions
takes effect. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
function of
increasing the
total throughput
in the case of
simultaneous
uplink and
downlink
transmissions
does not take
effect. 5)
PHY_RECFG_
REEST_SWIT
CH (Switch for
RL
Reestablishment
s During the
Physical
Channel
Reconfiguration
) 1: This switch
is turned on.
When UE sends
the RNC a Cell
Update message
with the cause
value "Radio
Link Failure",
the RNC
reestablishes the
radio link for the
UE under the
following
conditions: The
UE has not
responded to the
Physical
Channel
Reconfiguration
message. The
RNC detects
interrupted
downlink
transmission on
SRB2 or the
NodeB reports
that all radio
links of the UE
are out of
synchronization
. 0: This switch
is turned off.
The RNC does
not reestablish
the radio link for
the UE under the
preceding
conditions. 6)
IUR_RL_REES
T_SWITCH (Iur
RL
Reestablishment
Switch) 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
deletes the
existing Iur
radio links for
the UE during
the RNC
performing
radio link
reestablishment.
0: This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
delete the
existing Iur
radio links
during the RNC
performing
radio link
reestablishment.
7)
RB_SETUP_R
L_REEST_SWI
TCH (Switch for
RL
Reestablishment
or Cell Update
During an RB
Setup) 1: This
switch is turned
on. When the
RNC is waiting
for a UE's
response during
a radio bearer
(RB) setup
CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_DCH
(D2D)
procedure: The
RNC
reestablishes a
radio link (RL)
for the UE if the
RNC detects a
signaling radio
bearer (SRB)
reset at layer 2
(L2) or all uplink
RLs for the UE
are out of
synchronization
upon expiration
of the RL
Restore timer.
For the RL
reestablishment
triggered by
SRB reset
detected by
RNC, the switch
CELLUPT_RL
FAILURE_SRB
REESTAB_SW
ITCH under
"PROCESSSWI
TCH2" in the
"SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH" command
should be turned
on. The RNC
performs a cell
update if the
RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE
message with
the cause value
of RL
FAILURE, RLC
UNRECOVER
ABLE ERROR,
or
REENTERED
SERVICE
AREA. 0: This
switch is turned
off. When the
RNC is waiting
for a UE's
response during
an RB setup
D2D procedure,
the RNC does
not perform an
RL
reestablishment
or cell update
even if the
trigger
conditions are
met. 8)
RRC_CELLFA
CH_TRB_RES
ET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH (The
CELL_FACH-
to-CELL_DCH
state (F2D)
transition switch
by TRB reset)
When the RNC
receives a TRB
reset request
from a UE in the
CELL_FACH
state, the RNC
cannot respond
to the UE with a
confirm
message if the
FACH is
congested. The
RRC_CELLFA
CH_TRB_RES
ET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH
parameter
specifies
whether a UE
performs an
F2D transition if
the number of
TRB reset
requests from
the UE to the
RNC reaches a
specified
threshold. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
UE moves from
the
CELL_FACH
state to the
CELL_DCH
state. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The UE does
not move from
the
CELL_FACH
state to the
CELL_DCH
state. This
function helps to
reduce the
number of call
drops caused by
the RNC not
responding to
the TRB reset
requests during
FACH
congestion. 9)
SEND_MSG_N
ULL_SWITCH
(MM NULL
Message
Switch)
Whether the
RNC sends an
MM NULL
message to the
CS CN. If the
switch
RNC_CS_QUE
RY_UE_IMEI_
SWITCH under
PROCESSSWI
TCH2 in the
SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH command
is turned on,
testing the
interworking
between the
RNC and the CN
is required. If the
CN needs to
verify the serial
number of direct
transfer
messages, turn
on this switch.
The RNC rather
than the CS CN
sends an
IDENTITY
REQUEST
message to a UE
to obtain its
IMEI. Upon
receiving an
IDENTITY
RESPONSE
message from
the UE: 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
sends an MM
NULL message
to the CS CN. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
send an MM
NULL message
to the CS CN.
10)
FD_PCH_IUR_
CS_OPT_SWIT
CH CS paging
message
processing
switch for UEs
in the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state
that support fast
dormancy on the
drift radio
network
controller
(DRNC) side. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
SRNC instructs
these UEs to
transition to the
CELL_DCH
state and to
establish CS
services when
these UEs
receive a CS
paging message.
0: This switch is
turned off. The
SRNC releases
the connection
of these UEs
when these UEs
receive a CS
paging message.
11)
CELLUPT_T31
4_T315_TIME
OUT_OPT_SW
ITCH Whether
the RNC
releases the
connection of a
UE in a state
other than
CELL_DCH
configuration. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC puts the
activation time
IE in the hard
handover
configuration
message for CS
services. After
receiving the
message, the UE
activates the
configuration at
the specified
activation time.
13)
PS_HHO_ASY
NC_CTRL_SW
ITCH
(Asynchronous
Reconfigure
Switch for PS
HHO) 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
does not put the
activation time
information
element (IE) in
the hard
handover
configuration
message for PS
services. After
receiving the
message, the UE
immediately
activates the
configuration. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC puts the
activation time
IE in the hard
handover
configuration
message for PS
services. After
receiving the
message, the UE
activates the
configuration at
the specified
activation time.
14)
IUR_HHO_AS
YNC_CTRL_S
WITCH
(Asynchronous
Reconfigure
Switch for Iur
HHO) 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
does not put the
activation time
information
element (IE) in
the hard
handover
configuration
message across
the Iur interface.
After receiving
the message, the
UE immediately
activates the
configuration. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC puts the
activation time
IE in the hard
handover
configuration
message across
the Iur interface.
After receiving
the message, the
UE activates the
configuration at
the specified
activation time.
15)
R8_UE_SEL_D
PUE_SWITCH
(Switch for
Preferentially
Allocating
DPUe
Resources to
UEs That
Comply with
3GPP Release 8
or Later) 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
preferentially
allocates DPUe
resources in any
subrack to UEs
that comply with
3GPP Release 8
or later. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RNC
preferentially
allocates DPU
resources in the
subrack that the
UEs access to
UEs that comply
with 3GPP
Release 8 or
later. The RNC
allocates DPU
resources in
other subracks
only when the
amount of
consumed DPU
resources in this
subrack exceeds
a preset
threshold for
inter-subrack
resource
sharing. 16)
F2P_DATATR
ANS_OPTIMIZ
E_SWITCH
(Switch for
Optimized Data
Transmission
before a State
Transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH)
Whether the
RNC queries the
RLC state
before and after
a UE moves
from the
CELL_FACH
state to the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state
due to event 4B.
A UE in the
CELL_FACH
state can move
to the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state
even when there
is downlink data
transmission for
the UE. When
this occurs, data
packets are
suspended on
the RNC side.
This switch is
introduced to
solve this
problem. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
queries the RLC
state before a UE
moves from the
CELL_FACH
state to the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state
due to event 4B.
If the state query
fails, the UE
does not
Handover) 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC
reestablishes a
radio link (RL)
for the UE
during a inter-
RAT Handover
procedure if the
RNC detects a
signaling radio
bearer (SRB)
reset at layer 2
(L2) or all uplink
RLs for the UE
are out of
synchronization
upon expiration
of the RL
Restore timer
after the RNC
sends UE a
HANDOVER
FROM UTRAN
COMMAND
message or a
CELL
CHANGE
ORDER FROM
UTRAN
message and UE
fails to receive
these two
messages. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
reestablish the
radio link for the
UE under the
preceding
conditions. 18)
TRB_RESET_
RL_REEST_S
WITCH(Switch
for RL
Reestablishment
s Triggered by
TRB RESET) 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC
reestablishes a
radio link (RL)
for the UE if the
RNC detects a
traffic radio
bearer (TRB)
reset at layer 2
(L2) under the
following
conditions: UE
is in
CELL_DCH
state and UE is
not in any
signaling
procedure. UE
has only one PS
RAB. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RNC
does not
reestablish the
radio link for the
UE under the
preceding
conditions. 19)
RB_REL_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH(Switch for
RL
Reestablishment
s During a PS
RB Release) 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC
reestablishes a
radio link (RL)
for the UE
during a PS
radio bearer
(RB) release
procedure under
the following
conditions: The
RNC detects a
signaling radio
bearer (SRB)
reset at layer 2
(L2) or all uplink
RLs for the UE
are out of
synchronization
upon expiration
of the RL
Restore timer or
UE has no
response to
RNC after RNC
sends UE a
RADIO
BEARER
RELEASE
message. The
UE has both CS
RAB and PS
RAB. The UE is
in CELL_DCH
state. It is
recommended
that this switch
be used together
with the
RB_RLREEST
_AM_TRB_RL
C_REEST_SWI
TCH in the
"OptimizationS-
witch4"
parameter in the
"SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH"
command. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
reestablish the
radio link for the
UE under the
preceding
conditions. 20)
RB_SETUP_E
NHANCE_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH(Switch for
Enhanced RL
Reestablishment
s During an RB
setup) 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
reestablishes a
radio link (RL)
for the UE
during a radio
bearer (RB)
setup
CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_DCH
(D2D)
procedure under
the following
conditions: The
RNC detects a
signaling radio
bearer (SRB)
reset at layer 2
(L2) or all uplink
RLs for the UE
are out of
synchronization
upon expiration
of the RL
Restore timer
and the UE has
received the
RADIO
BEARER
SETUP
message. The
UE has no
response to the
RNC after the
RNC sends UE a
RADIO
BEARER
SETUP
message. The
switch
RB_SETUP_R
L_REEST_SWI
TCH under
"PROCESSSWI
TCH4" in the
"SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH" command
should be turned
on. And it is
recommended
that the
RB_RLREEST
_AM_TRB_RL
C_REEST_SWI
TCH and
RB_SETUP_U
M_TRB_RLRE
EST_ADJUD_
OPT_SWITCH
in the
"OptimizationS-
witch4"
parameter in the
"SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH" command
be set to on. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
reestablish the
radio link for the
UE under the
preceding
conditions. 21)
RAB_SETUPM
OD_CNT_FIX_
SWITCH
Whether to
correct the
methods for
measuring the
counters related
to RAB setup or
reconfiguration
failures of UEs
in the
CELL_FACH
state. The RAB
setup or
reconfiguration
is triggered by
the F2F or F2D
state transition.
This switch is
turned off by
default. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The
measurement
methods of these
counters are
corrected based
on the
measurement
points. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The
measurement
methods of these
counters remain
unchanged. 22)
PCH_UE_RLC
_UNRECOVER
ABLEERROR_
SWITCH
Whether to
reestablish the
call for the UE
that sends a
CELL UPDATE
message with
the cause value
"RLC
unrecoverable
error" in the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH
state. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
reestablishes the
call for the UE
that sends a
CELL UPDATE
message with
the cause value
"RLC
unrecoverable
error" in the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH
state. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RNC
does not
reestablish the
call for the UE
that sends a
CELL UPDATE
message with
the cause value
"RLC
unrecoverable
error" in the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH
state. 23)
FAST_RETUR
N_LTE_BY_C
ELL_SELECT_
SWITCH
Whether a
UMTS/LTE UE
performs fast
cell reselection.
1: This switch is
turned on. If the
best cell is
configured with
a neighboring
LTE cell and its
priority is lower
than the priority
of the
neighboring
LTE cell, the UE
performs fast
cell reselection.
0: This switch is
turned off. The
UE does not
reestablishment
during physical
channel
reconfiguration
takes effect.
Whether to
preferentially
process a CELL
UPDATE
message when
physical channel
reconfiguration
is in progress.
The RNC
receives a CELL
UPDATE
message from a
UE with a cause
value of "radio
link failure",
"RLC
unrecoverable
error", or "re-
entering service
area" when
expecting a
response from
the UE to the
physical channel
reconfiguration
process. In this
scenario, 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
preferentially
processes the
CELL UPDATE
message. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RNC
does not
preferentially
process the
CELL UPDATE
message. This
parameter takes
effect only when
the
PHYCHRECFG
_ENH_RL_RE
EST_SWITCH
check box under
the
"PROCESSSWI
TCH4"
parameter in the
"SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH" command
is selected. 26)
RBRECFG_EN
H_RL_REEST_
SWITCH
Whether the
enhanced
function of call
reestablishment
during RB
reconfiguration
takes effect.
Whether to
preferentially
process a CELL
UPDATE
message when
RB
reconfiguration
is in progress.
The RNC
receives a CELL
UPDATE
message from a
UE with a cause
value of "radio
link failure",
"RLC
unrecoverable
error", or "re-
entering service
area" when
expecting a
response from
the UE to the RB
reconfiguration
process. In this
scenario, 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
preferentially
processes the
CELL UPDATE
message. It is
recommended
that this switch
be used together
with the
RB_RLREEST
_AM_TRB_RL
C_REEST_SWI
TCH in the
"OptimizationS-
witch4"
parameter in the
"SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH"
command. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
preferentially
process the
CELL UPDATE
message. This
parameter takes
effect only when
the
RB_RECFG_R
L_REEST_SWI
TCH check box
under the
"OptimizationS-
witch"
parameter in the
"SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH" command
is selected. 27)
SMC_STOP_R
LC_SWITCH
Whether to stop
RLC entities
(except RLC
entities used by
SRB2) for
security-mode-
enabled UEs
whose user
signaling
(except cell-
related
signaling) is
processed by
their overflow
RNCs due to
load sharing and
that are in the
security mode.
1: This switch is
turned on. The
RNC stops RLC
entities (except
RLC entities
used by SRB2)
for such UEs.
This prevents
call drops that
are caused by the
ciphering
activation time
inconsistency
between the UEs
and RNC. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC suspends
RLC entities
(except RLC
entities used by
SRB2) for such
UEs. 28)
GTP_SN_IN_R
AB_REL_INIT
_BY_UTRAN_
SWITCH
Whether the
RAB RELEASE
REQUEST or
IU RELEASE
COMPLETE
message carries
the IE GTP PDU
SN during the
release
procedure
initiated by the
UTRAN of the
PS domain. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RAB RELEASE
REQUEST or
IU RELEASE
COMPLETE
message carries
the IE GTP PDU
SN. For details,
see 3GPP TS
25.413. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RAB
RELEASE
REQUEST or
IU RELEASE
COMPLETE
message does
not carry the IE
GTP PDU SN.
29)
CMP_IU_QOS
_GTP_PDU_S
N_SWITCH
Whether to
allow the
compatibility
processing of
reordering the
GTP-U DL
transmission if
the RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
message carries
the IE Delivery
Order with the
value of
delivery-order-
requested. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
GTP-U DL
transmission is
not reordered. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
GTP-U DL
transmission
uses the DL GTP
PDU SN carried
by the RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
message as the
first SN for
reordering. 30)
DL_TRB_RES
ET_BUFF_SWI
TCH Whether
not to
immediately
process a TRB
RESET message
if the
corresponding
TRB resets
when an RRC-
related process
is in progress.
Note that the
RRC-related
process is a
process that is
initiated after
the UE in
question has set
up a service. 1:
This switch is
turned on, The
RNC processes
the message
after the RRC-
related process
is complete. 0:
This switch is
turned off, The
RNC
immediately
processes the
message,
releases the
RAB of the UE,
and notifies the
CN that the
release is an
abnormal
release. 31)
RRC_CELLFA
CH_DL_TRB_
RESET_TO_F2
D_SWITCH
Whether to
trigger a
CELL_FACH-
to-CELL_DCH
state transition
for a UE not
performing any
RRC-related
process if the
RNC detects a
TRB reset. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC triggers a
CELL_FACH-
to-CELL_DCH
state transition
for such a UE
upon detecting a
TRB reset. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC directly
releases the
service of the
UE and notifies
the CN that the
release is an
abnormal
release. 32)
RAB_ASS_MO
D_TNL_ADDR
_SUP_SWITC
H Whether to
allow data
transmission
RRC_CONN_S
ETUP_OPT_S
WITCH,
TCP_ACK_AC
CELERATOR_
SWITCH,
RRC_CELLFA
CH_TRB_RES
ET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH,
SEND_MSG_N
ULL_SWITCH,
FD_PCH_IUR_
CS_OPT_SWIT
CH,
CELLUPT_T31
4_T315_TIME
OUT_OPT_SW
ITCH,
CS_HHO_ASY
NC_CTRL_SW
ITCH,
PS_HHO_ASY
NC_CTRL_SW
ITCH,
IUR_HHO_AS
YNC_CTRL_S
WITCH,
R8_UE_SEL_D
PUE_SWITCH,
F2P_DATATR
ANS_OPTIMIZ
E_SWITCH,
IRATHO_HOC
ANCEL_RL_R
EEST_SWITC
H,
TRB_RESET_
RL_REEST_S
WITCH,
RB_REL_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH,
RB_SETUP_E
NHANCE_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH,
RAB_SETUPM
OD_CNT_FIX_
SWITCH,
PCH_UE_RLC
_UNRECOVER
ABLEERROR_
SWITCH,
FAST_RETUR
N_LTE_BY_C
ELL_SELECT_
SWITCH,
UL_DUAL_M
ODE_UE_D2P
_OR_D2I_SWI
TCH,
PHYCHRECFG
_ENH_RL_RE
EST_SWITCH,
RBRECFG_EN
H_RL_REEST_
SWITCH,
SMC_STOP_R
LC_SWITCH,
GTP_SN_IN_R
AB_REL_INIT
_BY_UTRAN_
SWITCH,
CMP_IU_QOS
_GTP_PDU_S
N_SWITCH,
DL_TRB_RES
ET_BUFF_SWI
TCH,
RRC_CELLFA
CH_DL_TRB_
RESET_TO_F2
D_SWITCH,
RAB_ASS_MO
D_TNL_ADDR
_SUP_SWITC
H
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:PS_F2D
_OVERLAP_C
ELLUPT_SWI
TCH,
AMR_HHO_F
AIL_ROLLBA
CK_SWITCH,
PHY_RECFG_
REEST_SWIT
CH,
IUR_RL_REES
T_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_R
L_REEST_SWI
TCH,
RRC_CONN_S
ETUP_OPT_S
WITCH,
TCP_ACK_AC
CELERATOR_
SWITCH,
RRC_CELLFA
CH_TRB_RES
ET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH,
SEND_MSG_N
ULL_SWITCH,
FD_PCH_IUR_
CS_OPT_SWIT
CH,
CELLUPT_T31
4_T315_TIME
OUT_OPT_SW
ITCH,
CS_HHO_ASY
NC_CTRL_SW
ITCH,
PS_HHO_ASY
NC_CTRL_SW
ITCH,
IUR_HHO_AS
YNC_CTRL_S
WITCH,
R8_UE_SEL_D
PUE_SWITCH,
F2P_DATATR
ANS_OPTIMIZ
E_SWITCH,
IRATHO_HOC
ANCEL_RL_R
EEST_SWITC
H,
TRB_RESET_
RL_REEST_S
WITCH,
RB_REL_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH,
RB_SETUP_E
NHANCE_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH,
RAB_SETUPM
OD_CNT_FIX_
SWITCH,
PCH_UE_RLC
_UNRECOVER
ABLEERROR_
SWITCH,
FAST_RETUR
N_LTE_BY_C
ELL_SELECT_
SWITCH,
UL_DUAL_M
ODE_UE_D2P
_OR_D2I_SWI
TCH,
PHYCHRECFG
_ENH_RL_RE
EST_SWITCH,
RBRECFG_EN
H_RL_REEST_
SWITCH,
SMC_STOP_R
LC_SWITCH,
GTP_SN_IN_R
AB_REL_INIT
_BY_UTRAN_
SWITCH,
CMP_IU_QOS
_GTP_PDU_S
N_SWITCH,
DL_TRB_RES
ET_BUFF_SWI
TCH,
RRC_CELLFA
CH_DL_TRB_
RESET_TO_F2
D_SWITCH,
RAB_ASS_MO
D_TNL_ADDR
_SUP_SWITC
H
Default
Value:PS_F2D_
OVERLAP_CE
LLUPT_SWIT
CH:
0,AMR_HHO_
FAIL_ROLLB
ACK_SWITCH
:
0,PHY_RECFG
_REEST_SWIT
CH:
0,IUR_RL_RE
EST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_
RL_REEST_S
WITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_
SETUP_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,TCP_ACK_A
CCELERATOR
_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLF
ACH_TRB_RE
SET_TO_F2D_
SWITCH:
0,SEND_MSG_
NULL_SWITC
H:
0,FD_PCH_IU
R_CS_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,CELLUPT_T
314_T315_TIM
EOUT_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,CS_HHO_AS
YNC_CTRL_S
WITCH:
0,PS_HHO_AS
YNC_CTRL_S
WITCH:
0,IUR_HHO_A
SYNC_CTRL_
SWITCH:
0,R8_UE_SEL_
DPUE_SWITC
H:
0,F2P_DATAT
RANS_OPTIMI
ZE_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HO
CANCEL_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH:
0,TRB_RESET
_RL_REEST_S
WITCH:
0,RB_REL_RL
_REEST_SWIT
CH:
0,RB_SETUP_
ENHANCE_RL
_REEST_SWIT
CH:
0,RAB_SETUP
MOD_CNT_FI
X_SWITCH:
0,PCH_UE_RL
C_UNRECOVE
RABLEERROR
_SWITCH:
0,FAST_RETU
RN_LTE_BY_
CELL_SELEC
T_SWITCH:
0,UL_DUAL_
MODE_UE_D2
P_OR_D2I_SW
ITCH:
0,PHYCHREC
FG_ENH_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH:
0,RBRECFG_E
NH_RL_REES
T_SWITCH:
0,SMC_STOP_
RLC_SWITCH:
1,GTP_SN_IN_
RAB_REL_INI
T_BY_UTRAN
_SWITCH:
1,CMP_IU_QO
S_GTP_PDU_S
N_SWITCH:
0,DL_TRB_RE
SET_BUFF_S
WITCH:
0,RRC_CELLF
ACH_DL_TRB
_RESET_TO_F
2D_SWITCH:
0,RAB_ASS_M
OD_TNL_ADD
R_SUP_SWITC
H:1
leading to call
drops. 2)
RRC_CONN_S
ETUP_OPT_S
WITCH (RRC
CONNECTION
SETUP
Message
Optimization
Switch)
Whether
optimization of
the RRC
CONNECTION
SETUP message
takes effect. 1:
This switch is
turned on.
Optimization of
the RRC
CONNECTION
SETUP message
takes effect. If
the IE RLC info
under SRB3 or
SRB4 in the
RRC
CONNECTION
SETUP message
contains the
same
information as
that under
SRB2, the RNC
replaces the IE
RLC info under
SRB3 or SRB4
with the IE same
as RB:0x2(2) to
shorten the
length of the
message. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RNC
does not replace
the IE RLC info
under SRB3 or
SRB4 in the
RRC
CONNECTION
SETUP
message. 3)
PS_F2D_OVER
LAP_CELLUP
T_SWITCH
(Switch for
Simultaneous
PS Service
Setup F2D and
Cell Update
Procedures)
During the PS
service setup,
the RNC undoes
a CELL_FACH-
to-CELL_DCH
(F2D for short)
procedure when
it receives a Cell
Update message
with the cause
value "cell
reselection"
during the F2D
procedure. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC
temporarily
does not send the
RANAP_RAB_
ASSIGNMENT
_RESP message
to the CN after
the F2D
procedure is
undone and
waits until the
Cell Update
message is
processed and
the PS service is
set up
successfully. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC directly
responds to the
CN with a
RANAP_RAB_
ASSIGNMENT
_RESP message
with the cause
value
"IU_UNSPEC_
FAIL" after the
F2D procedure
is undone,
indicating that
the PS service
fails to be set up.
4)
TCP_ACK_AC
CELERATOR_
SWITCH
(Switch for
Throughput
Increase in the
Case of
Simultaneous
uplink and
downlink
Transmissions)
This switch is
turned on to
increase the total
throughput in
the uplink and
downlink only
when uplink and
downlink HSPA
data is
transmitted
simultaneously.
In other
scenarios, you
are advised to
turn off the
switch. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The function
of increasing the
total throughput
in the case of
simultaneous
uplink and
downlink
transmissions
takes effect. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
function of
increasing the
total throughput
in the case of
simultaneous
uplink and
downlink
transmissions
does not take
effect. 5)
PHY_RECFG_
REEST_SWIT
CH (Switch for
RL
Reestablishment
s During the
Physical
Channel
Reconfiguration
) 1: This switch
is turned on. The
UE sends the
RNC a Cell
Update message
with the cause
value "Radio
Link Failure"
and the RNC
reestablishes the
radio link for the
UE under the
following
conditions: The
UE has not
responded to the
Physical
Channel
Reconfiguration
message. The
RNC detects
interrupted
downlink
transmission on
SRB2 or the
NodeB reports
that all radio
links of the UE
are out of
synchronization
. 0: This switch
is turned off.
The RNC does
not reestablish
the radio link for
the UE under the
preceding
conditions. 6)
IUR_RL_REES
T_SWITCH (Iur
RL
Reestablishment
Switch) 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
deletes the
existing Iur
radio links for
the UE during
the RNC
performing
radio link
reestablishment.
0: This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
delete the
existing Iur
radio links
during the RNC
performing
radio link
reestablishment.
7)
RB_SETUP_R
L_REEST_SWI
TCH (Switch for
RL
Reestablishment
or Cell Update
During an RB
Setup) 1: This
switch is turned
on. When the
RNC is waiting
for a UE's
response during
a radio bearer
(RB) setup
CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_DCH
(D2D)
procedure: The
RNC
reestablishes a
radio link (RL)
for the UE if the
RNC detects a
signaling radio
bearer (SRB)
reset at layer 2
(L2) or all uplink
RLs for the UE
are out of
synchronization
upon expiration
of the RL
Restore timer.
For the RL
reestablishment
triggered by
SRB reset
detected by
RNC, the switch
CELLUPT_RL
FAILURE_SRB
REESTAB_SW
ITCH under
"PROCESSSWI
TCH2" in the
"SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH" command
should be turned
on. The RNC
performs a cell
update if the
RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE
message with
the cause value
of RL
FAILURE, RLC
UNRECOVER
ABLE ERROR,
or
REENTERED
SERVICE
AREA. 0: This
switch is turned
off. When the
RNC is waiting
for a UE's
response during
an RB setup
D2D procedure,
the RNC does
not perform an
RL
reestablishment
or cell update
even if the
trigger
conditions are
met. 8)
RRC_CELLFA
CH_TRB_RES
ET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH (The
CELL_FACH-
to-CELL_DCH
state (F2D)
transition switch
by TRB reset)
When the RNC
receives a TRB
reset request
from a UE in the
CELL_FACH
state, the RNC
cannot respond
to the UE with a
confirm
message if the
FACH is
congested. The
RRC_CELLFA
CH_TRB_RES
ET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH
parameter
specifies
whether a UE
performs an
F2D transition if
the number of
TRB reset
requests from
the UE to the
RNC reaches a
specified
threshold. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
UE moves from
the
CELL_FACH
state to the
CELL_DCH
state. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The UE does
not move from
the
CELL_FACH
state to the
CELL_DCH
state. This
function helps to
reduce the
number of call
drops caused by
the RNC not
responding to
the TRB reset
requests during
FACH
congestion. 9)
SEND_MSG_N
ULL_SWITCH
(MM NULL
Message
Switch)
Whether the
RNC sends an
MM NULL
message to the
CS CN. If the
switch
RNC_CS_QUE
RY_UE_IMEI_
SWITCH under
PROCESSSWI
TCH2 in the
SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH command
is turned on,
testing the
interworking
between the
RNC and the CN
is required. If the
CN needs to
verify the serial
number of direct
transfer
messages, turn
on this switch.
The RNC rather
than the CS CN
sends an
IDENTITY
REQUEST
message to a UE
to obtain its
IMEI. Upon
receiving an
IDENTITY
RESPONSE
message from
the UE: 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
sends an MM
NULL message
to the CS CN. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
send an MM
NULL message
to the CS CN.
10)
FD_PCH_IUR_
CS_OPT_SWIT
CH CS paging
message
processing
switch for UEs
in the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state
that support fast
dormancy on the
drift radio
network
controller
(DRNC) side. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
SRNC instructs
these UEs to
transition to the
CELL_DCH
state and to
establish CS
services when
these UEs
receive a CS
paging message.
0: This switch is
turned off. The
SRNC releases
the connection
of these UEs
when these UEs
receive a CS
paging message.
11)
CELLUPT_T31
4_T315_TIME
OUT_OPT_SW
ITCH Whether
the RNC
releases the
connection of a
UE in a state
other than
CELL_DCH
configuration. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC puts the
activation time
IE in the hard
handover
configuration
message for CS
services. After
receiving the
message, the UE
activates the
configuration at
the specified
activation time.
13)
PS_HHO_ASY
NC_CTRL_SW
ITCH
(Asynchronous
Reconfigure
Switch for PS
HHO) 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
does not put the
activation time
information
element (IE) in
the hard
handover
configuration
message for PS
services. After
receiving the
message, the UE
immediately
activates the
configuration. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC puts the
activation time
IE in the hard
handover
configuration
message for PS
services. After
receiving the
message, the UE
activates the
configuration at
the specified
activation time.
14)
IUR_HHO_AS
YNC_CTRL_S
WITCH
(Asynchronous
Reconfigure
Switch for Iur
HHO) 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
does not put the
activation time
information
element (IE) in
the hard
handover
configuration
message across
the Iur interface.
After receiving
the message, the
UE immediately
activates the
configuration. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC puts the
activation time
IE in the hard
handover
configuration
message across
the Iur interface.
After receiving
the message, the
UE activates the
configuration at
the specified
activation time.
15)
F2P_DATATR
ANS_OPTIMIZ
E_SWITCH
(Switch for
Optimized Data
Transmission
before a State
Transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH)
Whether the
RNC queries the
RLC state
before and after
a UE moves
from the
CELL_FACH
state to the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state
due to event 4B.
A UE in the
CELL_FACH
state can move
to the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state
even when there
is downlink data
transmission for
the UE. When
this occurs, data
packets are
suspended on
the RNC side.
This switch is
introduced to
solve this
problem. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
queries the RLC
state before a UE
moves from the
CELL_FACH
state to the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state
H(Switch for RL
Reestablishment
s During the
inter-RAT
Handover) 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC
reestablishes a
radio link (RL)
for the UE
during a inter-
RAT Handover
procedure if the
RNC detects a
signaling radio
bearer (SRB)
reset at layer 2
(L2) or all uplink
RLs for the UE
are out of
synchronization
upon expiration
of the RL
Restore timer
after the RNC
sends UE a
HANDOVER
FROM UTRAN
COMMAND
message or a
CELL
CHANGE
ORDER FROM
UTRAN
message and UE
fails to receive
these two
messages. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
reestablish the
radio link for the
UE under the
preceding
conditions. 17)
TRB_RESET_
RL_REEST_S
WITCH(Switch
for RL
Reestablishment
s Triggered by
TRB RESET) 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC
reestablishes a
radio link (RL)
for the UE if the
RNC detects a
traffic radio
bearer (TRB)
reset at layer 2
(L2) under the
following
conditions: UE
is in
CELL_DCH
state and UE is
not in any
signaling
procedure. UE
has only one PS
RAB. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RNC
does not
reestablish the
radio link for the
UE under the
preceding
conditions. 18)
RB_REL_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH(Switch for
RL
Reestablishment
s During a PS
RB Release) 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC
reestablishes a
radio link (RL)
for the UE
during a PS
radio bearer
(RB) release
procedure under
the following
conditions: The
RNC detects a
signaling radio
bearer (SRB)
reset at layer 2
(L2) or all uplink
RLs for the UE
are out of
synchronization
upon expiration
of the RL
Restore timer or
UE has no
response to
RNC after RNC
sends UE a
RADIO
BEARER
RELEASE
message. The
UE has both CS
RAB and PS
RAB. The UE is
in CELL_DCH
state. It is
recommended
that this switch
be used together
with the
RB_RLREEST
_AM_TRB_RL
C_REEST_SWI
TCH in the
"OptimizationS-
witch4"
parameter in the
"SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH"
command. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
reestablish the
radio link for the
UE under the
preceding
conditions. 19)
RB_SETUP_E
NHANCE_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH(Switch for
Enhanced RL
Reestablishment
s During an RB
setup) 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
reestablishes a
radio link (RL)
for the UE
during a radio
bearer (RB)
setup
CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_DCH
(D2D)
procedure under
the following
conditions: The
RNC detects a
signaling radio
bearer (SRB)
reset at layer 2
(L2) or all uplink
RLs for the UE
are out of
synchronization
upon expiration
of the RL
Restore timer
and the UE has
received the
RADIO
BEARER
SETUP
message. The
UE has no
response to the
RNC after the
RNC sends UE a
RADIO
BEARER
SETUP
message. The
switch
RB_SETUP_R
L_REEST_SWI
TCH under
"PROCESSSWI
TCH4" in the
"SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH" command
should be turned
on. And it is
recommended
that the
RB_RLREEST
_AM_TRB_RL
C_REEST_SWI
TCH and
RB_SETUP_U
M_TRB_RLRE
EST_ADJUD_
OPT_SWITCH
in the
"OptimizationS-
witch4"
parameter in the
"SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH" command
be set to on. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
reestablish the
radio link for the
UE under the
preceding
conditions. 20)
RAB_SETUPM
OD_CNT_FIX_
SWITCH
Whether to
correct the
methods for
measuring the
counters related
to RAB setup or
reconfiguration
failures of UEs
in the
CELL_FACH
state. The RAB
setup or
reconfiguration
is triggered by
the F2F or F2D
state transition.
This switch is
turned off by
default. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The
measurement
methods of these
counters are
corrected based
on the
measurement
points. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The
measurement
methods of these
counters remain
unchanged. 21)
PCH_UE_RLC
_UNRECOVER
ABLEERROR_
SWITCH None.
22)
FAST_RETUR
N_LTE_BY_C
ELL_SELECT_
SWITCH
Whether a
UMTS/LTE UE
performs fast
cell reselection.
1: This switch is
turned on. If the
best cell is
configured with
a neighboring
CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH
when the
inactivity timer
expires. 24)
PHYCHRECFG
_ENH_RL_RE
EST_SWITCH
Whether the
enhanced
function of call
reestablishment
during physical
channel
reconfiguration
takes effect.
Whether to
preferentially
process a CELL
UPDATE
message when
physical channel
reconfiguration
is in progress.
The RNC
receives a CELL
UPDATE
message from a
UE with a cause
value of "radio
link failure",
"RLC
unrecoverable
error", or "re-
entering service
area" when
expecting a
response from
the UE to the
physical channel
reconfiguration
process. In this
scenario, 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
preferentially
processes the
CELL UPDATE
message. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RNC
does not
preferentially
process the
CELL UPDATE
message. This
parameter takes
effect only when
the
PHYCHRECFG
_ENH_RL_RE
EST_SWITCH
check box under
the
"PROCESSSWI
TCH4"
parameter in the
"SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH" command
is selected. 25)
RBRECFG_EN
H_RL_REEST_
SWITCH
Whether the
enhanced
function of call
reestablishment
during RB
reconfiguration
takes effect.
Whether to
preferentially
process a CELL
UPDATE
message when
RB
reconfiguration
is in progress.
The RNC
receives a CELL
UPDATE
message from a
UE with a cause
value of "radio
link failure",
"RLC
unrecoverable
error", or "re-
entering service
area" when
expecting a
response from
the UE to the RB
reconfiguration
process. In this
scenario, 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
preferentially
processes the
CELL UPDATE
message. It is
recommended
that this switch
be used together
with the
RB_RLREEST
_AM_TRB_RL
C_REEST_SWI
TCH in the
"OptimizationS-
witch4"
parameter in the
"SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH"
command. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
preferentially
process the
CELL UPDATE
message in the
preceding
scenario. This
parameter takes
effect only when
the
RB_RECFG_R
L_REEST_SWI
TCH check box
under the
"OptimizationS-
witch"
parameter in the
"SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH" command
is selected. 26)
SMC_STOP_R
LC_SWITCH
Whether to stop
RLC entities
(except RLC
entities used by
SRB2) for
security-mode-
enabled UEs
whose user
signaling
(except cell-
related
signaling) is
processed by
their overflow
RNCs due to
load sharing and
that are in the
security mode.
1: This switch is
turned on. The
RNC stops RLC
entities (except
RLC entities
used by SRB2)
for such UEs.
This prevents
call drops that
are caused by the
ciphering
activation time
inconsistency
between the UEs
and RNC. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC suspends
RLC entities
(except RLC
entities used by
GTP-U DL
transmission if
the RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
message carries
the IE Delivery
Order with the
value of
delivery-order-
requested. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
GTP-U DL
transmission is
not reordered. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
GTP-U DL
transmission
uses the DL GTP
PDU SN carried
by the RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
message as the
first SN for
reordering. 29)
DL_TRB_RES
ET_BUFF_SWI
TCH Whether
not to
immediately
process a TRB
RESET message
if the
corresponding
TRB resets
when an RRC-
related process
is in progress.
Note that the
RRC-related
process is a
process that is
initiated after
the UE in
question has set
up a service. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC processes
the message
after the RRC-
related process
is complete. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC
immediately
processes the
message,
releases the
RAB of the UE,
and notifies the
CN that the
release is an
abnormal
release. 30)
RRC_CELLFA
CH_DL_TRB_
RESET_TO_F2
D_SWITCH
Whether to
trigger a
CELL_FACH-
to-CELL_DCH
state transition
for a UE not
performing any
RRC-related
process if the
RNC detects a
TRB reset. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC triggers a
CELL_FACH-
to-CELL_DCH
state transition
for such a UE
upon detecting a
TRB reset. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC directly
releases the
service of the
UE and notifies
the CN that the
release is an
abnormal
release. 31)
RAB_ASS_MO
D_TNL_ADDR
_SUP_SWITC
H Whether to
allow data
transmission
when the RNC
receives a RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
message that
carries the
transport layer
information
after the PS
service has been
established. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC
reconfigures the
transport layer
information and
continues with
data
transmission.
For details, see
3GPP TS
25.413. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RNC
does not
reconfigure the
transport layer
information and
data cannot be
transmitted.
GUI Value
Range:PS_F2D
_OVERLAP_C
ELLUPT_SWI
TCH,
AMR_HHO_F
AIL_ROLLBA
CK_SWITCH,
PHY_RECFG_
REEST_SWIT
CH,
IUR_RL_REES
T_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_R
L_REEST_SWI
TCH,
RRC_CONN_S
ETUP_OPT_S
WITCH,
TCP_ACK_AC
CELERATOR_
SWITCH,
RRC_CELLFA
CH_TRB_RES
ET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH,
SEND_MSG_N
ULL_SWITCH,
FD_PCH_IUR_
CS_OPT_SWIT
CH,
CELLUPT_T31
4_T315_TIME
OUT_OPT_SW
ITCH,
CS_HHO_ASY
NC_CTRL_SW
ITCH,
PS_HHO_ASY
NC_CTRL_SW
ITCH,
IUR_HHO_AS
YNC_CTRL_S
WITCH,
F2P_DATATR
ANS_OPTIMIZ
E_SWITCH,
IRATHO_HOC
ANCEL_RL_R
EEST_SWITC
H,
TRB_RESET_
RL_REEST_S
WITCH,
RB_REL_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH,
RB_SETUP_E
NHANCE_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH,
RAB_SETUPM
OD_CNT_FIX_
SWITCH,
PCH_UE_RLC
_UNRECOVER
ABLEERROR_
SWITCH,
FAST_RETUR
N_LTE_BY_C
ELL_SELECT_
SWITCH,
UL_DUAL_M
ODE_UE_D2P
_OR_D2I_SWI
TCH,
PHYCHRECFG
_ENH_RL_RE
EST_SWITCH,
RBRECFG_EN
H_RL_REEST_
SWITCH,
SMC_STOP_R
LC_SWITCH,
GTP_SN_IN_R
AB_REL_INIT
_BY_UTRAN_
SWITCH,
CMP_IU_QOS
_GTP_PDU_S
N_SWITCH,
DL_TRB_RES
ET_BUFF_SWI
TCH,
RRC_CELLFA
CH_DL_TRB_
RESET_TO_F2
D_SWITCH,
RAB_ASS_MO
D_TNL_ADDR
_SUP_SWITC
H
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:PS_F2D
_OVERLAP_C
ELLUPT_SWI
TCH,
AMR_HHO_F
AIL_ROLLBA
CK_SWITCH,
PHY_RECFG_
REEST_SWIT
CH,
IUR_RL_REES
T_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_R
L_REEST_SWI
TCH,
RRC_CONN_S
ETUP_OPT_S
WITCH,
TCP_ACK_AC
CELERATOR_
SWITCH,
RRC_CELLFA
CH_TRB_RES
ET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH,
SEND_MSG_N
ULL_SWITCH,
FD_PCH_IUR_
CS_OPT_SWIT
CH,
CELLUPT_T31
4_T315_TIME
OUT_OPT_SW
ITCH,
CS_HHO_ASY
NC_CTRL_SW
ITCH,
PS_HHO_ASY
NC_CTRL_SW
ITCH,
IUR_HHO_AS
YNC_CTRL_S
WITCH,
F2P_DATATR
ANS_OPTIMIZ
E_SWITCH,
IRATHO_HOC
ANCEL_RL_R
EEST_SWITC
H,
TRB_RESET_
RL_REEST_S
WITCH,
RB_REL_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH,
RB_SETUP_E
NHANCE_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH,
RAB_SETUPM
OD_CNT_FIX_
SWITCH,
PCH_UE_RLC
_UNRECOVER
ABLEERROR_
SWITCH,
FAST_RETUR
N_LTE_BY_C
ELL_SELECT_
SWITCH,
UL_DUAL_M
ODE_UE_D2P
_OR_D2I_SWI
TCH,
PHYCHRECFG
_ENH_RL_RE
EST_SWITCH,
RBRECFG_EN
H_RL_REEST_
SWITCH,
SMC_STOP_R
LC_SWITCH,
GTP_SN_IN_R
AB_REL_INIT
_BY_UTRAN_
SWITCH,
CMP_IU_QOS
_GTP_PDU_S
N_SWITCH,
DL_TRB_RES
ET_BUFF_SWI
TCH,
RRC_CELLFA
CH_DL_TRB_
RESET_TO_F2
D_SWITCH,
RAB_ASS_MO
D_TNL_ADDR
_SUP_SWITC
H
Default
Value:PS_F2D_
OVERLAP_CE
LLUPT_SWIT
CH:
0,AMR_HHO_
FAIL_ROLLB
ACK_SWITCH
:
0,PHY_RECFG
_REEST_SWIT
CH:
0,IUR_RL_RE
EST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_
RL_REEST_S
WITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_
SETUP_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,TCP_ACK_A
CCELERATOR
_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLF
ACH_TRB_RE
SET_TO_F2D_
SWITCH:
0,SEND_MSG_
NULL_SWITC
H:
0,FD_PCH_IU
R_CS_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,CELLUPT_T
314_T315_TIM
EOUT_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,CS_HHO_AS
YNC_CTRL_S
WITCH:
0,PS_HHO_AS
YNC_CTRL_S
WITCH:
0,IUR_HHO_A
SYNC_CTRL_
SWITCH:
0,F2P_DATAT
RANS_OPTIMI
ZE_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HO
CANCEL_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH:
0,TRB_RESET
_RL_REEST_S
WITCH:
0,RB_REL_RL
_REEST_SWIT
CH:
0,RB_SETUP_
ENHANCE_RL
_REEST_SWIT
CH:
0,RAB_SETUP
MOD_CNT_FI
X_SWITCH:
0,PCH_UE_RL
C_UNRECOVE
RABLEERROR
_SWITCH:
0,FAST_RETU
RN_LTE_BY_
CELL_SELEC
T_SWITCH:
0,UL_DUAL_
MODE_UE_D2
P_OR_D2I_SW
ITCH:
0,PHYCHREC
FG_ENH_RL_
REEST_SWIT
CH:
0,RBRECFG_E
NH_RL_REES
T_SWITCH:
0,SMC_STOP_
RLC_SWITCH:
1,GTP_SN_IN_
RAB_REL_INI
T_BY_UTRAN
_SWITCH:
1,CMP_IU_QO
S_GTP_PDU_S
N_SWITCH:
0,DL_TRB_RE
SET_BUFF_S
WITCH:
0,RRC_CELLF
ACH_DL_TRB
_RESET_TO_F
2D_SWITCH:
0,RAB_ASS_M
OD_TNL_ADD
R_SUP_SWITC
H:1
control
simultaneously
to UEs
processing CS
services. When
this switch is
turned on, the
RNC sends the
periodic inter-
RAT
measurement
control and
periodic intra-
frequency
measurement
control
simultaneously
to UEs
processing CS
services. The
inter-RAT
measurement
control carries
the periodic
intra-frequency
measurement ID
so that the UEs
report both the
inter-RAT MRs
and Ec/N0 of the
active set. In this
way, the RNC
can decide
whether to
perform an
inter-RAT
handover based
on the Ec/N0 of
the active set.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
sends only the
periodic inter-
RAT
measurement
control to UEs
processing CS
algorithm is
used. 9.
HO_MC_INTE
RFREQ_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH:
Whether to use
the algorithm of
inter-frequency
neighboring cell
combination.
When this
switch is turned
on, the
algorithm of
inter-frequency
neighboring cell
combination is
used for inter-
frequency
measurement
objects. When
this switch is
turned off, the
best cell
algorithm is
used. 10.
HO_MC_GSM
_NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITC
H: Whether to
use the
algorithm of
neighboring
GSM cell
combination.
When this
switch is turned
on, the
algorithm of
neighboring
GSM cell
combination is
used for GSM
measurement
objects. When
this switch is
turned off, the
best cell
algorithm is
used. 11.
HO_MC_LTE_
NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITC
H: Whether to
use the
algorithm of
neighboring
LTE cell
combination.
When this
switch is turned
on, the
algorithm of
neighboring
LTE cell
combination is
used for LTE
measurement
objects. When
this switch is
turned off, the
best cell
algorithm is
used. 12.
HO_U2L_LOA
D_PS_HO_SWI
TCH: Whether a
load-based PS
handover from
UMTS to LTE is
allowed. When
this switch is
turned on, an
LDR-triggered
PS handover
from UMTS to
LTE is allowed.
13.
HO_U2L_LOA
D_PS_REDIRE
CT_SWITCH:
Whether a load-
based PS
redirection from
UMTS to LTE is
allowed. When
this switch is
turned on, an
LDR-triggered
PS redirection
from UMTS to
LTE is allowed.
When both
"HO_U2L_LO
AD_PS_REDIR
ECT_SWITCH
" and
"HO_U2L_LO
AD_PS_HO_S
WITCH" are
turned on, a PS
handover from
UMTS to LTE is
preferred. 14.
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_INTO_ACTSE
T_OPTSWH:S
witch
controlling the
enhanced
algorithm of
adding intra-
frequency
neighboring
cells in detected
sets to active
sets. When this
switch is turned
on and event 1A/
C/D contains
information
about the best
cell's intra-
frequency
neighboring
cells that are
included in the
detected set
(hereinafter
referred to as
target cells), the
RNC searches
neighboring
cells that are
included in the
detected set
(hereinafter
referred to as
target cells), the
RNC searches
for the target
cells in the
following
scopes: (1)The
best cell's intra-
frequency
neighboring
cells (assuming
that these
neighboring
cells are in cell
group A). (2)
Intra-frequency
neighboring
cells of cells in
the active set
(assuming that
these
neighboring
cells are in cell
group B). If the
target cells are
not found, the
RNC checks
whether this
switch is turned
on. If so, the
RNC searches
for the target
cells in intra-
frequency
neighboring
cells of cells in
cell group A
(assuming that
these
neighboring
cells are in cell
group C). If a
DRNC cell is
found to be the
only target cell,
the RNC
includes
information
about this cell in
the active set. If
not, the RNC
searches for the
target cells in
cell group C. If a
DRNC cell is
found to be the
only target cell,
the RNC does
not include
information
about this cell in
the active set.
16.
HO_1A_OR_1
C_TRIG_SERV
_CELL_CHG_
SWITCH:Whet
her to trigger an
HSPA serving
cell change after
a soft handover
initiated due to
the reporting of
event 1A or 1C
is complete.
When this
switch is turned
on, an HSPA
serving cell
change is
triggered after a
soft handover
initiated due to
the reporting of
event 1A or 1C
is complete.
When this
switch is turned
off, an HSPA
serving cell
change is not
triggered after a
soft handover
initiated due to
the reporting of
event 1A or 1C
is complete. 17.
HO_1D_TRIG_
SERV_CELL_
CHG_JUDGE_
SWITCH:Whet
her to trigger an
HSPA serving
cell change upon
the false
reporting of
event 1D. The
false reporting
of event 1D
indicates that
there is another
cell whose
signal quality is
better than the
signal quality of
the best cell
indicated in
event 1D. When
this switch is
turned on, an
HSPA serving
cell change is
triggered upon
the false
reporting of
event 1D. When
this switch is
turned off, an
HSPA serving
cell change is
not triggered
upon the false
reporting of
event 1D. 18.
HO_SPID_MM
_SWITCH:
Whether the
RNC performs
mobility
management
based on the
SPID. 19.
HO_SRV_CEL
L_CHG_1D_R
SCP_SWITCH:
Whether to
trigger a serving
cell change upon
the reporting of
RSCP-based
event 1D. When
this switch is
turned on, a
serving cell
change is
triggered upon
the reporting of
RSCP-based
event 1D. When
this switch is
turned off, a
serving cell
change is
triggered upon
the reporting of
Ec/No-based
event 1D. 20.
HO_IUR_U2L_
REDIR_SWITC
H: Whether the
RNC can initiate
an inter-RNC
UMTS-to-LTE
redirection.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC can
initiate an inter-
RNC UMTS-to-
LTE redirection.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
cannot initiate
an inter-RNC
UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. 21.
HO_IUR_U2L_
FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH:
Whether to
allow UMTS-to-
LTE Fast Return
if the best cell
for a UE is
controlled by the
DRNC. When
this switch is
turned on. In this
case, UMTS-to-
LTE Fast Return
is allowed and
the SRNC adds
neighboring
LTE cell
EARFCNs of
the best cell to
the RRC
Connection
Release
message. When
this switch is
turned off. In
this case,
UMTS-to-LTE
Fast Return is
forbidden. This
switch is
effective only
when the
HO_UMTS_TO
_LTE_FAST_R
ETURN_SWIT
CH switch of the
"HoSwitch"
parameter is
turned on in the
"SET
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH"
command.
GUI Value
Range:HO_CO
MACROMICR
O_INTER_FRE
Q_OUT_SWIT
CH,
HO_U2L_REDI
R_BASED_AB
SOLUTE_FRE
Q_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_COV
_PS_REDIREC
T_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_COV
_PS_HO_SWIT
CH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PENALTY
_FOR_UNCFG
_SWITCH,
HO_CS_IRAT
HHO_WITH_I
NTRA_FREQ_
MR_SWITCH,
HO_PS_IRATH
HO_WITH_IN
TRA_FREQ_M
R_SWITCH,
HO_MC_INTR
AFREQ_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH,
HO_MC_INTE
RFREQ_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH,
HO_MC_GSM
_NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITC
H,
HO_MC_LTE_
NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITC
H,
HO_U2L_LOA
D_PS_HO_SWI
TCH,
HO_U2L_LOA
D_PS_REDIRE
CT_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_INTO_ACTSE
T_OPTSWH,
HO_INTRA_D
ETSET_DRNC
_CELL_INTO_
ACTSET,
HO_1A_OR_1
C_TRIG_SERV
_CELL_CHG_
SWITCH,
HO_1D_TRIG_
SERV_CELL_
CHG_JUDGE_
SWITCH,
HO_SPID_MM
_SWITCH,
HO_SRV_CEL
L_CHG_1D_R
SCP_SWITCH,
HO_IUR_U2L_
REDIR_SWITC
H,
HO_IUR_U2L_
FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:HO_CO
MACROMICR
O_INTER_FRE
Q_OUT_SWIT
CH,
HO_U2L_REDI
R_BASED_AB
SOLUTE_FRE
Q_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_COV
_PS_REDIREC
T_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_COV
_PS_HO_SWIT
CH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PENALTY
_FOR_UNCFG
_SWITCH,
HO_CS_IRAT
HHO_WITH_I
NTRA_FREQ_
MR_SWITCH,
HO_PS_IRATH
HO_WITH_IN
TRA_FREQ_M
R_SWITCH,
HO_MC_INTR
AFREQ_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH,
HO_MC_INTE
RFREQ_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH,
HO_MC_GSM
_NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITC
H,
HO_MC_LTE_
NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITC
H,
HO_U2L_LOA
D_PS_HO_SWI
TCH,
HO_U2L_LOA
D_PS_REDIRE
CT_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_INTO_ACTSE
T_OPTSWH,
HO_INTRA_D
ETSET_DRNC
_CELL_INTO_
ACTSET,
HO_1A_OR_1
C_TRIG_SERV
_CELL_CHG_
SWITCH,
HO_1D_TRIG_
SERV_CELL_
CHG_JUDGE_
SWITCH,
HO_SPID_MM
_SWITCH,
HO_SRV_CEL
L_CHG_1D_R
SCP_SWITCH,
HO_IUR_U2L_
REDIR_SWITC
H,
HO_IUR_U2L_
FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH
Default
Value:HO_CO
MACROMICR
O_INTER_FRE
Q_OUT_SWIT
CH:
0,HO_U2L_RE
DIR_BASED_
ABSOLUTE_F
REQ_SWITCH:
0,HO_U2L_CO
V_PS_REDIRE
CT_SWITCH:
0,HO_U2L_CO
V_PS_HO_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_INTER_
RAT_PENALT
Y_FOR_UNCF
G_SWITCH:
0,HO_CS_IRA
THHO_WITH_
INTRA_FREQ_
MR_SWITCH:
0,HO_PS_IRA
THHO_WITH_
INTRA_FREQ_
MR_SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_INT
RAFREQ_NCE
LL_COMBINE
_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_INT
ERFREQ_NCE
LL_COMBINE
_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_GS
M_NCELL_CO
control
simultaneously
to UEs
processing CS
services. When
this switch is
turned on, the
RNC sends the
periodic inter-
RAT
measurement
control and
periodic intra-
frequency
measurement
control
simultaneously
to UEs
processing CS
services. The
inter-RAT
measurement
control carries
the periodic
intra-frequency
measurement ID
so that the UEs
report both the
inter-RAT MRs
and Ec/N0 of the
active set. In this
way, the RNC
can decide
whether to
perform an
inter-RAT
handover based
on the Ec/N0 of
the active set.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
sends only the
periodic inter-
RAT
measurement
control to UEs
processing CS
algorithm is
used. 9.
HO_MC_INTE
RFREQ_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH:
Whether to use
the algorithm of
inter-frequency
neighboring cell
combination.
When this
switch is turned
on, the
algorithm of
inter-frequency
neighboring cell
combination is
used for inter-
frequency
measurement
objects. When
this switch is
turned off, the
best cell
algorithm is
used. 10.
HO_MC_GSM
_NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITC
H: Whether to
use the
algorithm of
neighboring
GSM cell
combination.
When this
switch is turned
on, the
algorithm of
neighboring
GSM cell
combination is
used for GSM
measurement
objects. When
this switch is
turned off, the
best cell
algorithm is
used. 11.
HO_MC_LTE_
NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITC
H: Whether to
use the
algorithm of
neighboring
LTE cell
combination.
When this
switch is turned
on, the
algorithm of
neighboring
LTE cell
combination is
used for LTE
measurement
objects. When
this switch is
turned off, the
best cell
algorithm is
used. 12.
HO_U2L_LOA
D_PS_HO_SWI
TCH: Whether a
load-based PS
handover from
UMTS to LTE is
allowed. When
this switch is
turned on, an
LDR-triggered
PS handover
from UMTS to
LTE is allowed.
13.
HO_U2L_LOA
D_PS_REDIRE
CT_SWITCH:
Whether a load-
based PS
redirection from
UMTS to LTE is
allowed. When
this switch is
turned on, an
LDR-triggered
PS redirection
from UMTS to
LTE is allowed.
When both
"HO_U2L_LO
AD_PS_REDIR
ECT_SWITCH
" and
"HO_U2L_LO
AD_PS_HO_S
WITCH" are
turned on, a PS
handover from
UMTS to LTE is
preferred. 14.
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_INTO_ACTSE
T_OPTSWH:S
witch
controlling the
enhanced
algorithm of
adding intra-
frequency
neighboring
cells in detected
sets to active
sets. When this
switch is turned
on and event 1A/
C/D contains
information
about the best
cell's intra-
frequency
neighboring
cells that are
included in the
detected set
(hereinafter
referred to as
target cells), the
RNC searches
neighboring
cells that are
included in the
detected set
(hereinafter
referred to as
target cells), the
RNC searches
for the target
cells in the
following
scopes: (1)The
best cell's intra-
frequency
neighboring
cells (assuming
that these
neighboring
cells are in cell
group A). (2)
Intra-frequency
neighboring
cells of cells in
the active set
(assuming that
these
neighboring
cells are in cell
group B). If the
target cells are
not found, the
RNC checks
whether this
switch is turned
on. If so, the
RNC searches
for the target
cells in intra-
frequency
neighboring
cells of cells in
cell group A
(assuming that
these
neighboring
cells are in cell
group C). If a
DRNC cell is
found to be the
only target cell,
the RNC
includes
information
about this cell in
the active set. If
not, the RNC
searches for the
target cells in
cell group C. If a
DRNC cell is
found to be the
only target cell,
the RNC does
not include
information
about this cell in
the active set.
16.
HO_1A_OR_1
C_TRIG_SERV
_CELL_CHG_
SWITCH:Whet
her to trigger an
HSPA serving
cell change after
a soft handover
initiated due to
the reporting of
event 1A or 1C
is complete.
When this
switch is turned
on, an HSPA
serving cell
change is
triggered after a
soft handover
initiated due to
the reporting of
event 1A or 1C
is complete.
When this
switch is turned
off, an HSPA
serving cell
change is not
triggered after a
soft handover
initiated due to
the reporting of
event 1A or 1C
is complete. 17.
HO_1D_TRIG_
SERV_CELL_
CHG_JUDGE_
SWITCH:Whet
her to trigger an
HSPA serving
cell change upon
the false
reporting of
event 1D. The
false reporting
of event 1D
indicates that
there is another
cell whose
signal quality is
better than the
signal quality of
the best cell
indicated in
event 1D. When
this switch is
turned on, an
HSPA serving
cell change is
triggered upon
the false
reporting of
event 1D. When
this switch is
turned off, an
HSPA serving
cell change is
not triggered
upon the false
reporting of
event 1D. 18.
HO_SPID_MM
_SWITCH:
Whether the
RNC performs
mobility
management
based on the
SPID. 19.
HO_SRV_CEL
L_CHG_1D_R
SCP_SWITCH:
Whether to
trigger a serving
cell change upon
the reporting of
RSCP-based
event 1D. When
this switch is
turned on, a
serving cell
change is
triggered upon
the reporting of
RSCP-based
event 1D. When
this switch is
turned off, a
serving cell
change is
triggered upon
the reporting of
Ec/No-based
event 1D. 20.
HO_IUR_U2L_
REDIR_SWITC
H: Whether the
RNC can initiate
an inter-RNC
UMTS-to-LTE
redirection.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC can
initiate an inter-
RNC UMTS-to-
LTE redirection.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
cannot initiate
an inter-RNC
UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. 21.
HO_IUR_U2L_
FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH:
Whether to
allow UMTS-to-
LTE Fast Return
if the best cell
for a UE is
controlled by the
DRNC. When
this switch is
turned on. In this
case, UMTS-to-
LTE Fast Return
is allowed and
the SRNC adds
neighboring
LTE cell
EARFCNs of
the best cell to
the RRC
Connection
Release
message. When
this switch is
turned off. In
this case,
UMTS-to-LTE
Fast Return is
forbidden. This
switch is
effective only
when the
HO_UMTS_TO
_LTE_FAST_R
ETURN_SWIT
CH switch of the
"HoSwitch"
parameter is
turned on in the
"SET
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH"
command.
GUI Value
Range:HO_CO
MACROMICR
O_INTER_FRE
Q_OUT_SWIT
CH,
HO_U2L_REDI
R_BASED_AB
SOLUTE_FRE
Q_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_COV
_PS_REDIREC
T_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_COV
_PS_HO_SWIT
CH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PENALTY
_FOR_UNCFG
_SWITCH,
HO_CS_IRAT
HHO_WITH_I
NTRA_FREQ_
MR_SWITCH,
HO_PS_IRATH
HO_WITH_IN
TRA_FREQ_M
R_SWITCH,
HO_MC_INTR
AFREQ_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH,
HO_MC_INTE
RFREQ_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH,
HO_MC_GSM
_NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITC
H,
HO_MC_LTE_
NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITC
H,
HO_U2L_LOA
D_PS_HO_SWI
TCH,
HO_U2L_LOA
D_PS_REDIRE
CT_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_INTO_ACTSE
T_OPTSWH,
HO_INTRA_D
ETSET_DRNC
_CELL_INTO_
ACTSET,
HO_1A_OR_1
C_TRIG_SERV
_CELL_CHG_
SWITCH,
HO_1D_TRIG_
SERV_CELL_
CHG_JUDGE_
SWITCH,
HO_SPID_MM
_SWITCH,
HO_SRV_CEL
L_CHG_1D_R
SCP_SWITCH,
HO_IUR_U2L_
REDIR_SWITC
H,
HO_IUR_U2L_
FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:HO_CO
MACROMICR
O_INTER_FRE
Q_OUT_SWIT
CH,
HO_U2L_REDI
R_BASED_AB
SOLUTE_FRE
Q_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_COV
_PS_REDIREC
T_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_COV
_PS_HO_SWIT
CH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PENALTY
_FOR_UNCFG
_SWITCH,
HO_CS_IRAT
HHO_WITH_I
NTRA_FREQ_
MR_SWITCH,
HO_PS_IRATH
HO_WITH_IN
TRA_FREQ_M
R_SWITCH,
HO_MC_INTR
AFREQ_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH,
HO_MC_INTE
RFREQ_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH,
HO_MC_GSM
_NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITC
H,
HO_MC_LTE_
NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITC
H,
HO_U2L_LOA
D_PS_HO_SWI
TCH,
HO_U2L_LOA
D_PS_REDIRE
CT_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_INTO_ACTSE
T_OPTSWH,
HO_INTRA_D
ETSET_DRNC
_CELL_INTO_
ACTSET,
HO_1A_OR_1
C_TRIG_SERV
_CELL_CHG_
SWITCH,
HO_1D_TRIG_
SERV_CELL_
CHG_JUDGE_
SWITCH,
HO_SPID_MM
_SWITCH,
HO_SRV_CEL
L_CHG_1D_R
SCP_SWITCH,
HO_IUR_U2L_
REDIR_SWITC
H,
HO_IUR_U2L_
FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH
Default
Value:HO_CO
MACROMICR
O_INTER_FRE
Q_OUT_SWIT
CH:
0,HO_U2L_RE
DIR_BASED_
ABSOLUTE_F
REQ_SWITCH:
0,HO_U2L_CO
V_PS_REDIRE
CT_SWITCH:
0,HO_U2L_CO
V_PS_HO_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_INTER_
RAT_PENALT
Y_FOR_UNCF
G_SWITCH:
0,HO_CS_IRA
THHO_WITH_
INTRA_FREQ_
MR_SWITCH:
0,HO_PS_IRA
THHO_WITH_
INTRA_FREQ_
MR_SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_INT
RAFREQ_NCE
LL_COMBINE
_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_INT
ERFREQ_NCE
LL_COMBINE
_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_GS
M_NCELL_CO
UT_SWITCH:
Whether to
enable service-
based PS
handover from
UMTS to LTE.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC can
send LTE
MEASUREME
NT CONTROL
message based
on service and
initiate service-
based PS
handover from
UMTS to LTE.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
cannot initiate
service-based
PS handover
from UMTS to
LTE. 7.
HO_INTER_R
AT_CS_OUT_
SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the RNC is
allowed to
initiate inter-
frequency
measure control
and the CS inter-
RAT hard
handover from
the 3G network
to the 2G
network. 8.
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_3G2G_
CELLCHG_NA
CC_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the NACC
function is
supported
during the PS
inter-RAT
handover from
the 3G network
to the 2G
network in the
cell change
order process.
When the switch
is not on, the
NACC function
is not supported.
When
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_3G2G_
RELOCATION
_SWITCH is
ON, this switch
is useless. When
the NACC
function is
supported, the
UE skips the
reading
procedure as the
SI/PSI of the
target cell is
provided after
the UE accesses
the 2G cell.
Thus, the delay
of inter-cell
handover is
reduced. 9.
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_3G2G_
RELOCATION
_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the PS
inter-RAT
handover from
the 3G network
to the 2G
network is
performed in the
relocation
process. When
the switch is not
on, the PS inter-
RAT handover
from the 3G
network to the
2G network is
performed in the
cell change
order process.
10.
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_OUT_S
WITCH: When
the switch is on,
the RNC is
allowed to
initiate inter-
frequency
measure control
and the PS inter-
RAT hard
handover from
the 3G network
to the 2G
network. 11.
HO_INTER_R
AT_RNC_SER
VICE_HO_SWI
TCH: When the
switch is on, the
attributes of
inter-RAT
handover of the
services are
based on the
configuration of
RNC
parameters.
When the switch
is not on, the
attributes are set
on the basis of
the CN. If no
information is
provided by the
CN, the
attributes are
then based on
the RNC
parameters. 12.
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_INTO_ACTSE
T_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the cells in
the detected set
from which the
RNC receives
their valid event
reports can be
added to the
active set. The
cells allowed to
be added to the
active set must
be the
neighboring
cells of the cells
in the active set.
13.
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_RPRT_SWITC
H: When the
switch is on, the
intra-frequency
measurement
reports of the
detected set can
be reported by
UE. 14.
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_HARD_H
O_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the RNC is
allowed to
initiate the intra-
frequency hard
handover. 15.
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_RPRT_1J
_SWITCH:
When the switch
list. 18.
HO_MC_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the
neighboring cell
combined
algorithm is
used during the
delivery of the
objects to be
measured. When
the switch is not
on, the optimal
cell algorithm is
used. 19.
HO_MC_SIGN
AL_IUR_INTR
A_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, intra-
frequency
handover is
allowed over the
Iur interface if
the UE has only
signaling. 20.
HO_MC_SIGN
AL_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, quality
measurement on
the active set is
delivered after
signaling setup
but before
service setup. If
the UE is at the
cell verge or
receives weak
signals after
accessing the
network, the
RNC can trigger
inter-frequency
or inter-RAT
handover when
the UE sets up
the RRC. 21.
HO_MC_SNA_
RESTRICTION
_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the RNC
controls the UEs
in the connected
state based on
the
configurations
on the CN. The
UEs can only
access and move
in authorized
cells. 22.
HO_LTE_PS_O
UT_SWITCH:
Whether to
enable handover
from UMTS to
LTE. When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC can
send LTE
MEASUREME
NT CONTROL
message and
initiate PS
handover or
redirection from
UMTS to LTE.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
cannot perform
the preceding
procedures. 23.
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PS_OUT
_SWITCH:
Whether to
enable service-
based
redirection from
UMTS to LTE.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC can
send LTE
MEASUREME
NT CONTROL
message based
on service and
initiate service-
based PS
redirection from
UMTS to LTE.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
cannot initiate
service-based
PS redirection
from UMTS to
LTE. 24.
HO_H2G_SRV
CC_SWITCH :
This bit is a
Single Radio
Voice Call
Continuity
(SRVCC)
switch for the
VoIP service
that is handed
over to GERAN.
SRVCC ensures
the continuity of
voice services
that are handed
over between
the CS domain
and the IP
Multimedia
Subsystem
(IMS).The
meaning of the
bit is as follows:
When it is set to
"ON", it
indicates that the
VoIP service
can be handed
over to GERAN
through SRVCC
procedure.Whe
n it is set to
"OFF", it
indicates that the
VoIP service
cannot be
handed over to
GERAN
through SRVCC
procedure. 25.
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_HIGHPRI
OR_2D2F_SWI
TCH: This
switch controls
which event to
be preferentially
processed when
both an intra-
frequency
measurement
report event and
event 2D or 2F
need to be
processed.
Turning on this
switch allows
the intra-
frequency
measurement
report event to
be preferentially
processed.
Turning off this
switch allows
event 2D or 2F
to be
preferentially
processed. 26.
HO_CIO_1D_U
SED: Whether
the RNC
instructs the UE
to use the cell
individual offset
(CIO) parameter
when reporting
switch is turned
off, the RNC
determines the
UE mobility
state as before
based on how
frequently the
UE sends an
event 1D
measurement
report. 28.
HO_L2U_EMG
CALL_SWITC
H: Function
switch of the CS
Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls feature.
When this
switch is turned
on, this feature is
activated. When
a UE is making
an emergency
call in an LTE
cell, the UE is
instructed to
move to a
UMTS cell and
the UMTS cell
preferentially
guarantees the
successful
access of the
UE. If the UE is
processing non-
real-time PS
services, the
channel types
and initial data
rates for these
services are
determined by
the
"NRTInitRatefo
rL2U"
parameter in the
"SET UFRC"
command
during service
admission. If the
UE is processing
real-time PS
services, the
original channel
types and data
rates of these
services are
retained during
service
admission.
When this
switch is turned
off, this feature
is not activated.
When a UE is
making an
emergency call
in an LTE cell,
the UE is
instructed to
move to a
UMTS cell but
the UMTS cell
does not
preferentially
guarantee the
successful
access of the
UE. If the UE is
processing PS
services, the
original channel
types and data
rates of these
services are
retained during
service
admission. 29.
HO_UMTS_TO
_LTE_FAST_R
ETURN_SWIT
CH: Whether a
UE can fast
return to the
LTE network
after its RRC
connection is
released in the
UMTS network.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
carries the
information
about
frequencies of
neighboring
LTE cells in the
RRC
CONNECTION
RELEASE
message during
a call release of a
UE capable of
measuring the
LTE frequencies
so that the UE in
idle state can fast
move to the LTE
network. The
information
about
frequencies of
neighboring
LTE cells is set
by the "ADD
UCELLNFREQ
PRIOINFO"
command.
When this
switch is turned
off, the
information
about
frequencies of
neighboring
LTE cells is not
carried in the
RRC
CONNECTION
RELEASE
message. 30.
HO_HHO_WIT
H_INTRA_FRE
Q_MR_SWITC
H: When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
sends periodical
inter-frequency
and intra-
frequency
measurement
control
messages, and
includes the
information
element (IE)
measurementIde
ntiy in the inter-
frequency
measurement
control message
to instruct a UE
to report signal
quality in an
active set cell in
a periodical
inter-frequency
measurement
report. When
this switch is
turned off, the
RNC sends only
a periodical
inter-frequency
measurement
control message
without this IE.
31.
HO_MULTIRA
B_CSPS_HO_C
OV_PARA_SW
ITCH : Whether
handover
parameters
dedicated to
combined
services are set.
When this
switch is turned
on, the handover
parameters
dedicated to CS
and PS
combined
services are used
when CS and PS
combined
services are
processed. The
handover
parameters
dedicated to CS
and PS
combined
services are set
by the "SET
UMULTIRAB
HOCOV"
command.
When this
switch is turned
off, the upper
threshold for the
handover
parameters
between the CS
and PS services
is used when CS
and PS
combined
services are
processed.
GUI Value
Range:HO_AL
GO_HCS_SPE
ED_EST_SWIT
CH,
HO_ALGO_LD
R_ALLOW_SH
O_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_M
BMS_FLC_SW
ITCH,
HO_ALGO_O
VERLAY_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTER_FR
EQ_HARD_HO
_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PSHO_O
UT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_CS_OUT_
SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_3G2G_
CELLCHG_NA
CC_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_3G2G_
RELOCATION
_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_OUT_S
WITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_RNC_SER
VICE_HO_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_INTO_ACTSE
T_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_RPRT_SWITC
H,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_HARD_H
O_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_RPRT_1J
_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_SOFT_H
O_SWITCH,
HO_MC_MEA
S_BEYOND_U
E_CAP_SWIT
CH,
HO_MC_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGN
AL_IUR_INTR
A_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGN
AL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_
RESTRICTION
_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_PS_O
UT_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PS_OUT
_SWITCH,
HO_H2G_SRV
CC_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_HIGHPRI
OR_2D2F_SWI
TCH,
HO_CIO_1D_U
SED,
HO_HCS_SPD
_INI_BSD_UE
_SWITCH,
HO_L2U_EMG
CALL_SWITC
H,
HO_UMTS_TO
_LTE_FAST_R
ETURN_SWIT
CH,
HO_HHO_WIT
H_INTRA_FRE
Q_MR_SWITC
H,
HO_MULTIRA
B_CSPS_HO_C
OV_PARA_SW
ITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:HO_AL
GO_HCS_SPE
ED_EST_SWIT
CH,
HO_ALGO_LD
R_ALLOW_SH
O_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_M
BMS_FLC_SW
ITCH,
HO_ALGO_O
VERLAY_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTER_FR
EQ_HARD_HO
_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PSHO_O
UT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_CS_OUT_
SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_3G2G_
CELLCHG_NA
CC_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_3G2G_
RELOCATION
_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_OUT_S
WITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_RNC_SER
VICE_HO_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_INTO_ACTSE
T_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_RPRT_SWITC
H,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_HARD_H
O_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_RPRT_1J
_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_SOFT_H
O_SWITCH,
HO_MC_MEA
S_BEYOND_U
E_CAP_SWIT
CH,
HO_MC_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGN
AL_IUR_INTR
A_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGN
AL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_
RESTRICTION
_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_PS_O
UT_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PS_OUT
_SWITCH,
HO_H2G_SRV
CC_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_HIGHPRI
OR_2D2F_SWI
TCH,
HO_CIO_1D_U
SED,
HO_HCS_SPD
_INI_BSD_UE
_SWITCH,
HO_L2U_EMG
CALL_SWITC
H,
HO_UMTS_TO
_LTE_FAST_R
ETURN_SWIT
CH,
HO_HHO_WIT
H_INTRA_FRE
Q_MR_SWITC
H,
HO_MULTIRA
B_CSPS_HO_C
OV_PARA_SW
ITCH
Default
Value:HO_AL
GO_HCS_SPE
ED_EST_SWIT
CH:
0,HO_ALGO_L
DR_ALLOW_S
HO_SWITCH:
1,HO_ALGO_
MBMS_FLC_S
WITCH:
0,HO_ALGO_
OVERLAY_S
WITCH:
0,HO_INTER_
FREQ_HARD_
HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_SE
RVICE_PSHO_
OUT_SWITCH
:
0,HO_INTER_
RAT_CS_OUT
_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTER_
RAT_PS_3G2G
_CELLCHG_N
ACC_SWITCH
:
0,HO_INTER_
RAT_PS_3G2G
_RELOCATIO
N_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_
RAT_PS_OUT
_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTER_
RAT_RNC_SE
RVICE_HO_S
WITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_
FREQ_DETSE
T_INTO_ACTS
ET_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_
FREQ_DETSE
T_RPRT_SWIT
CH:
1,HO_INTRA_
FREQ_HARD_
HO_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_
FREQ_RPRT_1
J_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_
FREQ_SOFT_
HO_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_ME
AS_BEYOND_
UE_CAP_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_MC_NC
ELL_COMBIN
E_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_SIG
NAL_IUR_INT
RA_SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_SIG
NAL_SWITCH
:
0,HO_MC_SN
A_RESTRICTI
ON_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_PS
_OUT_SWITC
H:
0,HO_LTE_SE
RVICE_PS_OU
T_SWITCH:
0,HO_H2G_SR
VCC_SWITCH
:
0,HO_INTRA_
FREQ_HIGHP
RIOR_2D2F_S
WITCH:
0,HO_CIO_1D
_USED:
0,HO_HCS_SP
D_INI_BSD_U
E_SWITCH:
0,HO_L2U_EM
GCALL_SWIT
CH:
0,HO_UMTS_T
O_LTE_FAST_
RETURN_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_HHO_W
ITH_INTRA_F
REQ_MR_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_MULTIR
AB_CSPS_HO
_COV_PARA_
SWITCH:0
UT_SWITCH:
Whether to
enable service-
based PS
handover from
UMTS to LTE.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC can
send LTE
MEASUREME
NT CONTROL
message based
on service and
initiate service-
based PS
handover from
UMTS to LTE.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
cannot initiate
service-based
PS handover
from UMTS to
LTE. 7.
HO_INTER_R
AT_CS_OUT_
SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the RNC is
allowed to
initiate inter-
frequency
measure control
and the CS inter-
RAT hard
handover from
the 3G network
to the 2G
network. 8.
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_3G2G_
CELLCHG_NA
CC_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the NACC
function is
supported
during the PS
inter-RAT
handover from
the 3G network
to the 2G
network in the
cell change
order process.
When the switch
is not on, the
NACC function
is not supported.
When
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_3G2G_
RELOCATION
_SWITCH is
ON, this switch
is useless. When
the NACC
function is
supported, the
UE skips the
reading
procedure as the
SI/PSI of the
target cell is
provided after
the UE accesses
the 2G cell.
Thus, the delay
of inter-cell
handover is
reduced. 9.
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_3G2G_
RELOCATION
_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the PS
inter-RAT
handover from
the 3G network
to the 2G
network is
performed in the
relocation
process. When
the switch is not
on, the PS inter-
RAT handover
from the 3G
network to the
2G network is
performed in the
cell change
order process.
10.
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_OUT_S
WITCH: When
the switch is on,
the RNC is
allowed to
initiate inter-
frequency
measure control
and the PS inter-
RAT hard
handover from
the 3G network
to the 2G
network. 11.
HO_INTER_R
AT_RNC_SER
VICE_HO_SWI
TCH: When the
switch is on, the
attributes of
inter-RAT
handover of the
services are
based on the
configuration of
RNC
parameters.
When the switch
is not on, the
attributes are set
on the basis of
the CN. If no
information is
provided by the
CN, the
attributes are
then based on
the RNC
parameters. 12.
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_INTO_ACTSE
T_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the cells in
the detected set
from which the
RNC receives
their valid event
reports can be
added to the
active set. The
cells allowed to
be added to the
active set must
be the
neighboring
cells of the cells
in the active set.
13.
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_RPRT_SWITC
H: When the
switch is on, the
intra-frequency
measurement
reports of the
detected set can
be reported by
UE. 14.
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_HARD_H
O_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the RNC is
allowed to
initiate the intra-
frequency hard
handover. 15.
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_RPRT_1J
_SWITCH:
When the switch
list. 18.
HO_MC_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the
neighboring cell
combined
algorithm is
used during the
delivery of the
objects to be
measured. When
the switch is not
on, the optimal
cell algorithm is
used. 19.
HO_MC_SIGN
AL_IUR_INTR
A_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, intra-
frequency
handover is
allowed over the
Iur interface if
the UE has only
signaling. 20.
HO_MC_SIGN
AL_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, quality
measurement on
the active set is
delivered after
signaling setup
but before
service setup. If
the UE is at the
cell verge or
receives weak
signals after
accessing the
network, the
RNC can trigger
inter-frequency
or inter-RAT
handover when
the UE sets up
the RRC. 21.
HO_MC_SNA_
RESTRICTION
_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the RNC
controls the UEs
in the connected
state based on
the
configurations
on the CN. The
UEs can only
access and move
in authorized
cells. 22.
HO_LTE_PS_O
UT_SWITCH:
Whether to
enable handover
from UMTS to
LTE. When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC can
send LTE
MEASUREME
NT CONTROL
message and
initiate PS
handover or
redirection from
UMTS to LTE.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
cannot perform
the preceding
procedures. 23.
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PS_OUT
_SWITCH:
Whether to
enable service-
based
redirection from
UMTS to LTE.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC can
send LTE
MEASUREME
NT CONTROL
message based
on service and
initiate service-
based PS
redirection from
UMTS to LTE.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
cannot initiate
service-based
PS redirection
from UMTS to
LTE. 24.
HO_H2G_SRV
CC_SWITCH :
This bit is a
Single Radio
Voice Call
Continuity
(SRVCC)
switch for the
VoIP service
that is handed
over to GERAN.
SRVCC ensures
the continuity of
voice services
that are handed
over between
the CS domain
and the IP
Multimedia
Subsystem
(IMS).The
meaning of the
bit is as follows:
When it is set to
"ON", it
indicates that the
VoIP service
can be handed
over to GERAN
through SRVCC
procedure.Whe
n it is set to
"OFF", it
indicates that the
VoIP service
cannot be
handed over to
GERAN
through SRVCC
procedure. 25.
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_HIGHPRI
OR_2D2F_SWI
TCH: This
switch controls
which event to
be preferentially
processed when
both an intra-
frequency
measurement
report event and
event 2D or 2F
need to be
processed.
Turning on this
switch allows
the intra-
frequency
measurement
report event to
be preferentially
processed.
Turning off this
switch allows
event 2D or 2F
to be
preferentially
processed. 26.
HO_CIO_1D_U
SED: Whether
the RNC
instructs the UE
to use the cell
individual offset
(CIO) parameter
when reporting
switch is turned
off, the RNC
determines the
UE mobility
state as before
based on how
frequently the
UE sends an
event 1D
measurement
report. 28.
HO_L2U_EMG
CALL_SWITC
H: Function
switch of the CS
Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls feature.
When this
switch is turned
on, this feature is
activated. When
a UE is making
an emergency
call in an LTE
cell, the UE is
instructed to
move to a
UMTS cell and
the UMTS cell
preferentially
guarantees the
successful
access of the
UE. If the UE is
processing non-
real-time PS
services, the
channel types
and initial data
rates for these
services are
determined by
the
"NRTInitRatefo
rL2U"
parameter in the
"SET UFRC"
command
during service
admission. If the
UE is processing
real-time PS
services, the
original channel
types and data
rates of these
services are
retained during
service
admission.
When this
switch is turned
off, this feature
is not activated.
When a UE is
making an
emergency call
in an LTE cell,
the UE is
instructed to
move to a
UMTS cell but
the UMTS cell
does not
preferentially
guarantee the
successful
access of the
UE. If the UE is
processing PS
services, the
original channel
types and data
rates of these
services are
retained during
service
admission. 29.
HO_UMTS_TO
_LTE_FAST_R
ETURN_SWIT
CH: Whether a
UE can fast
return to the
LTE network
after its RRC
connection is
released in the
UMTS network.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
carries the
information
about
frequencies of
neighboring
LTE cells in the
RRC
CONNECTION
RELEASE
message during
a call release of a
UE capable of
measuring the
LTE frequencies
so that the UE in
idle state can fast
move to the LTE
network. The
information
about
frequencies of
neighboring
LTE cells is set
by the "ADD
UCELLNFREQ
PRIOINFO"
command.
When this
switch is turned
off, the
information
about
frequencies of
neighboring
LTE cells is not
carried in the
RRC
CONNECTION
RELEASE
message. 30.
HO_HHO_WIT
H_INTRA_FRE
Q_MR_SWITC
H: When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
sends periodical
inter-frequency
and intra-
frequency
measurement
control
messages, and
includes the
information
element (IE)
measurementIde
ntiy in the inter-
frequency
measurement
control message
to instruct a UE
to report signal
quality in an
active set cell in
a periodical
inter-frequency
measurement
report. When
this switch is
turned off, the
RNC sends only
a periodical
inter-frequency
measurement
control message
without this IE.
31.
HO_MULTIRA
B_CSPS_HO_C
OV_PARA_SW
ITCH
(Algorithm
Switch for
Coverage-based
Inter-frequency
or inter-RAT
Handover
Parameters
Dedicated to CS
and PS
Combined
Services):
Whether
handover
parameters
dedicated to
combined
services are set.
When this
switch is turned
on, the handover
parameters
dedicated to CS
and PS
combined
services are used
when CS and PS
combined
services are
processed. The
handover
parameters
dedicated to CS
and PS
combined
services are set
by the "SET
UMULTIRAB
HOCOV"
command.
When this
switch is turned
off, the upper
threshold for the
handover
parameters
between the CS
and PS services
is used when CS
and PS
combined
services are
processed.
GUI Value
Range:HO_AL
GO_HCS_SPE
ED_EST_SWIT
CH,
HO_ALGO_LD
R_ALLOW_SH
O_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_M
BMS_FLC_SW
ITCH,
HO_ALGO_O
VERLAY_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTER_FR
EQ_HARD_HO
_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PSHO_O
UT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_CS_OUT_
SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_3G2G_
CELLCHG_NA
CC_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_3G2G_
RELOCATION
_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_OUT_S
WITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_RNC_SER
VICE_HO_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_INTO_ACTSE
T_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_RPRT_SWITC
H,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_HARD_H
O_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_RPRT_1J
_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_SOFT_H
O_SWITCH,
HO_MC_MEA
S_BEYOND_U
E_CAP_SWIT
CH,
HO_MC_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGN
AL_IUR_INTR
A_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGN
AL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_
RESTRICTION
_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_PS_O
UT_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PS_OUT
_SWITCH,
HO_H2G_SRV
CC_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_HIGHPRI
OR_2D2F_SWI
TCH,
HO_CIO_1D_U
SED,
HO_HCS_SPD
_INI_BSD_UE
_SWITCH,
HO_L2U_EMG
CALL_SWITC
H,
HO_UMTS_TO
_LTE_FAST_R
ETURN_SWIT
CH,
HO_HHO_WIT
H_INTRA_FRE
Q_MR_SWITC
H,
HO_MULTIRA
B_CSPS_HO_C
OV_PARA_SW
ITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:HO_AL
GO_HCS_SPE
ED_EST_SWIT
CH,
HO_ALGO_LD
R_ALLOW_SH
O_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_M
BMS_FLC_SW
ITCH,
HO_ALGO_O
VERLAY_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTER_FR
EQ_HARD_HO
_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PSHO_O
UT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_CS_OUT_
SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_3G2G_
CELLCHG_NA
CC_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_3G2G_
RELOCATION
_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_PS_OUT_S
WITCH,
HO_INTER_R
AT_RNC_SER
VICE_HO_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_INTO_ACTSE
T_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET
_RPRT_SWITC
H,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_HARD_H
O_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_RPRT_1J
_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_SOFT_H
O_SWITCH,
HO_MC_MEA
S_BEYOND_U
E_CAP_SWIT
CH,
HO_MC_NCEL
L_COMBINE_
SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGN
AL_IUR_INTR
A_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGN
AL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_
RESTRICTION
_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_PS_O
UT_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PS_OUT
_SWITCH,
HO_H2G_SRV
CC_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_F
REQ_HIGHPRI
OR_2D2F_SWI
TCH,
HO_CIO_1D_U
SED,
HO_HCS_SPD
_INI_BSD_UE
_SWITCH,
HO_L2U_EMG
CALL_SWITC
H,
HO_UMTS_TO
_LTE_FAST_R
ETURN_SWIT
CH,
HO_HHO_WIT
H_INTRA_FRE
Q_MR_SWITC
H,
HO_MULTIRA
B_CSPS_HO_C
OV_PARA_SW
ITCH
Default
Value:HO_AL
GO_HCS_SPE
ED_EST_SWIT
CH:
0,HO_ALGO_L
DR_ALLOW_S
HO_SWITCH:
1,HO_ALGO_
MBMS_FLC_S
WITCH:
0,HO_ALGO_
OVERLAY_S
WITCH:
0,HO_INTER_
FREQ_HARD_
HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_SE
RVICE_PSHO_
OUT_SWITCH
:
0,HO_INTER_
RAT_CS_OUT
_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTER_
RAT_PS_3G2G
_CELLCHG_N
ACC_SWITCH
:
0,HO_INTER_
RAT_PS_3G2G
_RELOCATIO
N_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_
RAT_PS_OUT
_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTER_
RAT_RNC_SE
RVICE_HO_S
WITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_
FREQ_DETSE
T_INTO_ACTS
ET_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_
FREQ_DETSE
T_RPRT_SWIT
CH:
1,HO_INTRA_
FREQ_HARD_
HO_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_
FREQ_RPRT_1
J_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_
FREQ_SOFT_
HO_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_ME
AS_BEYOND_
UE_CAP_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_MC_NC
ELL_COMBIN
E_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_SIG
NAL_IUR_INT
RA_SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_SIG
NAL_SWITCH
:
0,HO_MC_SN
A_RESTRICTI
ON_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_PS
_OUT_SWITC
H:
0,HO_LTE_SE
RVICE_PS_OU
T_SWITCH:
0,HO_H2G_SR
VCC_SWITCH
:
0,HO_INTRA_
FREQ_HIGHP
RIOR_2D2F_S
WITCH:
0,HO_CIO_1D
_USED:
0,HO_HCS_SP
D_INI_BSD_U
E_SWITCH:
0,HO_L2U_EM
GCALL_SWIT
CH:
0,HO_UMTS_T
O_LTE_FAST_
RETURN_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_HHO_W
ITH_INTRA_F
REQ_MR_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_MULTIR
AB_CSPS_HO
_COV_PARA_
SWITCH:0
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
7,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
8,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
9,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
10,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
11,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
12,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
13,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
14,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
15,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
16,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
17,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
18,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
19,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
20,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
21,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
22,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
23,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
24,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
25,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
26,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
27,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
28,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
29,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
30,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
31,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
32
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:RESER
VED_SWITCH
_0_BIT1,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
2,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
3,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
4,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
5,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
6,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
7,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
8,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
9,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
10,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
11,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
12,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
13,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
14,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
15,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
16,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
17,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
18,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
19,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
20,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
21,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
22,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
23,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
24,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
25,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
26,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
27,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
28,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
29,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
30,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
31,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
32
Default
Value:RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
0_BIT1:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
2:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
3:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
4:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
5:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
6:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
7:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
8:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
9:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
10:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
11:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
12:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
13:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
14:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
15:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
16:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
17:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
18:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
19:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
20:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
21:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
22:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
23:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
24:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
25:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
26:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
27:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
28:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
29:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
30:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
31:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
32:0
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
7,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
8,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
9,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
10,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
11,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
12,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
13,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
14,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
15,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
16,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
17,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
18,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
19,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
20,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
21,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
22,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
23,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
24,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
25,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
26,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
27,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
28,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
29,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
30,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
31,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
32
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:RESER
VED_SWITCH
_0_BIT1,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
2,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
3,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
4,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
5,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
6,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
7,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
8,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
9,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
10,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
11,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
12,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
13,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
14,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
15,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
16,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
17,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
18,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
19,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
20,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
21,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
22,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
23,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
24,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
25,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
26,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
27,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
28,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
29,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
30,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
31,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
32
Default
Value:RESERV
ED_SWITCH_
0_BIT1:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
2:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
3:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
4:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
5:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
6:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
7:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
8:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
9:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
10:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
11:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
12:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
13:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
14:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
15:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
16:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
17:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
18:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
19:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
20:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
21:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
22:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
23:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
24:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
25:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
26:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
27:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
28:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
29:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
30:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
31:0,
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
32:0
CMP_IUR_CM
CF_SWITCH:
When the switch
is set to ON,
compressed
mode is started
by using a
RADIO LINK
RECONFIGUR
ATION
message. When
the switch is set
to OFF,
compressed
mode is started
by using a
COMPRESSED
MODE
COMMAND
message. 4.
CMP_STTD_R
L_ADD_SWIT
CH: When the
switch is set to
ON, the transmit
diversity mode
information
element is
always carried
in the RADIO
LINK SETUP
REQUEST
message during
radio link
establishment if
a cell enabled
with transmit
diversity and
another cell
disabled with
transmit
diversity exist
under the same
NodeB. This
parameter is
used to solve the
problem that
transmit
diversity
parameters are
incorrectly
configured for
softer handovers
because the
RADIO LINK
ADDITION
REQUEST
message does
not carry the
transmit
diversity mode.
5.
CMP_STTD_A
SU_SWITCH:
When a UE is
soft-handed
over from a cell
enabled with
transmit
diversity to a cell
disabled with
transmit
diversity, the UE
may return
active set update
failure. If the
switch is set to
ON, the RNC
resends the
active set update
message to the
UE after an
active set update
failure. If the
switch is set to
OFF, the RNC
does not resend
an active set
update message
after an active
set update
failure. 6.
CMP_RAB_DR
D_ROLLBACK
_PUNISH_SWI
TCH: When the
switch is set to
OFF, a penalty is
imposed on a
failed directed
retry due to any
failures on the
Uu interface
during the whole
call. When the
switch is set to
ON, no penalty
is imposed on a
failed directed
retry after best
cell changed. By
default, this
switch is set to
OFF. 7.
CMP_WBAMR
_SUBFLOW_S
WITCH: When
the switch is set
to ON, the
number of WB
AMR service
substreams is
configured
according to the
number of
substreams
specified in the
RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
message. When
the switch is set
to OFF, the
number of WB
AMR service
substreams is 3.
This switch is
introduced to
comply with the
Change Request
(CR) specified
in the related
protocol, that is,
three substreams
need to be
established for a
WB AMR
service. The
switch
CMP_WBAMR
_SUBFLOW_S
WITCH in this
version supports
configuration
synchronization
and delivery, but
the RNC does
not use this
switch any
longer. Future
versions do not
support this
switch.
Therefore, it is
recommended
that users avoid
using this
switch. 8.
CMP_IUR_CE
LLCAP_BITM
AP_TRANSFO
RM_SWITCH:
The switch is
used to solve the
problem that
different
vendors' RNCs
interpret the cell
capability
bitmap
differently on
the Iur interface.
When the switch
is set to ON, the
RNC interprets
the cell
capability
bitmap in a
sequence
opposite to that
specified by the
related protocol.
above messages.
When the switch
is set to OFF, the
SRNC
preferentially
uses the PLMN
of the UE's
homing operator
in the
RELOCATION
REQUIRED
message, and the
TRNC
preferentially
uses the PLMN
of the UE's
homing operator
in the
LOCATION
REPORT
message, but the
TRNC
preferentially
uses the
common
operator's
PLMN in the
DIRECT
TRANSFER
message during
relocation. 10.
CMP_LOSSLE
SS_RELOC_R
LCPDUSIZEC
HG_SWITCH:
When the switch
is set to ON, the
RNC sets the
"Support for
lossless SRNS
relocation or for
lossless DL
RLC PDU size
change" IE
transmitted on
the Uu interface
to TRUE only if
the UE supports
both lossless
SRNS
relocation and
downlink RLC
PDU size
change. When
the switch is set
to OFF, the RNC
sets the "Support
for lossless
SRNS
relocation or for
lossless DL
RLC PDU size
change" IE
transmitted on
the Uu interface
to TRUE if the
UE supports
lossless SRNS
relocation or
downlink RLC
PDU size
change. 11.
CMP_CS_FIXE
D_RATE_WHE
N_PS_EXIST_
SWITCH:
When the switch
is set to ON, the
RNC sets the
uplink mode of
an AMR service
to maximum
uplink rate, 0,
and SID if the
UE has an
established PS
service. In this
case, the AMRC
algorithm is not
considered. 12.
CMP_SRB_H_
AMR_DRD_H
HO_SWITCH:
Whether DRD
can be
performed
during AMR
service
establishment if
signaling is
carried over
HSPA. When
this switch is
turned on, DRD
cannot be
performed
during AMR
service
establishment
when signaling
is carried over
HSPA. When
this switch is
turned off, DRD
can be
performed
during AMR
service
establishment
when signaling
is carried over
HSPA. 13.
CMP_UU_AM
R_DRD_HHO_
COMPAT_EN
H_SWITCH:
Whether to
enable the
enhanced AMR
anti-static
function. When
this switch is
turned on and
the DRD
procedure is
triggered, the
RNC initiates an
inter-frequency
blind handover
to move a UE to
the target cell
and then
processes an
AMR service in
feature is
enabled for
E_PCH-
incapable UEs
processing only
PTT services.
When this
switch is turned
off, the DL
Layer 2
Improvement
feature is not
enabled for
E_PCH-
incapable UEs
processing only
PTT services.
15.
CMP_F2D_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH: Whether
the RLC entity
can be re-
established in
only the uplink
or downlink
during the state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH
(F2D for short).
When this
switch is turned
off, the RLC
entity must be
re-established in
both uplink and
downlink during
the F2D state
transition. When
this switch is
turned on, the
RLC entity can
be re-
established in
only the uplink
or downlink
for prohibiting
SRBs from
being switched
over from
FACH or DCHs
to HSPA
channels during
directed retry.
To enable the
prohibition to
take effect
during RB
setups, turn on
the
CMP_RBSETU
P_DRD_SRBO
VERH_SWITC
H under the
"CmpSwitch3"
parameter. To
enable the
prohibition to
take effect
during RB
reconfiguration,
turn on the
CMP_RBCFG_
DRD_SRBOVE
RH_SWITCH
under the
"CmpSwitch3"
parameter. 17.
CMP_AMRC_F
IXED_INITRA
TE_SWITCH:
Whether the
RNC takes the
cell congestion
status into
consideration
when the initial
AMR mode
during an AMR
service setup is
determined.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
load margin
when inter-
frequency DRD
for load
balancing takes
effect in the
downlink during
a blind-
handover-based
non-periodic
DRD. When this
switch is turned
off, a
neighboring cell
for blind
handovers
cannot serve as
the target
neighboring cell
for inter-
frequency blind
handovers if the
difference
between the
downlink load
margins of the
neighboring cell
and the current
cell is less than
the value of the
"LdbDRDOffse
tDCH" or
"LdbDRDOff-
setHSDPA"
parameter.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
does not filter
out any
neighboring cell
for blind
handovers. 19.
CMP_AMR_A_
SUBFLOW_ZE
RO_BLOCK_S
WITCH: Uplink
0 kbit/s transport
format of AMR
service subflow
A, expressed in
TbNum *
TbSize. When
this switch is
turned off, the
format is 1*0.
When this
switch is turned
on, the format is
0*TbSize. 20.
CMP_IUR_MU
LTI_RL_ADD_
RETRY_SWIT
CH: Whether to
enable the
compatibility
algorithm when
multiple RLs are
added to the
same DRNC.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
stops attempting
to re-establish
the RL if an RL
fails to be added
with the failure
cause of
"RadioNetwork:
unspecified
(14)". When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
attempts to re-
establish the RL
only once if an
RL fails to be
added with the
failure cause of
"RadioNetwork:
unspecified
(14)". 21.
CMP_MBDR_
CALL_TYPE_
OTHER_AS_A
MR_SWITCH:
Whether a
conversational
service of a UE
complying with
3GPP Release 6
and later are
allowed for
inter-RAT
measurement-
based directed
retry (MBDR) if
CallType of the
conversational
service is Other.
22.
CMP_SRNSR_
WAMR_MOD
E_0_RESTORE
_SWITCH:
Whether the 0
kbit/s transport
format is added
on the Iu
interface when
the Uu interface
has the 0 kbit/s
transport format
during an
incoming static
relocation of a
wideband AMR
speech service.
When this
switch is turned
off, the 0 kbit/s
transport format
is not added on
the Iu interface.
When this
switch is turned
on, the 0 kbit/s
transport format
is added on the
Iu interface. 23.
CMP_GSM_N
CELL_BAND_
1900M_SWITC
H: Whether the
frequency band
of an inter-RAT
neighboring cell
must set to 1900
MHz. When this
switch is turned
on, the
frequency band
in the following
messages is set
to 1900 MHz:
SIB11 and
SIB12 system
information,
inter-RAT
measurement
control, inter-
RAT handover,
inter-RAT
redirection, and
inter-RAT
neighboring cell
information sent
back by the
DRNC. When
this switch is
turned off, the
frequency band
of the inter-RAT
neighboring cell
is set as
required. 24.
CMP_ACTIVE
SET_REPORT_
WITH_SYN_S
WITCH:
Whether the
intra-frequency
measurement
reports of UEs
must contain
synchronization
information
about the cells in
the active set.
When this
switch is turned
indication to
read the SFN of
the intra-
frequency
neighboring cell
from SIB11 or
SIB12. 26.
CMP_UE_NOT
_USE_DL_EN
L2_EXIST_PT
T_SWITCH:
Whether the
UEs not
supporting
E_PCH use the
Downlink
Enhanced L2
feature when
processing the
push to talk
(PTT) services.
When this
switch is turned
off, the UEs not
supporting
E_PCH use the
Downlink
Enhanced L2
feature when
processing the
PTT services.
When this
switch is turned
on, the UEs not
supporting
E_PCH do not
use the
Downlink
Enhanced L2
feature when
processing the
PTT services.
27.
CMP_RELOC_
IN_FACH_DE
L_DCH_SWIT
CH: During a
cell update with
combined
relocation for a
UE not in
CELL_DCH
state: When this
switch is turned
off, the DRNC
processes the
information
about all
dedicated
transport
channels upon
receiving a
RELOCATION
REQ message.
When this
switch is turned
on, the DRNC
only processes
the information
about the first
dedicated
transport
channels upon
receiving the
RELOCATION
REQ message.
In this case, the
UE fails to
transit to the
CELL_DCH
state and new
services cannot
be established.
28.
CMP_CELL_U
PDATE_FACH
_TRFFIC_MC_
OPT: Switch for
measurement
control
optimization.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
does not send a
measurement
control message
to a UE if
parameters
related to traffic
measurement
control remain
unchanged after
the UE in the
CELL_FACH
state performs a
cell update. If
these parameters
change, the
RNC sends a
measurement
control message
to the UE.When
this switch is
turned off, the
RNC sends a
measurement
control message
to a UE after the
UE in the
CELL_FACH
state performs a
cell update. 29.
CMP_MR_AG
PS_MC_MSG_
SEND_OPT_S
WITCH:
Whether a UE
can request
additional
AGPS data. 1:
This switch is set
to on. The value
of the
additionalAs-
sistDataReq IE
is TRUE in MR
AGPS
measurement
control
messages,
indicating that a
UE can request
additional
AGPS data. 0:
This switch is set
to off. The value
of the
additionalAs-
sistDataReq IE
is FALSE in MR
AGPS
measurement
control
messages,
indicating that a
UE cannot
request
additional
AGPS data.
GUI Value
Range:CMP_R
ELOCIN_IUUP
VER_NOTCH
G_SWITCH,
CMP_IUBR_D
M_RTT_ALTE
RNATIVE_FM
T_SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_CM
CF_SWITCH,
CMP_STTD_R
L_ADD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_STTD_A
SU_SWITCH,
CMP_RAB_DR
D_ROLLBACK
_PUNISH_SWI
TCH,
CMP_WBAMR
_SUBFLOW_S
WITCH,
CMP_IUR_CE
LLCAP_BITM
AP_TRANSFO
RM_SWITCH,
CMP_MOCN_
PLMN_SEL_S
WITCH,
CMP_LOSSLE
SS_RELOC_R
LCPDUSIZEC
HG_SWITCH,
CMP_CS_FIXE
D_RATE_WHE
N_PS_EXIST_
SWITCH,
CMP_SRB_H_
AMR_DRD_H
HO_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_AM
R_DRD_HHO_
COMPAT_EN
H_SWITCH,
CMP_SINGLE
_PTT_USE_DL
_ENL2_SWITC
H,
CMP_F2D_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_DRD_SR
BOVERH_SWI
TCH,
CMP_AMRC_F
IXED_INITRA
TE_SWITCH,
CMP_DL_LOA
D_BALANCE_
SWITCH,
CMP_AMR_A_
SUBFLOW_ZE
RO_BLOCK_S
WITCH,
CMP_IUR_MU
LTI_RL_ADD_
RETRY_SWIT
CH,
CMP_MBDR_
CALL_TYPE_
OTHER_AS_A
MR_SWITCH,
CMP_SRNSR_
WAMR_MOD
E_0_RESTORE
_SWITCH,
CMP_GSM_N
CELL_BAND_
1900M_SWITC
H,
CMP_ACTIVE
SET_REPORT_
WITH_SYN_S
WITCH,
CMP_READSF
N_IND_IN_SIB
_SWITCH,
CMP_UE_NOT
_USE_DL_EN
L2_EXIST_PT
T_SWITCH,
CMP_RELOC_
IN_FACH_DE
L_DCH_SWIT
CH,
CMP_CELL_U
PDATE_FACH
_TRFFIC_MC_
OPT,
CMP_MR_AG
PS_MC_MSG_
SEND_OPT_S
WITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:CMP_R
ELOCIN_IUUP
VER_NOTCH
G_SWITCH,
CMP_IUBR_D
M_RTT_ALTE
RNATIVE_FM
T_SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_CM
CF_SWITCH,
CMP_STTD_R
L_ADD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_STTD_A
SU_SWITCH,
CMP_RAB_DR
D_ROLLBACK
_PUNISH_SWI
TCH,
CMP_WBAMR
_SUBFLOW_S
WITCH,
CMP_IUR_CE
LLCAP_BITM
AP_TRANSFO
RM_SWITCH,
CMP_MOCN_
PLMN_SEL_S
WITCH,
CMP_LOSSLE
SS_RELOC_R
LCPDUSIZEC
HG_SWITCH,
CMP_CS_FIXE
D_RATE_WHE
N_PS_EXIST_
SWITCH,
CMP_SRB_H_
AMR_DRD_H
HO_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_AM
R_DRD_HHO_
COMPAT_EN
H_SWITCH,
CMP_SINGLE
_PTT_USE_DL
_ENL2_SWITC
H,
CMP_F2D_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_DRD_SR
BOVERH_SWI
TCH,
CMP_AMRC_F
IXED_INITRA
TE_SWITCH,
CMP_DL_LOA
D_BALANCE_
SWITCH,
CMP_AMR_A_
SUBFLOW_ZE
RO_BLOCK_S
WITCH,
CMP_IUR_MU
LTI_RL_ADD_
RETRY_SWIT
CH,
CMP_MBDR_
CALL_TYPE_
OTHER_AS_A
MR_SWITCH,
CMP_SRNSR_
WAMR_MOD
E_0_RESTORE
_SWITCH,
CMP_GSM_N
CELL_BAND_
1900M_SWITC
H,
CMP_ACTIVE
SET_REPORT_
WITH_SYN_S
WITCH,
CMP_READSF
N_IND_IN_SIB
_SWITCH,
CMP_UE_NOT
_USE_DL_EN
L2_EXIST_PT
T_SWITCH,
CMP_RELOC_
IN_FACH_DE
L_DCH_SWIT
CH,
CMP_CELL_U
PDATE_FACH
_TRFFIC_MC_
OPT,
CMP_MR_AG
PS_MC_MSG_
SEND_OPT_S
WITCH
Default
Value:CMP_RE
LOCIN_IUUPV
ER_NOTCHG_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUBR_
DM_RTT_ALT
ERNATIVE_F
MT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUR_C
MCF_SWITCH
:
0,CMP_STTD_
RL_ADD_SWI
TCH:
0,CMP_STTD_
ASU_SWITCH:
0,CMP_RAB_
DRD_ROLLBA
CK_PUNISH_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_WBAM
R_SUBFLOW_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUR_C
ELLCAP_BIT
MAP_TRANSF
ORM_SWITCH
:
0,CMP_MOCN
_PLMN_SEL_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_LOSSL
ESS_RELOC_
RLCPDUSIZE
CHG_SWITCH
:
0,CMP_CS_FI
XED_RATE_W
HEN_PS_EXIS
T_SWITCH:
0,CMP_SRB_H
_AMR_DRD_H
HO_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_A
MR_DRD_HH
O_COMPAT_E
NH_SWITCH:
0,CMP_SINGL
E_PTT_USE_D
L_ENL2_SWIT
CH:
0,CMP_F2D_R
LC_ONESIDE_
REBUILD_SW
ITCH:
0,CMP_DRD_S
RBOVERH_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_AMRC
_FIXED_INITR
ATE_SWITCH:
0,CMP_DL_LO
AD_BALANC
E_SWITCH:
0,CMP_AMR_
A_SUBFLOW_
ZERO_BLOCK
_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUR_M
ULTI_RL_AD
D_RETRY_SW
ITCH:
0,CMP_MBDR
_CALL_TYPE_
OTHER_AS_A
MR_SWITCH:
0,CMP_SRNSR
_WAMR_MOD
E_0_RESTORE
_SWITCH:
0,CMP_GSM_
NCELL_BAND
_1900M_SWIT
CH:
0,CMP_ACTIV
ESET_REPOR
T_WITH_SYN
_SWITCH:
1,CMP_READ
SFN_IND_IN_
SIB_SWITCH:
1,CMP_UE_N
OT_USE_DL_
ENL2_EXIST_
PTT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_RELO
C_IN_FACH_D
EL_DCH_SWI
TCH:
0,CMP_CELL_
UPDATE_FAC
H_TRFFIC_M
C_OPT:
0,CMP_MR_A
GPS_MC_MSG
_SEND_OPT_S
WITCH:1
mode. 3.
CMP_IUR_CM
CF_SWITCH:
When the switch
is set to ON,
compressed
mode is started
by using a
RADIO LINK
RECONFIGUR
ATION
message. When
the switch is set
to OFF,
compressed
mode is started
by using a
COMPRESSED
MODE
COMMAND
message. 4.
CMP_STTD_R
L_ADD_SWIT
CH: When the
switch is set to
ON, the transmit
diversity mode
information
element is
always carried
in the RADIO
LINK SETUP
REQUEST
message during
radio link
establishment if
a cell enabled
with transmit
diversity and
another cell
disabled with
transmit
diversity exist
under the same
NodeB. This
parameter is
used to solve the
problem that
transmit
diversity
parameters are
incorrectly
configured for
softer handovers
because the
RADIO LINK
ADDITION
REQUEST
message does
not carry the
transmit
diversity mode.
5.
CMP_STTD_A
SU_SWITCH:
When a UE is
soft-handed
over from a cell
enabled with
transmit
diversity to a cell
disabled with
transmit
diversity, the UE
may return
active set update
failure. If the
switch is set to
ON, the RNC
resends the
active set update
message to the
UE after an
active set update
failure. If the
switch is set to
OFF, the RNC
does not resend
an active set
update message
after an active
set update
failure. 6.
CMP_RAB_DR
D_ROLLBACK
_PUNISH_SWI
three substreams
need to be
established for a
WB AMR
service. The
switch
CMP_WBAMR
_SUBFLOW_S
WITCH in this
version supports
configuration
synchronization
and delivery, but
the RNC does
not use this
switch any
longer. Future
versions do not
support this
switch.
Therefore, it is
recommended
that users avoid
using this
switch. 8.
CMP_IUR_CE
LLCAP_BITM
AP_TRANSFO
RM_SWITCH:
The switch is
used to solve the
problem that
different
vendors' RNCs
interpret the cell
capability
bitmap
differently on
the Iur interface.
When the switch
is set to ON, the
RNC interprets
the cell
capability
bitmap in a
sequence
opposite to that
specified by the
related protocol.
When the switch
is set to OFF, the
RNC interprets
the cell
capability
bitmap in the
sequence
specified by the
related protocol.
9.
CMP_MOCN_
PLMN_SEL_S
WITCH: When
the switch is set
to ON, if the UE
supports the
MOCN feature,
the SRNC
preferentially
uses the PLMN
of the UE's
homing operator
in the
RELOCATION
REQUIRED
message, and the
TRNC
preferentially
uses the PLMN
of the UE's
homing operator
in the
LOCATION
REPORT
message and the
DIRECT
TRANSFER
message during
relocation; if the
UE does not
support the
MOCN feature,
the SRNC and
the TRNC
preferentially
use the common
operator's
PLMN in these
above messages.
When the switch
is set to OFF, the
SRNC
preferentially
uses the PLMN
of the UE's
homing operator
in the
RELOCATION
REQUIRED
message, and the
TRNC
preferentially
uses the PLMN
of the UE's
homing operator
in the
LOCATION
REPORT
message, but the
TRNC
preferentially
uses the
common
operator's
PLMN in the
DIRECT
TRANSFER
message during
relocation. 10.
CMP_LOSSLE
SS_RELOC_R
LCPDUSIZEC
HG_SWITCH:
When the switch
is set to ON, the
RNC sets the
"Support for
lossless SRNS
relocation or for
lossless DL
RLC PDU size
change" IE
transmitted on
the Uu interface
to TRUE only if
the UE supports
both lossless
SRNS
relocation and
downlink RLC
PDU size
change. When
the switch is set
to OFF, the RNC
sets the "Support
for lossless
SRNS
relocation or for
lossless DL
RLC PDU size
change" IE
transmitted on
the Uu interface
to TRUE if the
UE supports
lossless SRNS
relocation or
downlink RLC
PDU size
change. 11.
CMP_CS_FIXE
D_RATE_WHE
N_PS_EXIST_
SWITCH:
When the switch
is set to ON, the
RNC sets the
uplink mode of
an AMR service
to maximum
uplink rate, 0,
and SID if the
UE has an
established PS
service. In this
case, the AMRC
algorithm is not
considered. 12.
CMP_SRB_H_
AMR_DRD_H
HO_SWITCH:
Whether DRD
can be
performed
during AMR
service
establishment if
signaling is
carried over
HSPA. When
this switch is
turned on, DRD
cannot be
performed
during AMR
service
establishment
when signaling
is carried over
HSPA. When
this switch is
turned off, DRD
can be
performed
during AMR
service
establishment
when signaling
is carried over
HSPA. 13.
CMP_UU_AM
R_DRD_HHO_
COMPAT_EN
H_SWITCH:
Whether to
enable the
enhanced AMR
anti-static
function. When
this switch is
turned on and
the DRD
procedure is
triggered, the
RNC initiates an
inter-frequency
blind handover
to move a UE to
the target cell
and then
processes an
AMR service in
the target cell for
the UE if one of
following
conditions is
met: SRBs are
carried over
HSPA channels
and the UE is
processing an
AMR service
only. The US
initiates an
AMR service
when a PS
service is still in
progress. When
this switch is
turned off and
the DRD
procedure is
triggered, the
RNC initiates an
inter-frequency
blind handover
and processes an
AMR service in
the target cell for
the UE at the
same time if one
of the preceding
conditions is
also met. 14.
CMP_SINGLE
_PTT_USE_DL
_ENL2_SWITC
H: Whether to
enable the DL
Layer 2
Improvement
feature for
E_PCH-
incapable UEs
processing only
PTT services.
When this
switch is turned
on, the DL Layer
2 Improvement
feature is
enabled for
E_PCH-
incapable UEs
processing only
PTT services.
When this
switch is turned
off, the DL
Layer 2
Improvement
feature is not
enabled for
E_PCH-
incapable UEs
processing only
PTT services.
15.
CMP_F2D_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH: Whether
the RLC entity
can be re-
established in
only the uplink
or downlink
during the state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH
(F2D for short).
When this
switch is turned
off, the RLC
entity must be
re-established in
both uplink and
downlink during
the F2D state
transition. When
this switch is
turned on, the
RLC entity can
be re-
established in
only the uplink
or downlink
during the F2D
state transition.
Note: If the UE
does not support
RLC re-
establishment in
only the uplink
or downlink, the
F2D state
transition fails
and the UE stays
in the
CELL_FACH
state. As a result,
throughput
decreases. For
details, see
3GPP TS
25.331. 16.
CMP_DRD_SR
BOVERH_SWI
TCH: Whether
signaling radio
bearers (SRBs)
can be switched
over from
FACH or DCHs
to HSPA
channels during
directed retry.
When this
switch is turned
off, SRBs can be
switched over
from FACH or
DCHs to HSPA
channels during
directed retry.
When this
switch is turned
on, SRBs cannot
be switched over
from FACH or
DCHs to HSPA
channels during
directed retry.
Note: This is a
general switch
for prohibiting
SRBs from
being switched
over from
FACH or DCHs
to HSPA
channels during
directed retry.
To enable the
prohibition to
take effect
during RB
setups, turn on
the
CMP_RBSETU
P_DRD_SRBO
VERH_SWITC
H under the
"CmpSwitch3"
parameter. To
enable the
prohibition to
take effect
during RB
reconfiguration,
turn on the
CMP_RBCFG_
DRD_SRBOVE
RH_SWITCH
under the
"CmpSwitch3"
parameter. 17.
CMP_AMRC_F
IXED_INITRA
TE_SWITCH:
Whether the
RNC takes the
cell congestion
status into
consideration
when the initial
AMR mode
during an AMR
service setup is
determined.
When this
switch is turned
on the downlink
load margin
when inter-
frequency DRD
for load
balancing takes
effect in the
downlink during
a blind-
handover-based
non-periodic
DRD. When this
switch is turned
off, a
neighboring cell
for blind
handovers
cannot serve as
the target
neighboring cell
for inter-
frequency blind
handovers if the
difference
between the
downlink load
margins of the
neighboring cell
and the current
cell is less than
the value of the
"LdbDRDOffse
tDCH" or
"LdbDRDOff-
setHSDPA"
parameter.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
does not filter
out any
neighboring cell
for blind
handovers. 19.
CMP_AMR_A_
SUBFLOW_ZE
RO_BLOCK_S
WITCH: Uplink
0 kbit/s transport
format of AMR
service subflow
A, expressed in
TbNum *
TbSize. When
this switch is
turned off, the
format is 1*0.
When this
switch is turned
on, the format is
0*TbSize. 20.
CMP_IUR_MU
LTI_RL_ADD_
RETRY_SWIT
CH: Whether to
enable the
compatibility
algorithm when
multiple RLs are
added to the
same DRNC.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
stops attempting
to re-establish
the RL if an RL
fails to be added
with the failure
cause of
"RadioNetwork:
unspecified
(14)". When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
attempts to re-
establish the RL
only once if an
RL fails to be
added with the
failure cause of
"RadioNetwork:
unspecified
(14)". 21.
CMP_MBDR_
CALL_TYPE_
OTHER_AS_A
MR_SWITCH:
Whether a
conversational
service of a UE
complying with
3GPP Release 6
and later are
allowed for
inter-RAT
measurement-
based directed
retry (MBDR) if
CallType of the
conversational
service is Other.
22.
CMP_SRNSR_
WAMR_MOD
E_0_RESTORE
_SWITCH:
Whether the 0
kbit/s transport
format is added
on the Iu
interface when
the Uu interface
has the 0 kbit/s
transport format
during an
incoming static
relocation of a
wideband AMR
speech service.
When this
switch is turned
off, the 0 kbit/s
transport format
is not added on
the Iu interface.
When this
switch is turned
on, the 0 kbit/s
transport format
is added on the
Iu interface. 23.
CMP_GSM_N
CELL_BAND_
1900M_SWITC
H: Whether the
frequency band
of an inter-RAT
neighboring cell
must set to 1900
MHz. When this
switch is turned
on, the
frequency band
in the following
messages is set
to 1900 MHz:
SIB11 and
SIB12 system
information,
inter-RAT
measurement
control, inter-
RAT handover,
inter-RAT
redirection, and
inter-RAT
neighboring cell
information sent
back by the
DRNC. When
this switch is
turned off, the
frequency band
of the inter-RAT
neighboring cell
is set as
required. 24.
CMP_ACTIVE
SET_REPORT_
WITH_SYN_S
WITCH:
Whether the
intra-frequency
measurement
reports of UEs
must contain
synchronization
information
about the cells in
the active set.
When this
switch is turned
off, the intra-
frequency
measurement
reports of UEs
must contain
synchronization
information
about the cells in
the active set.
When this
switch is turned
on, the intra-
frequency
measurement
reports of UEs
do not need to
contain
synchronization
information
about the cells in
the active set.
25.
CMP_READSF
N_IND_IN_SIB
_SWITCH:
Whether the
RNC carries an
indication to
read the system
frame number
(SFN) of an
intra-frequency
neighboring cell
from SIB11 or
SIB12. When
this switch is
turned off, the
RNC carries the
indication not to
read the SFN of
the intra-
frequency
neighboring cell
from SIB11 or
SIB12. When
this switch is
turned on, the
measurement
control message
to a UE if
parameters
related to traffic
measurement
control remain
unchanged after
the UE in the
CELL_FACH
state performs a
cell update. If
these parameters
change, the
RNC sends a
measurement
control message
to the UE.When
this switch is
turned off, the
RNC sends a
measurement
control message
to a UE after the
UE in the
CELL_FACH
state performs a
cell update. 29.
CMP_MR_AG
PS_MC_MSG_
SEND_OPT_S
WITCH:
Whether a UE
can request
additional
AGPS data. 1:
This switch is set
to on. The value
of the
additionalAs-
sistDataReq IE
is TRUE in MR
AGPS
measurement
control
messages,
indicating that a
UE can request
additional
AGPS data. 0:
This switch is set
to off. The value
of the
additionalAs-
sistDataReq IE
is FALSE in MR
AGPS
measurement
control
messages,
indicating that a
UE cannot
request
additional
AGPS data.
GUI Value
Range:CMP_R
ELOCIN_IUUP
VER_NOTCH
G_SWITCH,
CMP_IUBR_D
M_RTT_ALTE
RNATIVE_FM
T_SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_CM
CF_SWITCH,
CMP_STTD_R
L_ADD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_STTD_A
SU_SWITCH,
CMP_RAB_DR
D_ROLLBACK
_PUNISH_SWI
TCH,
CMP_WBAMR
_SUBFLOW_S
WITCH,
CMP_IUR_CE
LLCAP_BITM
AP_TRANSFO
RM_SWITCH,
CMP_MOCN_
PLMN_SEL_S
WITCH,
CMP_LOSSLE
SS_RELOC_R
LCPDUSIZEC
HG_SWITCH,
CMP_CS_FIXE
D_RATE_WHE
N_PS_EXIST_
SWITCH,
CMP_SRB_H_
AMR_DRD_H
HO_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_AM
R_DRD_HHO_
COMPAT_EN
H_SWITCH,
CMP_SINGLE
_PTT_USE_DL
_ENL2_SWITC
H,
CMP_F2D_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_DRD_SR
BOVERH_SWI
TCH,
CMP_AMRC_F
IXED_INITRA
TE_SWITCH,
CMP_DL_LOA
D_BALANCE_
SWITCH,
CMP_AMR_A_
SUBFLOW_ZE
RO_BLOCK_S
WITCH,
CMP_IUR_MU
LTI_RL_ADD_
RETRY_SWIT
CH,
CMP_MBDR_
CALL_TYPE_
OTHER_AS_A
MR_SWITCH,
CMP_SRNSR_
WAMR_MOD
E_0_RESTORE
_SWITCH,
CMP_GSM_N
CELL_BAND_
1900M_SWITC
H,
CMP_ACTIVE
SET_REPORT_
WITH_SYN_S
WITCH,
CMP_READSF
N_IND_IN_SIB
_SWITCH,
CMP_UE_NOT
_USE_DL_EN
L2_EXIST_PT
T_SWITCH,
CMP_RELOC_
IN_FACH_DE
L_DCH_SWIT
CH,
CMP_CELL_U
PDATE_FACH
_TRFFIC_MC_
OPT,
CMP_MR_AG
PS_MC_MSG_
SEND_OPT_S
WITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:CMP_R
ELOCIN_IUUP
VER_NOTCH
G_SWITCH,
CMP_IUBR_D
M_RTT_ALTE
RNATIVE_FM
T_SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_CM
CF_SWITCH,
CMP_STTD_R
L_ADD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_STTD_A
SU_SWITCH,
CMP_RAB_DR
D_ROLLBACK
_PUNISH_SWI
TCH,
CMP_WBAMR
_SUBFLOW_S
WITCH,
CMP_IUR_CE
LLCAP_BITM
AP_TRANSFO
RM_SWITCH,
CMP_MOCN_
PLMN_SEL_S
WITCH,
CMP_LOSSLE
SS_RELOC_R
LCPDUSIZEC
HG_SWITCH,
CMP_CS_FIXE
D_RATE_WHE
N_PS_EXIST_
SWITCH,
CMP_SRB_H_
AMR_DRD_H
HO_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_AM
R_DRD_HHO_
COMPAT_EN
H_SWITCH,
CMP_SINGLE
_PTT_USE_DL
_ENL2_SWITC
H,
CMP_F2D_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_DRD_SR
BOVERH_SWI
TCH,
CMP_AMRC_F
IXED_INITRA
TE_SWITCH,
CMP_DL_LOA
D_BALANCE_
SWITCH,
CMP_AMR_A_
SUBFLOW_ZE
RO_BLOCK_S
WITCH,
CMP_IUR_MU
LTI_RL_ADD_
RETRY_SWIT
CH,
CMP_MBDR_
CALL_TYPE_
OTHER_AS_A
MR_SWITCH,
CMP_SRNSR_
WAMR_MOD
E_0_RESTORE
_SWITCH,
CMP_GSM_N
CELL_BAND_
1900M_SWITC
H,
CMP_ACTIVE
SET_REPORT_
WITH_SYN_S
WITCH,
CMP_READSF
N_IND_IN_SIB
_SWITCH,
CMP_UE_NOT
_USE_DL_EN
L2_EXIST_PT
T_SWITCH,
CMP_RELOC_
IN_FACH_DE
L_DCH_SWIT
CH,
CMP_CELL_U
PDATE_FACH
_TRFFIC_MC_
OPT,
CMP_MR_AG
PS_MC_MSG_
SEND_OPT_S
WITCH
Default
Value:CMP_RE
LOCIN_IUUPV
ER_NOTCHG_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUBR_
DM_RTT_ALT
ERNATIVE_F
MT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUR_C
MCF_SWITCH
:
0,CMP_STTD_
RL_ADD_SWI
TCH:
0,CMP_STTD_
ASU_SWITCH:
0,CMP_RAB_
DRD_ROLLBA
CK_PUNISH_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_WBAM
R_SUBFLOW_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUR_C
ELLCAP_BIT
MAP_TRANSF
ORM_SWITCH
:
0,CMP_MOCN
_PLMN_SEL_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_LOSSL
ESS_RELOC_
RLCPDUSIZE
CHG_SWITCH
:
0,CMP_CS_FI
XED_RATE_W
HEN_PS_EXIS
T_SWITCH:
0,CMP_SRB_H
_AMR_DRD_H
HO_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_A
MR_DRD_HH
O_COMPAT_E
NH_SWITCH:
0,CMP_SINGL
E_PTT_USE_D
L_ENL2_SWIT
CH:
0,CMP_F2D_R
LC_ONESIDE_
REBUILD_SW
ITCH:
0,CMP_DRD_S
RBOVERH_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_AMRC
_FIXED_INITR
ATE_SWITCH:
0,CMP_DL_LO
AD_BALANC
E_SWITCH:
0,CMP_AMR_
A_SUBFLOW_
ZERO_BLOCK
_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUR_M
ULTI_RL_AD
D_RETRY_SW
ITCH:
0,CMP_MBDR
_CALL_TYPE_
OTHER_AS_A
MR_SWITCH:
0,CMP_SRNSR
_WAMR_MOD
E_0_RESTORE
_SWITCH:
0,CMP_GSM_
NCELL_BAND
_1900M_SWIT
CH:
0,CMP_ACTIV
ESET_REPOR
T_WITH_SYN
_SWITCH:
1,CMP_READ
SFN_IND_IN_
SIB_SWITCH:
1,CMP_UE_N
OT_USE_DL_
ENL2_EXIST_
PTT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_RELO
C_IN_FACH_D
EL_DCH_SWI
TCH:
0,CMP_CELL_
UPDATE_FAC
H_TRFFIC_M
C_OPT:
0,CMP_MR_A
GPS_MC_MSG
_SEND_OPT_S
WITCH:1
Handovers are
not permitted.
GUI Value
Range:RSVDBI
T1_BIT1,
NAS_QOS_MO
D_SWITCH,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T3,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T4,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T5,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T6,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T7,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T8,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T9,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T10,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T11,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T12,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T13,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T14,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T15,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T16,
SYSHO_CSIN_
PERMIT_SWIT
CH,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T18,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T19,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T20,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T21,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T22,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T23,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T24,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T25,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T26,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T27,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T28,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T29,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T30,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T31,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T32
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:RSVDBI
T1_BIT1,
NAS_QOS_MO
D_SWITCH,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T3,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T4,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T5,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T6,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T7,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T8,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T9,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T10,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T11,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T12,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T13,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T14,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T15,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T16,
SYSHO_CSIN_
PERMIT_SWIT
CH,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T18,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T19,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T20,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T21,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T22,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T23,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T24,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T25,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T26,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T27,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T28,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T29,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T30,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T31,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T32
Default
Value:RSVDBI
T1_BIT1:0,NA
S_QOS_MOD_
SWITCH:
0,RSVDBIT1_
BIT3:0,RSVDB
IT1_BIT4:0,RS
VDBIT1_BIT5:
0,RSVDBIT1_
BIT6:0,RSVDB
IT1_BIT7:0,RS
VDBIT1_BIT8:
0,RSVDBIT1_
BIT9:0,RSVDB
IT1_BIT10:0,R
SVDBIT1_BIT
11:0,RSVDBIT
1_BIT12:0,RSV
DBIT1_BIT13:
0,RSVDBIT1_
BIT14:0,RSVD
BIT1_BIT15:0,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T16:0,SYSHO_
CSIN_PERMIT
_SWITCH:
1,RSVDBIT1_
BIT18:1,RSVD
BIT1_BIT19:1,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T20:1,RSVDBI
T1_BIT21:1,RS
VDBIT1_BIT2
2:1,RSVDBIT1
_BIT23:1,RSV
DBIT1_BIT24:
1,RSVDBIT1_
BIT25:1,RSVD
BIT1_BIT26:1,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T27:1,RSVDBI
T1_BIT28:1,RS
VDBIT1_BIT2
9:1,RSVDBIT1
_BIT30:1,RSV
DBIT1_BIT31:
0,RSVDBIT1_
BIT32:1
Handovers are
not permitted.
GUI Value
Range:RSVDBI
T1_BIT1,
NAS_QOS_MO
D_SWITCH,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T3,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T4,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T5,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T6,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T7,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T8,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T9,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T10,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T11,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T12,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T13,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T14,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T15,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T16,
SYSHO_CSIN_
PERMIT_SWIT
CH,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T18,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T19,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T20,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T21,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T22,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T23,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T24,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T25,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T26,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T27,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T28,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T29,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T30,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T31,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T32
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:RSVDBI
T1_BIT1,
NAS_QOS_MO
D_SWITCH,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T3,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T4,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T5,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T6,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T7,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T8,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T9,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T10,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T11,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T12,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T13,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T14,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T15,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T16,
SYSHO_CSIN_
PERMIT_SWIT
CH,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T18,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T19,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T20,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T21,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T22,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T23,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T24,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T25,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T26,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T27,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T28,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T29,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T30,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T31,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T32
Default
Value:RSVDBI
T1_BIT1:0,NA
S_QOS_MOD_
SWITCH:
0,RSVDBIT1_
BIT3:0,RSVDB
IT1_BIT4:0,RS
VDBIT1_BIT5:
0,RSVDBIT1_
BIT6:0,RSVDB
IT1_BIT7:0,RS
VDBIT1_BIT8:
0,RSVDBIT1_
BIT9:0,RSVDB
IT1_BIT10:0,R
SVDBIT1_BIT
11:0,RSVDBIT
1_BIT12:0,RSV
DBIT1_BIT13:
0,RSVDBIT1_
BIT14:0,RSVD
BIT1_BIT15:0,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T16:0,SYSHO_
CSIN_PERMIT
_SWITCH:
1,RSVDBIT1_
BIT18:1,RSVD
BIT1_BIT19:1,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T20:1,RSVDBI
T1_BIT21:1,RS
VDBIT1_BIT2
2:1,RSVDBIT1
_BIT23:1,RSV
DBIT1_BIT24:
1,RSVDBIT1_
BIT25:1,RSVD
BIT1_BIT26:1,
RSVDBIT1_BI
T27:1,RSVDBI
T1_BIT28:1,RS
VDBIT1_BIT2
9:1,RSVDBIT1
_BIT30:1,RSV
DBIT1_BIT31:
0,RSVDBIT1_
BIT32:1
established on
the FACH upon
a call
reestablishment
triggered by
either of the
following
factors: - All
downlink radio
links for a UE
are out of
synchronization
. - The SRB over
the Uu interface
is reset. 0: This
switch is turned
off. PS services
are established
on the DCH
upon a call
reestablishment
triggered by
either of the
preceding
factors. 3)
CELLUPDATE
_MEASUREM
ENT_OPT_SW
ITCH Whether
the RNC
repeatedly
calculates the
number of cell
update attempts.
A UE sends a
CELL UPDATE
message in cell 1
and then sends
another in cell 2
before receiving
a CELL
UPDATE
CONFIRM
message from
the RNC or
responding to
the CELL
UPDATE
CONFIRM
message. The
UE completes
the cell update
procedure in cell
2. In the
preceding
scenario, 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
measures one
cell update
attempt only. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC repeatedly
measures cell
update attempts.
4)
D2F_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH Whether the
optimized D2F
procedure takes
effect. 1: This
switch is turned
on. An expired
D2F procedure
is considered as
successful if
either of the
following
conditions is
met: - The RB
reconfiguration
message is sent
in
unacknowledge
d mode (UM),
and all the RLs
in the active set
receive an RL
Fail indication. -
The RB
reconfiguration
message is sent
in the
acknowledged
mode (AM), and
an ACK
response is
received from
the UE. If
neither of the
preceding
conditions is
met, the D2F
procedure is
considered as
expired. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The
optimized D2F
procedure does
not take effect.
This switch is set
to 0 by default.
5)
F2D_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH Whether the
optimized F2D
procedure takes
effect. 1: This
switch is turned
on. An expired
F2D procedure
is considered as
successful if the
RL status is
normal. If the
RL status is not
normal, the F2D
procedure is
considered as
expired. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The
optimized F2D
procedure does
not take effect.
This switch is set
to 0 by default.
6)
FOREVER_PC
H_CTRL_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT 1: This
switch is turned
on. Load sharing
of UEs in the
CELL_PCH
state is not
triggered among
SPU subsystems
and the UEs in
the CELL_PCH
state are
periodically
released on this
SPU subsystem
if the following
conditions are
met: - The CPU
usage of the SPU
subsystem
exceeds a
specified
threshold and
exceeds the
average CPU
usage of the SPU
subsystems
under the RNC. -
The number of
online UEs in
the CELL_PCH
state on this SPU
subsystem
exceeds the
average number
of UEs in the
CELL_PCH
state on the SPU
subsystems
under the RNC.
0: This switch is
turned off. Load
sharing of UEs
in the
CELL_PCH
state is triggered
among SPU
subsystems if
the following
conditions are
met: - The CPU
usage of the SPU
subsystem
exceeds a
specified
threshold and
exceeds the
average CPU
usage of the SPU
subsystems
under the RNC. -
The number of
online UEs in
the CELL_PCH
state on this SPU
subsystem
exceeds the
average number
of UEs in the
CELL_PCH
state on the SPU
subsystems
under the RNC.
7)
FOREVER_PC
H_USER_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
selects another
DSP to perform
load sharing on
the user plane
when always
online users are
activated. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
perform load
sharing on the
user plane when
always online
users are
activated. 8)
RAB_REL_SR
V_CELL_CHG
_CROSS_SWIT
CH Whether the
serving cell
change
procedure is
allowed during
the release of all
PS RABs. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
serving cell
change
procedure is not
allowed during
the release of all
PS RABs. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
serving cell
change
procedure is
allowed during
the release of all
PS RABs. 9)
SCRIWITHCA
USE_OVERLA
P_SWITCH
How the RNC
will react if it
receives an
SCRI message
with the cause
value "UE
Requested PS
Data session
end" in the
middle of
another
procedure. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC maintains
the original
RRC state and
CELL_FACH
state. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
retransmits a
CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM
message to a UE
that is
transitioning
from the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state
to the
CELL_FACH
state. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RNC
does not
retransmit a
CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM
message to a UE
that is
transitioning
from the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state
to the
CELL_FACH
state. 11)
UU_ABN_REL
_INFO_NOTIF
Y_NODEB_S
WITCH
Whether to
notify the
NodeB of the
abnormal RL
release due to
poor Uu
interface
quality. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
notifies the
NodeB of the
abnormal RL
release due to
poor Uu
interface
quality. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RNC
does not notify
the NodeB of the
abnormal RL
release due to
poor Uu
interface
quality. 12)
D2F_AM_PRO
CEDURE_OPT
IMIZATION_S
WITCH
Whether the
RNC considers
the D2F state
transition as
successful if the
RNC does not
receive a
response
message from
the UE within
the specified
period after
sending a
RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGUR
TION message
to the UE in
acknowledged
mode (AM). 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC considers
the D2F state
transition as
successful if the
following
conditions are
met: The RNC
does not receive
a response from
the UE within
the specified
period after
sending a
RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGUR
ATION
message to the
UE in AM. All
radio links
(RLs) for the UE
are out of
synchronization
. The RLCs for
all TRBs are in
AM. If any of
the preceding
conditions is not
met, the RNC
undoes the D2F
state transition.
0: This switch is
turned off. The
RNC undoes the
D2F state
transition if the
RNC does not
receive a
response from
the UE within
the specified
period after
sending a
RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGUR
ATION
message to the
UE in AM. 13)
AM_D2F_F2D
_RESTMR_OP
TIMIZATION_
SWITCH
(Response
Timer
Optimization
Switch for D2F
and F2D
Procedures in
AM) Length
policy for the
timer set for the
RNC to wait for
a response
message from
the UE after the
RNC sends a
RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGUR
ATION
message to the
UE in AM
during the D2F
and F2D state
transitions. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
length of the
timer equals its
configured
value (value of
the
"RbRecfgRspT
mr" parameter in
the "SET
USTATETIME
R" command)
plus four
seconds. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The length
of this timer
equals its
configured
value. 14)
D2P_DT_MSG
_BUFFER_SWI
TCH (DT
Message Buffer
Switch During
D2P) Whether
the RNC buffers
the DIRECT
TRANSFER
message sent by
the CN during
the D2P state
transition. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC buffers the
DIRECT
TRANSFER
message. The
RNC sends a
paging message
to the UE after
the D2P state
transition is
complete and
then sends the
buffered
DIRECT
TRANSFER
message to the
UE. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RNC
forwards the
DIRECT
TRANSFER
message to the
UE immediately
after receiving
it. 15)
CM_CODE_C
ONFLICT_OPT
_SWITCH Used
to solve code
resource
conflicts in
compressed
mode. 1: This
switch is turned
on. Code
resource
conflicts in
compressed
mode are solved.
0: This switch is
turned off. Code
resource
conflicts in
compressed
mode are not
solved. 16)
H_SERV_CEL
L_CHANGE_
MSG_OPT_SW
ITCH(Enable H
Serving Cell
Change MSG
Size Reduction)
Whether to
reduce the size
of the HSDPA
serving cell
change message.
1: This switch is
turned on. The
size of the
HSDPA serving
cell change
message is
reduced. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The size of
the HSDPA
serving cell
change message
is not reduced.
17)
FAST_HSDPA
_SERV_CELL_
CHANGE_SWI
TCH (Fast
HSDPA Serving
Cell Change
Optimization
Switch)
Whether to
enable the fast
HSDPA serving
cell change
optimization
function. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
includes the IE
Delay restriction
flag in the
PHYSICAL
CHANNEL
RECONFIGUR
ATION
message. For
details about the
IE Delay
restriction flag,
see section
10.2.22 in 3GPP
TS25.331. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
include the IE
Delay restriction
flag in the
PHYSICAL
CHANNEL
RECONFIGUR
ATION
message. 18)
RLRST_ASU_
SUCC_COUNT
ERS_CORREC
T_SWITCH
(SHO Counting
Correction
Switch in RL
Reestablish)
When the RL
reestablishment
function is
enabled, a soft
handover
procedure is
considered as
successful even
if the ASU CMP
message is not
received if RL
reestablishment
is triggered
during the soft
handover. This
parameter
specifies
whether to
correct the
counting of
successful soft
handovers when
RL
reestablishment
is triggered
during the soft
handover. 1:
This switch is
turned on. Such
a soft handover
procedure is
considered as
failed. 0: This
switch is turned
off. Such a soft
handover
procedure is
considered as
successful. 19)
COUNT_STAT
E_CHG_BY_R
AB_EHN_SWI
TCH Whether to
enable certain
state transition-
related counters
to be
incremented on
a PS RAB basis.
These counters
include the
VS.DCCC.P2D.
Att,
VS.DCCC.P2D.
Succ,
VS.DCCC.Att.
D2U, and
VS.DCCC.Succ
.D2U counters.
1: This switch is
turned on. These
counters are
incremented on
a PS RAB basis.
0: This switch is
turned off.
These counters
are incremented
on a UE basis.
20)
RAB_RELATE
D_COUNTER_
OPT_SWITCH
(RAB Setup
Failure
Statistical
Optimization
Switch)
Whether to
optimize the
statistics of
counters
measuring RAB
setup failures
and abnormal
RAB releases. 1:
This switch is
turned on. Under
this
circumstance,
the statistics of
counters
measuring RAB
setup failures
and abnormal
RAB releases
are optimized. 0:
This switch is
turned off.
Under this
circumstance,
the statistics of
counters
measuring RAB
setup failures
and abnormal
RAB releases
are not
optimized. 21)
CELLUPDATE
_PROCEDURE
_OPT_SWITC
H (Cell Update
Procedure
Optimization
Switch)
Whether to
enable the
optimized
processing for
the cell update
procedure. 1:
This switch is set
to on. The RNC
supports the
overlapping of
these two
procedures: cell
update
procedure
caused by RL
failure and P2D/
D2P/D2F state
transition
procedure. For
UEs in the
CELL_DCH
state, the RNC
performs a cell
update
procedure based
on the
retransmitted
CELL UPDATE
message if the
retransmitted
message carries
an SRB or TRB
reset indication.
For UEs in the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH
state, when the
number of
CELL UPDATE
messages with
the cause value
paging response
or UL data
transmission
exceeds the
value specified
by N381, the
RNC sends an
RRC connection
release message
to the UE in the
cell where the
UE sends the last
CELL UPDATE
message. For
UEs in states
other than
CELL_DCH or
in the middle of
state transitions
other than P2D,
if the SRNC
receives a CELL
UPDATE
message with
HRNTI from a
UE through the
DRNC while
waiting for the
UE's response to
the CELL
UPDATE
CONFIRM
message, the
SRNC considers
the message as a
retransmitted
one. 0. This
switch is set to
off. The
optimized
processing for
the cell update
procedure is not
supported. 22)
PTT_PAGING_
PRD_CRRCT_
SWITCH
(Correct the
Paging
Retransmission
for PTT
Services over
Uu) Whether to
correct the
retransmission
period of paging
messages for
push to talk
(PTT) services
over the Uu
interface. 1: This
switch is set to
on, the
retransmission
period of PTT
services is
corrected. That
is, if the RNC
does not receive
a paging
response within
320 ms after
sending a paging
message, the
RNC
retransmits the
paging message.
0: This switch is
set to off, the
retransmission
period of PTT
services is not
corrected. That
is, the RNC
retransmits a
paging message
only when it
does not receive
a paging
response within
640 ms after
sending a paging
message. 23)
RRC_REL_ST
ATUS_RSP_R
AB_ASS_REQ
_SWITCH
(Respond to
RAB
Assignment
Request upon
RRC Release)
Whether the
RNC processes
the RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
message and
returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE
message to the
CN in the
following
scenario: After
receiving a RAB
RELEASE
REQUEST
message from
the RNC to
release the last
RAB of a UE,
the CN does not
return an IU
RELEASE
COMMAND
message but
returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
instead. 1: This
switch is set to
on. The RNC
processes the
RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
message and
returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE
message to the
CN in the
preceding
scenario. 0: This
switch is set to
off. The RNC
does not process
the RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
message in the
preceding
scenario. 24)
L2U_UP_DEL
AY_OPT_SWI
TCH (L2U UP
Delay
Optimization
Switch)
Whether the
RNC returns a
RELOCATION
COMPLETE
message to the
CN to start UP
data
transmission
immediately
after receiving a
HANDOVER
TO UTRAN
COMPLETE
message during
a LTE-to-
UMTS
handover. 1:
This switch is set
to on. The RNC
immediately
returns a
RELOCATION
COMPLETE
message to the
CN in the
preceding
scenario. 0: This
switch is set to
off. After the
RNC queries the
UE's capability
and the security
mode procedure
is complete, the
RNC returns a
RELOCATION
COMPLETE
message to the
CN. 25)
PRI_LDR_SYS
HO_OUT_USE
_SELECT_OPT
_SWITCH
(Optimize UE
Selection for
Outgoing Inter-
RAT Handover
in Basic
Congestion)
Whether the
LDR algorithm
on the RNC side
updates the
attribute of
outgoing inter-
RAT handover
for a UE after an
F2D, P2D, or
D2D state
transition
procedure. 1:
This switch is set
to on. The LDR
algorithm on the
RNC side
updates the
attribute of
outgoing inter-
RAT handover
for a UE after an
F2D, P2D, or
D2D state
transition
procedure. In
this way, the
LDR algorithm
on the RNC side
can select
appropriate UEs
for outgoing
inter-RAT
handovers when
the cell is in
basic congestion
state. 0: This
switch is set to
off. The LDR
algorithm on the
RNC side does
not update the
attribute of
outgoing inter-
RAT handover
for a UE after an
F2D, P2D, or
D2D state
transition
procedure.
GUI Value
Range:SYS_RE
LOC_OUT_SU
CC_STAT_OP
T_SWITCH
(SYS_RELOC_
OUT_SUCC_S
TAT_OPT_SW
ITCH),
RL_REEST_PS
_ON_FACH_S
WITCH
(RL_REEST_P
S_ON_FACH_
SWITCH),
CELLUPDATE
_MEASUREM
ENT_OPT_SW
ITCH
(CELLUPDAT
E_MEASURE
MENT_OPT_S
WITCH),
D2F_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH
(D2F_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH),
F2D_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH
(F2D_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH),
FOREVER_PC
H_CTRL_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT
(FOREVER_PC
H_CTRL_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT),
FOREVER_PC
H_USER_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT
(FOREVER_PC
H_USER_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT),
RAB_REL_SR
V_CELL_CHG
_CROSS_SWIT
CH
(RAB_REL_SR
V_CELL_CHG
_CROSS_SWIT
CH),
SCRIWITHCA
USE_OVERLA
P_SWITCH
(SCRIWITHCA
USE_OVERLA
P_SWITCH),
P2F_CUC_REP
EAT_SWITCH
(P2F_CUC_RE
PEAT_SWITC
H),
UU_ABN_REL
_INFO_NOTIF
Y_NODEB_S
WITCH
(UU_ABN_RE
L_INFO_NOTI
FY_NODEB_S
WITCH),
D2F_AM_PRO
CEDURE_OPT
IMIZATION_S
WITCH
(D2F_AM_PR
OCEDURE_OP
TIMIZATION_
SWITCH),
AM_D2F_F2D
_RESTMR_OP
TIMIZATION_
SWITCH
(AM_D2F_F2D
_RESTMR_OP
TIMIZATION_
SWITCH),
D2P_DT_MSG
_BUFFER_SWI
TCH
(D2P_DT_MSG
_BUFFER_SWI
TCH),
CM_CODE_C
ONFLICT_OPT
_SWITCH
(CM_CODE_C
ONFLICT_OPT
_SWITCH),
H_SERV_CEL
L_CHANGE_
MSG_OPT_SW
ITCH
(H_SERV_CEL
L_CHANGE_
MSG_OPT_SW
ITCH),
FAST_HSDPA
_SERV_CELL_
CHANGE_SWI
TCH
(FAST_HSDPA
_SERV_CELL_
CHANGE_SWI
TCH),
RLRST_ASU_
SUCC_COUNT
ERS_CORREC
T_SWITCH
(RLRST_ASU_
SUCC_COUNT
ERS_CORREC
T_SWITCH),
COUNT_STAT
E_CHG_BY_R
AB_EHN_SWI
TCH
(COUNT_STA
TE_CHG_BY_
RAB_EHN_SW
ITCH),
RAB_RELATE
D_COUNTER_
OPT_SWITCH
(RAB_RELAT
ED_COUNTER
_OPT_SWITC
H),
CELLUPDATE
_PROCEDURE
_OPT_SWITC
H
(CELLUPDAT
E_PROCEDUR
E_OPT_SWITC
H),
PTT_PAGING_
PRD_CRRCT_
SWITCH
(PTT_PAGING
_PRD_CRRCT
_SWITCH),
RRC_REL_ST
ATUS_RSP_R
AB_ASS_REQ
_SWITCH
(RRC_REL_ST
ATUS_RSP_R
AB_ASS_REQ
_SWITCH),
L2U_UP_DEL
AY_OPT_SWI
TCH
(L2U_UP_DEL
AY_OPT_SWI
TCH),
PRI_LDR_SYS
HO_OUT_USE
_SELECT_OPT
_SWITCH
(PRI_LDR_SY
SHO_OUT_US
E_SELECT_OP
T_SWITCH)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:SYS_RE
LOC_OUT_SU
CC_STAT_OP
T_SWITCH,
RL_REEST_PS
_ON_FACH_S
WITCH,
CELLUPDATE
_MEASUREM
ENT_OPT_SW
ITCH,
D2F_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH,
F2D_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH,
FOREVER_PC
H_CTRL_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT,
FOREVER_PC
H_USER_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT,
RAB_REL_SR
V_CELL_CHG
_CROSS_SWIT
CH,
SCRIWITHCA
USE_OVERLA
P_SWITCH,
P2F_CUC_REP
EAT_SWITCH,
UU_ABN_REL
_INFO_NOTIF
Y_NODEB_S
WITCH,
D2F_AM_PRO
CEDURE_OPT
IMIZATION_S
WITCH,
AM_D2F_F2D
_RESTMR_OP
TIMIZATION_
SWITCH,
D2P_DT_MSG
_BUFFER_SWI
TCH,
CM_CODE_C
ONFLICT_OPT
_SWITCH,
H_SERV_CEL
L_CHANGE_
MSG_OPT_SW
ITCH,
FAST_HSDPA
_SERV_CELL_
CHANGE_SWI
TCH,
RLRST_ASU_
SUCC_COUNT
ERS_CORREC
T_SWITCH,
COUNT_STAT
E_CHG_BY_R
AB_EHN_SWI
TCH,
RAB_RELATE
D_COUNTER_
OPT_SWITCH,
CELLUPDATE
_PROCEDURE
_OPT_SWITC
H,
PTT_PAGING_
PRD_CRRCT_
SWITCH,
RRC_REL_ST
ATUS_RSP_R
AB_ASS_REQ
_SWITCH,
L2U_UP_DEL
AY_OPT_SWI
TCH,
PRI_LDR_SYS
HO_OUT_USE
_SELECT_OPT
_SWITCH
Default
Value:SYS_RE
LOC_OUT_SU
CC_STAT_OP
T_SWITCH:
1,RL_REEST_
PS_ON_FACH
_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPDAT
E_MEASURE
MENT_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,D2F_PROCE
DURE_OPTIM
IZATION_SWI
TCH:
0,F2D_PROCE
DURE_OPTIM
IZATION_SWI
TCH:
0,FOREVER_P
CH_CTRL_PL
ANE_SHARE_
OPT:
0,FOREVER_P
CH_USER_PL
ANE_SHARE_
OPT:
0,RAB_REL_S
RV_CELL_CH
G_CROSS_SW
ITCH:
0,SCRIWITHC
AUSE_OVERL
AP_SWITCH:
0,P2F_CUC_R
EPEAT_SWIT
CH:
0,UU_ABN_RE
L_INFO_NOTI
FY_NODEB_S
WITCH:
0,D2F_AM_PR
OCEDURE_OP
TIMIZATION_
SWITCH:
0,AM_D2F_F2
D_RESTMR_O
PTIMIZATION
_SWITCH:
0,D2P_DT_MS
G_BUFFER_S
WITCH:
0,CM_CODE_
CONFLICT_O
PT_SWITCH:
1,H_SERV_CE
LL_CHANGE_
MSG_OPT_SW
ITCH:
0,FAST_HSDP
A_SERV_CEL
L_CHANGE_S
WITCH:
0,RLRST_ASU
_SUCC_COUN
TERS_CORRE
CT_SWITCH:
0,COUNT_STA
TE_CHG_BY_
RAB_EHN_SW
ITCH:
0,RAB_RELAT
ED_COUNTER
_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,CELLUPDAT
E_PROCEDUR
E_OPT_SWITC
H:
1,PTT_PAGIN
G_PRD_CRRC
T_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REL_S
TATUS_RSP_
RAB_ASS_RE
Q_SWITCH:
0,L2U_UP_DE
LAY_OPT_SW
ITCH:
1,PRI_LDR_SY
SHO_OUT_US
E_SELECT_OP
T_SWITCH:0
established on
the FACH upon
a call
reestablishment
triggered by
either of the
following
factors: - All
downlink radio
links for a UE
are out of
synchronization
. - The SRB over
the Uu interface
is reset. 0: This
switch is turned
off. PS services
are established
on the DCH
upon a call
reestablishment
triggered by
either of the
preceding
factors. 3)
CELLUPDATE
_MEASUREM
ENT_OPT_SW
ITCH Whether
the RNC
repeatedly
calculates the
number of cell
update attempts.
A UE sends a
CELL UPDATE
message in cell 1
and then sends
another in cell 2
before receiving
a CELL
UPDATE
CONFIRM
message from
the RNC or
responding to
the CELL
UPDATE
CONFIRM
message. The
UE completes
the cell update
procedure in cell
2. In the
preceding
scenario, 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
measures one
cell update
attempt only. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC repeatedly
measures cell
update attempts.
4)
D2F_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH Whether the
optimized D2F
procedure takes
effect. 1: This
switch is turned
on. An expired
D2F procedure
is considered as
successful if
either of the
following
conditions is
met: - The RB
reconfiguration
message is sent
in
unacknowledge
d mode (UM),
and all the RLs
in the active set
receive an RL
Fail indication. -
The RB
reconfiguration
message is sent
in the
acknowledged
mode (AM), and
an ACK
response is
received from
the UE. If
neither of the
preceding
conditions is
met, the D2F
procedure is
considered as
expired. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The
optimized D2F
procedure does
not take effect.
This switch is set
to 0 by default.
5)
F2D_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH Whether the
optimized F2D
procedure takes
effect. 1: This
switch is turned
on. An expired
F2D procedure
is considered as
successful if the
RL status is
normal. If the
RL status is not
normal, the F2D
procedure is
considered as
expired. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The
optimized F2D
procedure does
not take effect.
This switch is set
to 0 by default.
6)
FOREVER_PC
H_CTRL_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT 1: This
switch is turned
on. Load sharing
of UEs in the
CELL_PCH
state is not
triggered among
SPU subsystems
and the UEs in
the CELL_PCH
state are
periodically
released on this
SPU subsystem
if the following
conditions are
met: - The CPU
usage of the SPU
subsystem
exceeds a
specified
threshold and
exceeds the
average CPU
usage of the SPU
subsystems
under the RNC. -
The number of
online UEs in
the CELL_PCH
state on this SPU
subsystem
exceeds the
average number
of UEs in the
CELL_PCH
state on the SPU
subsystems
under the RNC.
0: This switch is
turned off. Load
sharing of UEs
in the
CELL_PCH
state is triggered
among SPU
subsystems if
the following
conditions are
met: - The CPU
usage of the SPU
subsystem
exceeds a
specified
threshold and
exceeds the
average CPU
usage of the SPU
subsystems
under the RNC. -
The number of
online UEs in
the CELL_PCH
state on this SPU
subsystem
exceeds the
average number
of UEs in the
CELL_PCH
state on the SPU
subsystems
under the RNC.
7)
FOREVER_PC
H_USER_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
selects another
DSP to perform
load sharing on
the user plane
when always
online users are
activated. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
perform load
sharing on the
user plane when
always online
users are
activated. 8)
RAB_REL_SR
V_CELL_CHG
_CROSS_SWIT
CH Whether the
serving cell
change
procedure is
allowed during
the release of all
PS RABs. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
serving cell
change
procedure is not
allowed during
the release of all
PS RABs. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
serving cell
change
procedure is
allowed during
the release of all
PS RABs. 9)
SCRIWITHCA
USE_OVERLA
P_SWITCH
How the RNC
will react if it
receives an
SCRI message
with the cause
value "UE
Requested PS
Data session
end" in the
middle of
another
procedure. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC maintains
the original
RRC state and
CELL_FACH
state. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
retransmits a
CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM
message to a UE
that is
transitioning
from the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state
to the
CELL_FACH
state. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RNC
does not
retransmit a
CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM
message to a UE
that is
transitioning
from the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state
to the
CELL_FACH
state. 11)
UU_ABN_REL
_INFO_NOTIF
Y_NODEB_S
WITCH
Whether to
notify the
NodeB of the
abnormal RL
release due to
poor Uu
interface
quality. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
notifies the
NodeB of the
abnormal RL
release due to
poor Uu
interface
quality. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RNC
does not notify
the NodeB of the
abnormal RL
release due to
poor Uu
interface
quality. 12)
D2F_AM_PRO
CEDURE_OPT
IMIZATION_S
WITCH
Whether the
RNC considers
the D2F state
transition as
successful if the
RNC does not
receive a
response
message from
the UE within
the specified
period after
sending a
RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGUR
TION message
to the UE in
acknowledged
mode (AM). 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC considers
the D2F state
transition as
successful if the
following
conditions are
met: The RNC
does not receive
a response from
the UE within
the specified
period after
sending a
RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGUR
ATION
message to the
UE in AM. All
radio links
(RLs) for the UE
are out of
synchronization
. The RLCs for
all TRBs are in
AM. If any of
the preceding
conditions is not
met, the RNC
undoes the D2F
state transition.
0: This switch is
turned off. The
RNC undoes the
D2F state
transition if the
RNC does not
receive a
response from
the UE within
the specified
period after
sending a
RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGUR
ATION
message to the
UE in AM. 13)
AM_D2F_F2D
_RESTMR_OP
TIMIZATION_
SWITCH
(Response
Timer
Optimization
Switch for D2F
and F2D
Procedures in
AM) Length
policy for the
timer set for the
RNC to wait for
a response
message from
the UE after the
RNC sends a
RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGUR
ATION
message to the
UE in AM
during the D2F
and F2D state
transitions. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
length of the
timer equals its
configured
value (value of
the
"RbRecfgRspT
mr" parameter in
the "SET
USTATETIME
R" command)
plus four
seconds. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The length
of this timer
equals its
configured
value. 14)
D2P_DT_MSG
_BUFFER_SWI
TCH (DT
Message Buffer
Switch During
D2P) Whether
the RNC buffers
the DIRECT
TRANSFER
message sent by
the CN during
the D2P state
transition. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RNC buffers the
DIRECT
TRANSFER
message. The
RNC sends a
paging message
to the UE after
the D2P state
transition is
complete and
then sends the
buffered
DIRECT
TRANSFER
message to the
UE. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The RNC
forwards the
DIRECT
TRANSFER
message to the
UE immediately
after receiving
it. 15)
CM_CODE_C
ONFLICT_OPT
_SWITCH Used
to solve code
resource
conflicts in
compressed
mode. 1: This
switch is turned
on. Code
resource
conflicts in
compressed
mode are solved.
0: This switch is
turned off. Code
resource
conflicts in
compressed
mode are not
solved. 16)
H_SERV_CEL
L_CHANGE_
MSG_OPT_SW
ITCH(Enable H
Serving Cell
Change MSG
Size Reduction)
Whether to
reduce the size
of the HSDPA
serving cell
change message.
1: This switch is
turned on. The
size of the
HSDPA serving
cell change
message is
reduced. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The size of
the HSDPA
serving cell
change message
is not reduced.
17)
FAST_HSDPA
_SERV_CELL_
CHANGE_SWI
TCH (Fast
HSDPA Serving
Cell Change
Optimization
Switch)
Whether to
enable the fast
HSDPA serving
cell change
optimization
function. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
includes the IE
Delay restriction
flag in the
PHYSICAL
CHANNEL
RECONFIGUR
ATION
message. For
details about the
IE Delay
restriction flag,
see section
10.2.22 in 3GPP
TS25.331. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
include the IE
Delay restriction
flag in the
PHYSICAL
CHANNEL
RECONFIGUR
ATION
message. 18)
RLRST_ASU_
SUCC_COUNT
ERS_CORREC
T_SWITCH
(SHO Counting
Correction
Switch in RL
Reestablish)
When the RL
reestablishment
function is
enabled, a soft
handover
procedure is
considered as
successful even
if the ASU CMP
message is not
received if RL
reestablishment
is triggered
during the soft
handover. This
parameter
specifies
whether to
correct the
counting of
successful soft
handovers when
RL
reestablishment
is triggered
during the soft
handover. 1:
This switch is
turned on. Such
a soft handover
procedure is
considered as
failed. 0: This
switch is turned
off. Such a soft
handover
procedure is
considered as
successful. 19)
COUNT_STAT
E_CHG_BY_R
AB_EHN_SWI
TCH Whether to
enable certain
state transition-
related counters
to be
incremented on
a PS RAB basis.
These counters
include the
VS.DCCC.P2D.
Att,
VS.DCCC.P2D.
Succ,
VS.DCCC.Att.
D2U, and
VS.DCCC.Succ
.D2U counters.
1: This switch is
turned on. These
counters are
incremented on
a PS RAB basis.
0: This switch is
turned off.
These counters
are incremented
on a UE basis.
20)
RAB_RELATE
D_COUNTER_
OPT_SWITCH
(RAB Setup
Failure
Statistical
Optimization
Switch)
Whether to
optimize the
statistics of
counters
measuring RAB
setup failures
and abnormal
RAB releases. 1:
This switch is
turned on. Under
this
circumstance,
the statistics of
counters
measuring RAB
setup failures
and abnormal
RAB releases
are optimized. 0:
This switch is
turned off.
Under this
circumstance,
the statistics of
counters
measuring RAB
setup failures
and abnormal
RAB releases
are not
optimized. 21)
CELLUPDATE
_PROCEDURE
_OPT_SWITC
H (Cell Update
Procedure
Optimization
Switch)
Whether to
enable the
optimized
processing for
the cell update
procedure. 1:
This switch is set
to on. The RNC
supports the
overlapping of
these two
procedures: cell
update
procedure
caused by RL
failure and P2D/
D2P/D2F state
transition
procedure. For
UEs in the
CELL_DCH
state, the RNC
performs a cell
update
procedure based
on the
retransmitted
CELL UPDATE
message if the
retransmitted
message carries
an SRB or TRB
reset indication.
For UEs in the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH
state, when the
number of
CELL UPDATE
messages with
the cause value
paging response
or UL data
transmission
exceeds the
value specified
by N381, the
RNC sends an
RRC connection
release message
to the UE in the
cell where the
UE sends the last
CELL UPDATE
message. For
UEs in states
other than
CELL_DCH or
in the middle of
state transitions
other than P2D,
if the SRNC
receives a CELL
UPDATE
message with
HRNTI from a
UE through the
DRNC while
waiting for the
UE's response to
the CELL
UPDATE
CONFIRM
message, the
SRNC considers
the message as a
retransmitted
one. 0. This
switch is set to
off. The
optimized
processing for
the cell update
procedure is not
supported. 22)
PTT_PAGING_
PRD_CRRCT_
SWITCH
(Correct the
Paging
Retransmission
for PTT
Services over
Uu) Whether to
correct the
retransmission
period of paging
messages for
push to talk
(PTT) services
over the Uu
interface. 1: This
switch is set to
on, the
retransmission
period of PTT
services is
corrected. That
is, if the RNC
does not receive
a paging
response within
320 ms after
sending a paging
message, the
RNC
retransmits the
paging message.
0: This switch is
set to off, the
retransmission
period of PTT
services is not
corrected. That
is, the RNC
retransmits a
paging message
only when it
does not receive
a paging
response within
640 ms after
sending a paging
message. 23)
RRC_REL_ST
ATUS_RSP_R
AB_ASS_REQ
_SWITCH
(Respond to
RAB
Assignment
Request upon
RRC Release)
Whether the
RNC processes
the RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
message and
returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE
message to the
CN in the
following
scenario: After
receiving a RAB
RELEASE
REQUEST
message from
the RNC to
release the last
RAB of a UE,
the CN does not
return an IU
RELEASE
COMMAND
message but
returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
instead. 1: This
switch is set to
on. The RNC
processes the
RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
message and
returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE
message to the
CN in the
preceding
scenario. 0: This
switch is set to
off. The RNC
does not process
the RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
message in the
preceding
scenario. 24)
L2U_UP_DEL
AY_OPT_SWI
TCH (L2U UP
Delay
Optimization
Switch)
Whether the
RNC returns a
RELOCATION
COMPLETE
message to the
CN to start UP
data
transmission
immediately
after receiving a
HANDOVER
TO UTRAN
COMPLETE
message during
a LTE-to-
UMTS
handover. 1:
This switch is set
to on. The RNC
immediately
returns a
RELOCATION
COMPLETE
message to the
CN in the
preceding
scenario. 0: This
switch is set to
off. After the
RNC queries the
UE's capability
and the security
mode procedure
is complete, the
RNC returns a
RELOCATION
COMPLETE
message to the
CN. 25)
PRI_LDR_SYS
HO_OUT_USE
_SELECT_OPT
_SWITCH
(Optimize UE
Selection for
Outgoing Inter-
RAT Handover
in Basic
Congestion)
Whether the
LDR algorithm
on the RNC side
updates the
attribute of
outgoing inter-
RAT handover
for a UE after an
F2D, P2D, or
D2D state
transition
procedure. 1:
This switch is set
to on. The LDR
algorithm on the
RNC side
updates the
attribute of
outgoing inter-
RAT handover
for a UE after an
F2D, P2D, or
D2D state
transition
procedure. In
this way, the
LDR algorithm
on the RNC side
can select
appropriate UEs
for outgoing
inter-RAT
handovers when
the cell is in
basic congestion
state. 0: This
switch is set to
off. The LDR
algorithm on the
RNC side does
not update the
attribute of
outgoing inter-
RAT handover
for a UE after an
F2D, P2D, or
D2D state
transition
procedure.
GUI Value
Range:SYS_RE
LOC_OUT_SU
CC_STAT_OP
T_SWITCH
(SYS_RELOC_
OUT_SUCC_S
TAT_OPT_SW
ITCH),
RL_REEST_PS
_ON_FACH_S
WITCH
(RL_REEST_P
S_ON_FACH_
SWITCH),
CELLUPDATE
_MEASUREM
ENT_OPT_SW
ITCH
(CELLUPDAT
E_MEASURE
MENT_OPT_S
WITCH),
D2F_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH
(D2F_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH),
F2D_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH
(F2D_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH),
FOREVER_PC
H_CTRL_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT
(FOREVER_PC
H_CTRL_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT),
FOREVER_PC
H_USER_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT
(FOREVER_PC
H_USER_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT),
RAB_REL_SR
V_CELL_CHG
_CROSS_SWIT
CH
(RAB_REL_SR
V_CELL_CHG
_CROSS_SWIT
CH),
SCRIWITHCA
USE_OVERLA
P_SWITCH
(SCRIWITHCA
USE_OVERLA
P_SWITCH),
P2F_CUC_REP
EAT_SWITCH
(P2F_CUC_RE
PEAT_SWITC
H),
UU_ABN_REL
_INFO_NOTIF
Y_NODEB_S
WITCH
(UU_ABN_RE
L_INFO_NOTI
FY_NODEB_S
WITCH),
D2F_AM_PRO
CEDURE_OPT
IMIZATION_S
WITCH
(D2F_AM_PR
OCEDURE_OP
TIMIZATION_
SWITCH),
AM_D2F_F2D
_RESTMR_OP
TIMIZATION_
SWITCH
(AM_D2F_F2D
_RESTMR_OP
TIMIZATION_
SWITCH),
D2P_DT_MSG
_BUFFER_SWI
TCH
(D2P_DT_MSG
_BUFFER_SWI
TCH),
CM_CODE_C
ONFLICT_OPT
_SWITCH
(CM_CODE_C
ONFLICT_OPT
_SWITCH),
H_SERV_CEL
L_CHANGE_
MSG_OPT_SW
ITCH
(H_SERV_CEL
L_CHANGE_
MSG_OPT_SW
ITCH),
FAST_HSDPA
_SERV_CELL_
CHANGE_SWI
TCH
(FAST_HSDPA
_SERV_CELL_
CHANGE_SWI
TCH),
RLRST_ASU_
SUCC_COUNT
ERS_CORREC
T_SWITCH
(RLRST_ASU_
SUCC_COUNT
ERS_CORREC
T_SWITCH),
COUNT_STAT
E_CHG_BY_R
AB_EHN_SWI
TCH
(COUNT_STA
TE_CHG_BY_
RAB_EHN_SW
ITCH),
RAB_RELATE
D_COUNTER_
OPT_SWITCH
(RAB_RELAT
ED_COUNTER
_OPT_SWITC
H),
CELLUPDATE
_PROCEDURE
_OPT_SWITC
H
(CELLUPDAT
E_PROCEDUR
E_OPT_SWITC
H),
PTT_PAGING_
PRD_CRRCT_
SWITCH
(PTT_PAGING
_PRD_CRRCT
_SWITCH),
RRC_REL_ST
ATUS_RSP_R
AB_ASS_REQ
_SWITCH
(RRC_REL_ST
ATUS_RSP_R
AB_ASS_REQ
_SWITCH),
L2U_UP_DEL
AY_OPT_SWI
TCH
(L2U_UP_DEL
AY_OPT_SWI
TCH),
PRI_LDR_SYS
HO_OUT_USE
_SELECT_OPT
_SWITCH
(PRI_LDR_SY
SHO_OUT_US
E_SELECT_OP
T_SWITCH)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:SYS_RE
LOC_OUT_SU
CC_STAT_OP
T_SWITCH,
RL_REEST_PS
_ON_FACH_S
WITCH,
CELLUPDATE
_MEASUREM
ENT_OPT_SW
ITCH,
D2F_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH,
F2D_PROCED
URE_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWIT
CH,
FOREVER_PC
H_CTRL_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT,
FOREVER_PC
H_USER_PLA
NE_SHARE_O
PT,
RAB_REL_SR
V_CELL_CHG
_CROSS_SWIT
CH,
SCRIWITHCA
USE_OVERLA
P_SWITCH,
P2F_CUC_REP
EAT_SWITCH,
UU_ABN_REL
_INFO_NOTIF
Y_NODEB_S
WITCH,
D2F_AM_PRO
CEDURE_OPT
IMIZATION_S
WITCH,
AM_D2F_F2D
_RESTMR_OP
TIMIZATION_
SWITCH,
D2P_DT_MSG
_BUFFER_SWI
TCH,
CM_CODE_C
ONFLICT_OPT
_SWITCH,
H_SERV_CEL
L_CHANGE_
MSG_OPT_SW
ITCH,
FAST_HSDPA
_SERV_CELL_
CHANGE_SWI
TCH,
RLRST_ASU_
SUCC_COUNT
ERS_CORREC
T_SWITCH,
COUNT_STAT
E_CHG_BY_R
AB_EHN_SWI
TCH,
RAB_RELATE
D_COUNTER_
OPT_SWITCH,
CELLUPDATE
_PROCEDURE
_OPT_SWITC
H,
PTT_PAGING_
PRD_CRRCT_
SWITCH,
RRC_REL_ST
ATUS_RSP_R
AB_ASS_REQ
_SWITCH,
L2U_UP_DEL
AY_OPT_SWI
TCH,
PRI_LDR_SYS
HO_OUT_USE
_SELECT_OPT
_SWITCH
Default
Value:SYS_RE
LOC_OUT_SU
CC_STAT_OP
T_SWITCH:
1,RL_REEST_
PS_ON_FACH
_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPDAT
E_MEASURE
MENT_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,D2F_PROCE
DURE_OPTIM
IZATION_SWI
TCH:
0,F2D_PROCE
DURE_OPTIM
IZATION_SWI
TCH:
0,FOREVER_P
CH_CTRL_PL
ANE_SHARE_
OPT:
0,FOREVER_P
CH_USER_PL
ANE_SHARE_
OPT:
0,RAB_REL_S
RV_CELL_CH
G_CROSS_SW
ITCH:
0,SCRIWITHC
AUSE_OVERL
AP_SWITCH:
0,P2F_CUC_R
EPEAT_SWIT
CH:
0,UU_ABN_RE
L_INFO_NOTI
FY_NODEB_S
WITCH:
0,D2F_AM_PR
OCEDURE_OP
TIMIZATION_
SWITCH:
0,AM_D2F_F2
D_RESTMR_O
PTIMIZATION
_SWITCH:
0,D2P_DT_MS
G_BUFFER_S
WITCH:
0,CM_CODE_
CONFLICT_O
PT_SWITCH:
1,H_SERV_CE
LL_CHANGE_
MSG_OPT_SW
ITCH:
0,FAST_HSDP
A_SERV_CEL
L_CHANGE_S
WITCH:
0,RLRST_ASU
_SUCC_COUN
TERS_CORRE
CT_SWITCH:
0,COUNT_STA
TE_CHG_BY_
RAB_EHN_SW
ITCH:
0,RAB_RELAT
ED_COUNTER
_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,CELLUPDAT
E_PROCEDUR
E_OPT_SWITC
H:
1,PTT_PAGIN
G_PRD_CRRC
T_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REL_S
TATUS_RSP_
RAB_ASS_RE
Q_SWITCH:
0,L2U_UP_DE
LAY_OPT_SW
ITCH:
1,PRI_LDR_SY
SHO_OUT_US
E_SELECT_OP
T_SWITCH:0
measurement
control and
inter-RAT
measurement
control
messages at the
same time.
GUI Value
Range:0~60
Unit:s
Actual Value
Range:0~60
Default Value:0
measurement
control and
inter-RAT
measurement
control
messages at the
same time.
GUI Value
Range:0~60
Unit:s
Actual Value
Range:0~60
Default Value:0
measurement
control and
inter-RAT
measurement
control
messages at the
same time.
GUI Value
Range:0~60
Unit:s
Actual Value
Range:0~60
Default Value:0
measurement
control and
inter-RAT
measurement
control
messages at the
same time.
GUI Value
Range:0~60
Unit:s
Actual Value
Range:0~60
Default Value:0
instructs UEs to
measure the
signal quality of
only up to two
frequencies with
high coverage-
based inter-
frequency
handover
priorities. A
maximum of 32
inter-frequency
neighboring
cells can be
involved in a
measurement,
regardless of
whether this
switch is turned
on or off. For
example, there
are five inter-
frequency
neighboring
cells (cells 1
through 5). As
for frequencies,
cells 1 and 2 use
frequency a, and
cells 3 through 5
use frequencies
b through d,
respectively. As
for coverage-
based inter-
frequency
handover
priorities, the
priority of cells 1
and 2 is high,
that of cell 3 is
middle, and that
of cells 4 and 5 is
low. When this
switch is turned
on, a UE
preferentially
starts a
measurement in
cells 1 through
3. If the
measurement
expires, the UE
starts a
measurement in
cells 4 and 5.
When this
switch is turned
off, the UE
performs a
measurement in
only cells 1
through 3.
GUI Value
Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:OFF, ON
Default
Value:OFF
instructs UEs to
measure the
signal quality of
only up to two
frequencies with
high coverage-
based inter-
frequency
handover
priorities. A
maximum of 32
inter-frequency
neighboring
cells can be
involved in a
measurement,
regardless of
whether this
switch is turned
on or off. For
example, there
are five inter-
frequency
neighboring
cells (cells 1
through 5). As
for frequencies,
cells 1 and 2 use
frequency a, and
cells 3 through 5
use frequencies
b through d,
respectively. As
for coverage-
based inter-
frequency
handover
priorities, the
priority of cells 1
and 2 is high,
that of cell 3 is
middle, and that
of cells 4 and 5 is
low. When this
switch is turned
on, a UE
preferentially
starts a
measurement in
cells 1 through
3. If the
measurement
expires, the UE
starts a
measurement in
cells 4 and 5.
When this
switch is turned
off, the UE
performs a
measurement in
only cells 1
through 3.
GUI Value
Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:OFF, ON
Default
Value:OFF
information
sharing request
from an LTE
cell. 2)
INTERRAT_L
OAD_REPORT
_FROM_LTE_
SWITCH
(Learning LTE
Load Through
RIM Switch)
Whether the
RNC obtains the
load information
about LTE cells
through the
RAN
information
management
(RIM)
procedure. For
details about the
RIM procedure,
see 3GPP TS 48.
018. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
obtains the load
information
about LTE cells
through the RIM
procedure. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC cannot
obtain the load
information
about LTE cells
through the RIM
procedure. 3)
UL_EVQI_SWI
TCH(UL EVQI
Evaluation
Switch)
Whether to
enable the EVQI
function in the
uplink. 1: This
switch is turned
on. EVQI is
enabled in the
uplink. 0: This
switch is turned
off. EVQI is
disabled in the
uplink. 4)
DL_EVQI_SWI
TCH(DL EVQI
Evaluation
Switch)
Whether to
enable the EVQI
function in the
downlink. 1:
This switch is
turned on. EVQI
is enabled in the
downlink. 0:
This switch is
turned off.
EVQI is
disabled in the
downlink. 5)
VIDEO_PACIN
G_SWITCH
(Video Pacing
Switch)
Whether the
Video Pacing
feature is
enabled. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The Video
Pacing feature is
enabled for PS
UEs processing
video services.
That is, the rate
of video service
is ensured or is
limited for these
PS UEs. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The Video
Pacing feature is
disabled for PS
UEs. 6)
VOIP_MANAG
E_SWITCH
(VoIP
Application
Management
Switch)
Whether the
VoIP
application
management
function is
enabled. 1: This
switch is turned
on. VoIP
application
management
actions are
performed on PS
UEs that are
processing VoIP
services. VoIP
application
management
actions can
either be VoIP
application rate
ensurance or
VoIP
application
speed limit. 0:
This switch is
turned off. the
VoIP
application
management
function is
disabled for PS
UEs. 7)
DIFF_SERVIC
E_ON_TERMI
NAL_SWITCH
(Differentiated
Service Based
on Terminal
Switch)
Whether the
Differentiated
Service Based
on Terminal
feature is
enabled. 1: This
switch is turned
on. PS UEs
processing BE
services are
grouped into
different
terminal groups
based on their
type approval
codes (TACs) in
IMEIs, and each
terminal group
is assigned an
SPI weight for
BE services,
thereby
achieving
differentiated
services. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The
Differentiated
Service Based
on Terminal
feature is
disabled for PS
UEs processing
BE services. 8)
APP_GRP_RES
_RSV_SWITC
H
(Differentiated
Service Based
on Application
Resource
Reservation
Switch)
Whether the
Differentiated
Service Based
on Application
Resource
Reservation
feature is
enabled. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
identifies
service types,
maps different
service types to
different
resource groups,
and configure
different
resource
reservation
policies for
these resource
groups. In this
way, resource
reservation is
performed based
on service types.
0: This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
reserve
resources based
on service types
or service
groups. 9)
RIM_ON_ECO
_SWITCH
(Support RIM
by eCoordinator
Switch)
Whether the
RIM procedure
is implemented
through the
eCoordinator. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RIM procedure
is implemented
through the
eCoordinator. 0:
This switch is
turned off. the
RIM procedure
is implemented
DRD_FAST_R
B_SETUP_SWI
TCH(RB Fast
Setup Switch for
RB Setups
Accompanied
by DRDs with
Unchanged
SRBs) Whether
to use the RB
fast setup
function for RB
setups
accompanied by
DRDs with
unchanged
SRBs. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RB fast
setup function is
used for RB
setups
accompanied by
DRDs with
unchanged
SRBs. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The
simultaneous
setup procedure
is used for RB
setups
accompanied by
DRDs with
unchanged
SRBs.
GUI Value
Range:INTERR
AT_LOAD_SI
NGLE_RPT_F
OR_LTE_SWI
TCH,
INTERRAT_L
OAD_REPORT
_FROM_LTE_
SWITCH,
UL_EVQI_SWI
TCH,
DL_EVQI_SWI
TCH,
VIDEO_PACIN
G_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAG
E_SWITCH,
DIFF_SERVIC
E_ON_TERMI
NAL_SWITCH
,
APP_GRP_RES
_RSV_SWITC
H,
RIM_ON_ECO
_SWITCH,
SRBCHG_DRD
_FAST_RB_SE
TUP_SWITCH,
SRBNOCHG_
DRD_FAST_R
B_SETUP_SWI
TCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:INTERR
AT_LOAD_SI
NGLE_RPT_F
OR_LTE_SWI
TCH,
INTERRAT_L
OAD_REPORT
_FROM_LTE_
SWITCH,
UL_EVQI_SWI
TCH,
DL_EVQI_SWI
TCH,
VIDEO_PACIN
G_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAG
E_SWITCH,
DIFF_SERVIC
E_ON_TERMI
NAL_SWITCH
,
APP_GRP_RES
_RSV_SWITC
H,
RIM_ON_ECO
_SWITCH,
SRBCHG_DRD
_FAST_RB_SE
TUP_SWITCH,
SRBNOCHG_
DRD_FAST_R
B_SETUP_SWI
TCH
Default
Value:INTERR
AT_LOAD_SI
NGLE_RPT_F
OR_LTE_SWI
TCH:
0,INTERRAT_
LOAD_REPOR
T_FROM_LTE
_SWITCH:
0,UL_EVQI_S
WITCH:
0,DL_EVQI_S
WITCH:
0,VIDEO_PAC
ING_SWITCH:
0,VOIP_MAN
AGE_SWITCH
:
0,DIFF_SERVI
CE_ON_TERM
INAL_SWITC
H:
0,APP_GRP_R
ES_RSV_SWIT
CH:
0,RIM_ON_EC
O_SWITCH:
0,SRBCHG_D
RD_FAST_RB
_SETUP_SWIT
CH:
0,SRBNOCHG
_DRD_FAST_
RB_SETUP_S
WITCH:0
information
sharing request
from an LTE
cell. 2)
INTERRAT_L
OAD_REPORT
_FROM_LTE_
SWITCH
(Learning LTE
Load Through
RIM Switch)
Whether the
RNC obtains the
load information
about LTE cells
through the
RAN
information
management
(RIM)
procedure. For
details about the
RIM procedure,
see 3GPP TS 48.
018. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
obtains the load
information
about LTE cells
through the RIM
procedure. 0:
This switch is
turned off. The
RNC cannot
obtain the load
information
about LTE cells
through the RIM
procedure. 3)
UL_EVQI_SWI
TCH(UL EVQI
Evaluation
Switch)
Whether to
enable the EVQI
function in the
uplink. 1: This
switch is turned
on. EVQI is
enabled in the
uplink. 0: This
switch is turned
off. EVQI is
disabled in the
uplink. 4)
DL_EVQI_SWI
TCH(DL EVQI
Evaluation
Switch)
Whether to
enable the EVQI
function in the
downlink. 1:
This switch is
turned on. EVQI
is enabled in the
downlink. 0:
This switch is
turned off.
EVQI is
disabled in the
downlink. 5)
VIDEO_PACIN
G_SWITCH
(Video Pacing
Switch)
Whether the
Video Pacing
feature is
enabled. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The Video
Pacing feature is
enabled for PS
UEs processing
video services.
That is, the rate
of video service
is ensured or is
limited for these
PS UEs. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The Video
Pacing feature is
disabled for PS
UEs. 6)
VOIP_MANAG
E_SWITCH
(VoIP
Application
Management
Switch)
Whether the
VoIP
application
management
function is
enabled. 1: This
switch is turned
on. VoIP
application
management
actions are
performed on PS
UEs that are
processing VoIP
services. VoIP
application
management
actions can
either be VoIP
application rate
ensurance or
VoIP
application
speed limit. 0:
This switch is
turned off. the
VoIP
application
management
function is
disabled for PS
UEs. 7)
DIFF_SERVIC
E_ON_TERMI
NAL_SWITCH
(Differentiated
Service Based
on Terminal
Switch)
Whether the
Differentiated
Service Based
on Terminal
feature is
enabled. 1: This
switch is turned
on. PS UEs
processing BE
services are
grouped into
different
terminal groups
based on their
type approval
codes (TACs) in
IMEIs, and each
terminal group
is assigned an
SPI weight for
BE services,
thereby
achieving
differentiated
services. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The
Differentiated
Service Based
on Terminal
feature is
disabled for PS
UEs processing
BE services. 8)
APP_GRP_RES
_RSV_SWITC
H
(Differentiated
Service Based
on Application
Resource
Reservation
Switch)
Whether the
Differentiated
Service Based
on Application
Resource
Reservation
feature is
enabled. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RNC
identifies
service types,
maps different
service types to
different
resource groups,
and configure
different
resource
reservation
policies for
these resource
groups. In this
way, resource
reservation is
performed based
on service types.
0: This switch is
turned off. The
RNC does not
reserve
resources based
on service types
or service
groups. 9)
RIM_ON_ECO
_SWITCH
(Support RIM
by eCoordinator
Switch)
Whether the
RIM procedure
is implemented
through the
eCoordinator. 1:
This switch is
turned on. The
RIM procedure
is implemented
through the
eCoordinator. 0:
This switch is
turned off. the
RIM procedure
is implemented
DRD_FAST_R
B_SETUP_SWI
TCH(RB Fast
Setup Switch for
RB Setups
Accompanied
by DRDs with
Unchanged
SRBs) Whether
to use the RB
fast setup
function for RB
setups
accompanied by
DRDs with
unchanged
SRBs. 1: This
switch is turned
on. The RB fast
setup function is
used for RB
setups
accompanied by
DRDs with
unchanged
SRBs. 0: This
switch is turned
off. The
simultaneous
setup procedure
is used for RB
setups
accompanied by
DRDs with
unchanged
SRBs.
GUI Value
Range:INTERR
AT_LOAD_SI
NGLE_RPT_F
OR_LTE_SWI
TCH,
INTERRAT_L
OAD_REPORT
_FROM_LTE_
SWITCH,
UL_EVQI_SWI
TCH,
DL_EVQI_SWI
TCH,
VIDEO_PACIN
G_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAG
E_SWITCH,
DIFF_SERVIC
E_ON_TERMI
NAL_SWITCH
,
APP_GRP_RES
_RSV_SWITC
H,
RIM_ON_ECO
_SWITCH,
SRBCHG_DRD
_FAST_RB_SE
TUP_SWITCH,
SRBNOCHG_
DRD_FAST_R
B_SETUP_SWI
TCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:INTERR
AT_LOAD_SI
NGLE_RPT_F
OR_LTE_SWI
TCH,
INTERRAT_L
OAD_REPORT
_FROM_LTE_
SWITCH,
UL_EVQI_SWI
TCH,
DL_EVQI_SWI
TCH,
VIDEO_PACIN
G_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAG
E_SWITCH,
DIFF_SERVIC
E_ON_TERMI
NAL_SWITCH
,
APP_GRP_RES
_RSV_SWITC
H,
RIM_ON_ECO
_SWITCH,
SRBCHG_DRD
_FAST_RB_SE
TUP_SWITCH,
SRBNOCHG_
DRD_FAST_R
B_SETUP_SWI
TCH
Default
Value:INTERR
AT_LOAD_SI
NGLE_RPT_F
OR_LTE_SWI
TCH:
0,INTERRAT_
LOAD_REPOR
T_FROM_LTE
_SWITCH:
0,UL_EVQI_S
WITCH:
0,DL_EVQI_S
WITCH:
0,VIDEO_PAC
ING_SWITCH:
0,VOIP_MAN
AGE_SWITCH
:
0,DIFF_SERVI
CE_ON_TERM
INAL_SWITC
H:
0,APP_GRP_R
ES_RSV_SWIT
CH:
0,RIM_ON_EC
O_SWITCH:
0,SRBCHG_D
RD_FAST_RB
_SETUP_SWIT
CH:
0,SRBNOCHG
_DRD_FAST_
RB_SETUP_S
WITCH:0
maximum ratio
combination,
link setup or
adding fails.
When
MUST_NOT is
selected, the
NodeB is
forbidden to
carry out
maximum ratio
combination. If
the NodeB does
not implement
maximum ratio
combination, the
RNC
automatically
performs
selective
combination.
GUI Value
Range:MAY
(NodeB chooses
whether
combine at
NodeB), MUST
(Must combine
at NodeB),
MUST_NOT
(Must combine
at RNC)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:MAY,
MUST,
MUST_NOT
Default
Value:MAY
(NodeB chooses
whether
combine at
NodeB)
maximum ratio
combination,
link setup or
adding fails.
When
MUST_NOT is
selected, the
NodeB is
forbidden to
carry out
maximum ratio
combination. If
the NodeB does
not implement
maximum ratio
combination, the
RNC
automatically
performs
selective
combination.
GUI Value
Range:MAY
(NodeB chooses
whether
combine at
NodeB), MUST
(Must combine
at NodeB),
MUST_NOT
(Must combine
at RNC)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:MAY,
MUST,
MUST_NOT
Default
Value:MAY
(NodeB chooses
whether
combine at
NodeB)
UUP_FIXTO1_
SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the IUUP
version can be
rolled back to
R99 when
complete
configurations
are applied
during inter-
RAT handover.
4.
CMP_IUR_H2
D_FOR_LOWR
5_NRNCCELL
_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, H2D is
performed
before a
neighboring
RNC cell whose
version is earlier
than R5 is added
to the active set;
E2D is
performed
before a
neighboring
RNC cell whose
version is earlier
than R6 is added
to the active set.
If the DRNC is
of a version
earlier than R5,
DL services
cannot be
mapped on the
HS-DSCH. If
the DRNC is of a
version earlier
than R6, DL
services cannot
be mapped on
the HS-EDCH.
5.
CMP_IUR_SH
O_DIVCTRL_S
WITCH: When
the switch is on,
the diversity
combination
over the Iur
interface is
configured on
the basis of that
of the local
RNC. When the
switch is not on,
the diversity
combination
over the Iur
interface is
configured on
the basis of
services. The
flag of diversity
combination
over the Iur
interface can be
set to MUST (for
BE services) or
MAY (for other
services). 6.
CMP_UU_ADJ
ACENT_FREQ
_CM_SWITCH
: Whether the
RNC activates
the compressed
mode before
initiating an
inter-frequency
measurement on
a DC-HSDPA or
DB-HSDPA
UE. When this
parameter is set
to ON, the RNC
initiates the
inter-frequency
measurement
without
activating the
compressed
mode if both the
UE and
EARFCN
support the non-
compressed
inter-frequency
measurement.
When this
parameter is set
to OFF, the RNC
activates the
compressed
mode before
initiating the
inter-frequency
measurement.
This switch
takes effect only
in non-flexible
DC cells and DB
cells. 7.
CMP_UU_AM
R_DRD_HHO_
COMPAT_SWI
TCH: This
parameter
specifies to
enable AMR
through DRD
two-step
procedure
function. When
SRB is set up on
DCH, and
"RNC" decides
to setup the
AMR through
DRD procedure,
When the switch
is enabled,
"RNC" will
execute blind
handover to the
target cell, and
then setup the
AMR RBs on
the target cell,
ON, if the
information
element that
indicates the F-
DPCH
capability of UE
exists in the
message
"RRC_CONNE
CT_REQ" or
"RRC_CONNE
CT_SETUP_C
MP", the F-
DPCH
capability
depends on that
indicator. If that
information
element does not
exist, UE
supports F-
DPCH when all
the conditions
meets: a) the
version of UE is
Release 6. b) UE
supports HS-
PDSCH. 10.
CMP_UU_IGN
ORE_UE_RLC
_CAP_SWITC
H: When the
switch is on, the
RAB
assignment
request and the
subsequent RB
setup procedure
proceed if the
RLC AM
capabilities of
the UE fail to
meet the
minimum RLC
TX/RX window
buffer
requirement of
the RAB to be
switch is on. In
this case, the
Alternative E-
bit is not
configured for
L2. 16.
CMP_F2F_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH: When the
switch is set to
ON, only uplink
RLC or
downlink RLC
can be re-
established
during the state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_FACH
(F2F for short).
17.
CMP_D2F_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH: When the
switch is set to
ON, only uplink
RLC or
downlink RLC
can be re-
established
during the state
transition from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH
(D2F for short).
18.
CMP_RAB_5_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH: When
the switch is set
to ON, the
service with
RAB ID 5 can be
configured with
the Robust
Header
Compression
(ROHC)
function. When
the switch is set
to OFF, the
service with
RAB ID 5
cannot be
configured with
the ROHC
function. 19.
CMP_RAB_6_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH: When
the switch is set
to ON, the
service with
RAB ID 6 can be
configured with
the ROHC
function. When
the switch is set
to OFF, the
service with
RAB ID 6
cannot be
configured with
the ROHC
function. 20.
CMP_RAB_7_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH: When
the switch is set
to ON, the
service with
RAB ID 7 can be
configured with
the ROHC
function. When
the switch is set
to OFF, the
service with
RAB ID 7
cannot be
configured with
the ROHC
function. 21.
CMP_RAB_8_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH: When
the switch is set
to ON, the
service with
RAB ID 8 can be
configured with
the ROHC
function. When
the switch is set
to OFF, the
service with
RAB ID 8
cannot be
configured with
the ROHC
function. 22.
CMP_RAB_9_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH: When
the switch is set
to ON, the
service with
RAB ID 9 can be
configured with
the ROHC
function. When
the switch is set
to OFF, the
service with
RAB ID 9
cannot be
configured with
the ROHC
function. 23.
CMP_HSUPA_
MACD_FLOW
_MUL_SWITC
H: When the
switch is set to
ON, MAC-d
flow can be
multiplexed
without any
restrictions.
When the switch
is set to OFF,
only MAC-d
flows whose
scheduling
priority is lower
than that of the
current MAC-d
flow can be
multiplexed. 24.
CMP_SMLC_R
SLT_MODE_T
YPE_SWITCH:
If the Client
Type of a
positioning
request is Value
Added Service
or Lawful
Intercept Client,
the positioning
result is reported
by using the
Ellipsoid Arc
type. For other
client types, the
positioning
result is reported
by using the
Ellipsoid point
with uncertainty
circle type. 25.
CMP_F2P_PR
OCESS_OPTI
MIZATION_S
WITCH: Switch
for optimizing
the procedure
for the
CELL_FACH-
to-CELL_PCH-
or-URA_PCH
state transition.
When this
switch is set to
on, F2P state
transition is
performed
through the
physical channel
reconfiguration
procedure.Whe
n this switch is
set to off, F2P
state transition is
performed
through the RB
reconfiguration
procedure. 26.
CMP_UU_SIB1
1_SIB12_WIT
H_1A1D_SWIT
CH: Whether to
carry parameters
related to events
1A and 1D in
system
information
block type 11
(SIB 11) and
SIB 12.If the
switch of
deferred
measurement
control reading
is turned on, the
UE cannot
promptly read
parameters
related to events
1A and 1D for
intra-frequency
neighboring
cells from SIB
11 or SIB12. As
a result, the UE
cannot perform
soft handovers
in advance. The
switch is set
using
DeferMcReadIn
d in the ADD/
MOD
UCELLMEAS
command.
GUI Value
Range:CMP_IU
_IMS_PROC_A
S_NORMAL_P
S_SWITCH,
CMP_IU_SYS
HOIN_CMP_I
UUP_FIXTO1_
SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_H2
D_FOR_LOWR
5_NRNCCELL
_SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_SH
O_DIVCTRL_S
WITCH,
CMP_UU_AM
R_SID_MUST_
CFG_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_ADJ
ACENT_FREQ
_CM_SWITCH
,
CMP_UU_IGN
ORE_UE_RLC
_CAP_SWITC
H,
CMP_UU_SER
V_CELL_CHG
_WITH_ASU_
SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SER
V_CELL_CHG
_WITH_RB_M
OD_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_VOI
P_UP_PROC_
AS_NORMAL_
PS_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_FDP
CH_COMPAT_
SWITCH,
CMP_UU_AM
R_DRD_HHO_
COMPAT_SWI
TCH,
CMP_IU_QOS
_ASYMMETR
Y_IND_COMP
AT_SWITCH,
CMP_F2P_PR
OCESS_OPTI
MIZATION_S
WITCH,
CMP_UU_IOS
_CELL_SYNC
_INFO_REPOR
T_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_INT
RA_FREQ_MC
_BESTCELL_C
IO_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SIB1
1_SIB12_WIT
H_1A1D_SWIT
CH,
CMP_F2F_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_D2F_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_RAB_5_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_6_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_7_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_8_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_9_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_HSUPA_
MACD_FLOW
_MUL_SWITC
H,
CMP_SMLC_R
SLT_MODE_T
YPE_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:CMP_IU
_IMS_PROC_A
S_NORMAL_P
S_SWITCH,
CMP_IU_QOS
_ASYMMETR
Y_IND_COMP
AT_SWITCH,
CMP_IU_SYS
HOIN_CMP_I
UUP_FIXTO1_
SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_H2
D_FOR_LOWR
5_NRNCCELL
_SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_SH
O_DIVCTRL_S
WITCH,
CMP_UU_ADJ
ACENT_FREQ
_CM_SWITCH
,
CMP_UU_AM
R_DRD_HHO_
COMPAT_SWI
TCH,
CMP_UU_AM
R_SID_MUST_
CFG_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_FDP
CH_COMPAT_
SWITCH,
CMP_UU_IGN
ORE_UE_RLC
_CAP_SWITC
H,
CMP_UU_INT
RA_FREQ_MC
_BESTCELL_C
IO_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_IOS
_CELL_SYNC
_INFO_REPOR
T_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SER
V_CELL_CHG
_WITH_ASU_
SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SER
V_CELL_CHG
_WITH_RB_M
OD_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_VOI
P_UP_PROC_
AS_NORMAL_
PS_SWITCH,
CMP_F2F_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_D2F_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_RAB_5_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_6_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_7_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_8_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_9_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_HSUPA_
MACD_FLOW
_MUL_SWITC
H,
CMP_SMLC_R
SLT_MODE_T
YPE_SWITCH,
CMP_F2P_PR
OCESS_OPTI
MIZATION_S
WITCH,
CMP_UU_SIB1
1_SIB12_WIT
H_1A1D_SWIT
CH
Default
Value:CMP_IU
_IMS_PROC_A
S_NORMAL_P
S_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IU_QO
S_ASYMMET
RY_IND_COM
PAT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IU_SY
SHOIN_CMP_I
UUP_FIXTO1_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUR_H
2D_FOR_LOW
R5_NRNCCEL
L_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUR_S
HO_DIVCTRL
_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_A
DJACENT_FR
EQ_CM_SWIT
CH:
0,CMP_UU_A
MR_DRD_HH
O_COMPAT_S
WITCH:
1,CMP_UU_A
MR_SID_MUS
T_CFG_SWIT
CH:
0,CMP_UU_FD
PCH_COMPAT
_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_IG
NORE_UE_RL
C_CAP_SWIT
CH:
1,CMP_UU_IN
TRA_FREQ_M
C_BESTCELL_
CIO_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_IO
S_CELL_SYN
C_INFO_REPO
RT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_SE
RV_CELL_CH
G_WITH_ASU
_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_SE
RV_CELL_CH
G_WITH_RB_
MOD_SWITC
H:
1,CMP_UU_V
OIP_UP_PROC
_AS_NORMAL
_PS_SWITCH:
1,CMP_F2F_R
LC_ONESIDE_
REBUILD_SW
ITCH:
0,CMP_D2F_R
LC_ONESIDE_
REBUILD_SW
ITCH:
0,CMP_RAB_5
_CFG_ROHC_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_RAB_6
_CFG_ROHC_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_RAB_7
_CFG_ROHC_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_RAB_8
_CFG_ROHC_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_RAB_9
_CFG_ROHC_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_HSUP
A_MACD_FLO
W_MUL_SWIT
CH:
0,CMP_SMLC_
RSLT_MODE_
TYPE_SWITC
H:
0,CMP_F2P_P
ROCESS_OPTI
MIZATION_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_UU_SI
B11_SIB12_WI
TH_1A1D_SWI
TCH:0
UUP_FIXTO1_
SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, the IUUP
version can be
rolled back to
R99 when
complete
configurations
are applied
during inter-
RAT handover.
4.
CMP_IUR_H2
D_FOR_LOWR
5_NRNCCELL
_SWITCH:
When the switch
is on, H2D is
performed
before a
neighboring
RNC cell whose
version is earlier
than R5 is added
to the active set;
E2D is
performed
before a
neighboring
RNC cell whose
version is earlier
than R6 is added
to the active set.
If the DRNC is
of a version
earlier than R5,
DL services
cannot be
mapped on the
HS-DSCH. If
the DRNC is of a
version earlier
than R6, DL
services cannot
be mapped on
the HS-EDCH.
5.
CMP_IUR_SH
O_DIVCTRL_S
WITCH: When
the switch is on,
the diversity
combination
over the Iur
interface is
configured on
the basis of that
of the local
RNC. When the
switch is not on,
the diversity
combination
over the Iur
interface is
configured on
the basis of
services. The
flag of diversity
combination
over the Iur
interface can be
set to MUST (for
BE services) or
MAY (for other
services). 6.
CMP_UU_ADJ
ACENT_FREQ
_CM_SWITCH
: Whether the
RNC activates
the compressed
mode before
initiating an
inter-frequency
measurement on
a DC-HSDPA or
DB-HSDPA
UE. When this
parameter is set
to ON, the RNC
initiates the
inter-frequency
measurement
without
activating the
compressed
mode if both the
UE and
EARFCN
support the non-
compressed
inter-frequency
measurement.
When this
parameter is set
to OFF, the RNC
activates the
compressed
mode before
initiating the
inter-frequency
measurement.
This switch
takes effect only
in non-flexible
DC cells and DB
cells. 7.
CMP_UU_AM
R_DRD_HHO_
COMPAT_SWI
TCH: This
parameter
specifies to
enable AMR
through DRD
two-step
procedure
function. When
SRB is set up on
DCH, and
"RNC" decides
to setup the
AMR through
DRD procedure,
When the switch
is enabled,
"RNC" will
execute blind
handover to the
target cell, and
then setup the
AMR RBs on
the target cell,
ON, if the
information
element that
indicates the F-
DPCH
capability of UE
exists in the
message
"RRC_CONNE
CT_REQ" or
"RRC_CONNE
CT_SETUP_C
MP", the F-
DPCH
capability
depends on that
indicator. If that
information
element does not
exist, UE
supports F-
DPCH when all
the conditions
meets: a) the
version of UE is
Release 6. b) UE
supports HS-
PDSCH. 10.
CMP_UU_IGN
ORE_UE_RLC
_CAP_SWITC
H: When the
switch is on, the
RAB
assignment
request and the
subsequent RB
setup procedure
proceed if the
RLC AM
capabilities of
the UE fail to
meet the
minimum RLC
TX/RX window
buffer
requirement of
the RAB to be
switch is on. In
this case, the
Alternative E-
bit is not
configured for
L2. 16.
CMP_F2F_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH: When the
switch is set to
ON, only uplink
RLC or
downlink RLC
can be re-
established
during the state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_FACH
(F2F for short).
17.
CMP_D2F_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH: When the
switch is set to
ON, only uplink
RLC or
downlink RLC
can be re-
established
during the state
transition from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH
(D2F for short).
18.
CMP_RAB_5_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH: When
the switch is set
to ON, the
service with
RAB ID 5 can be
configured with
the Robust
Header
Compression
(ROHC)
function. When
the switch is set
to OFF, the
service with
RAB ID 5
cannot be
configured with
the ROHC
function. 19.
CMP_RAB_6_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH: When
the switch is set
to ON, the
service with
RAB ID 6 can be
configured with
the ROHC
function. When
the switch is set
to OFF, the
service with
RAB ID 6
cannot be
configured with
the ROHC
function. 20.
CMP_RAB_7_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH: When
the switch is set
to ON, the
service with
RAB ID 7 can be
configured with
the ROHC
function. When
the switch is set
to OFF, the
service with
RAB ID 7
cannot be
configured with
the ROHC
function. 21.
CMP_RAB_8_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH: When
the switch is set
to ON, the
service with
RAB ID 8 can be
configured with
the ROHC
function. When
the switch is set
to OFF, the
service with
RAB ID 8
cannot be
configured with
the ROHC
function. 22.
CMP_RAB_9_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH: When
the switch is set
to ON, the
service with
RAB ID 9 can be
configured with
the ROHC
function. When
the switch is set
to OFF, the
service with
RAB ID 9
cannot be
configured with
the ROHC
function. 23.
CMP_HSUPA_
MACD_FLOW
_MUL_SWITC
H: When the
switch is set to
ON, MAC-d
flow can be
multiplexed
without any
restrictions.
When the switch
is set to OFF,
only MAC-d
flows whose
scheduling
priority is lower
than that of the
current MAC-d
flow can be
multiplexed. 24.
CMP_SMLC_R
SLT_MODE_T
YPE_SWITCH:
If the Client
Type of a
positioning
request is Value
Added Service
or Lawful
Intercept Client,
the positioning
result is reported
by using the
Ellipsoid Arc
type. For other
client types, the
positioning
result is reported
by using the
Ellipsoid point
with uncertainty
circle type. 25.
CMP_F2P_PR
OCESS_OPTI
MIZATION_S
WITCH: Switch
for optimizing
the procedure
for the
CELL_FACH-
to-CELL_PCH-
or-URA_PCH
state transition.
When this
switch is set to
on, F2P state
transition is
performed
through the
physical channel
reconfiguration
procedure.Whe
n this switch is
set to off, F2P
state transition is
performed
through the RB
reconfiguration
procedure. 26.
CMP_UU_SIB1
1_SIB12_WIT
H_1A1D_SWIT
CH: Whether to
carry parameters
related to events
1A and 1D in
system
information
block type 11
(SIB 11) and
SIB 12.If the
switch of
deferred
measurement
control reading
is turned on, the
UE cannot
promptly read
parameters
related to events
1A and 1D for
intra-frequency
neighboring
cells from SIB
11 or SIB12. As
a result, the UE
cannot perform
soft handovers
in advance. The
switch is set
using
DeferMcReadIn
d in the ADD/
MOD
UCELLMEAS
command.
GUI Value
Range:CMP_IU
_IMS_PROC_A
S_NORMAL_P
S_SWITCH,
CMP_IU_SYS
HOIN_CMP_I
UUP_FIXTO1_
SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_H2
D_FOR_LOWR
5_NRNCCELL
_SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_SH
O_DIVCTRL_S
WITCH,
CMP_UU_AM
R_SID_MUST_
CFG_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_ADJ
ACENT_FREQ
_CM_SWITCH
,
CMP_UU_IGN
ORE_UE_RLC
_CAP_SWITC
H,
CMP_UU_SER
V_CELL_CHG
_WITH_ASU_
SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SER
V_CELL_CHG
_WITH_RB_M
OD_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_VOI
P_UP_PROC_
AS_NORMAL_
PS_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_FDP
CH_COMPAT_
SWITCH,
CMP_UU_AM
R_DRD_HHO_
COMPAT_SWI
TCH,
CMP_IU_QOS
_ASYMMETR
Y_IND_COMP
AT_SWITCH,
CMP_F2P_PR
OCESS_OPTI
MIZATION_S
WITCH,
CMP_UU_IOS
_CELL_SYNC
_INFO_REPOR
T_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_INT
RA_FREQ_MC
_BESTCELL_C
IO_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SIB1
1_SIB12_WIT
H_1A1D_SWIT
CH,
CMP_F2F_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_D2F_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_RAB_5_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_6_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_7_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_8_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_9_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_HSUPA_
MACD_FLOW
_MUL_SWITC
H,
CMP_SMLC_R
SLT_MODE_T
YPE_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:CMP_IU
_IMS_PROC_A
S_NORMAL_P
S_SWITCH,
CMP_IU_QOS
_ASYMMETR
Y_IND_COMP
AT_SWITCH,
CMP_IU_SYS
HOIN_CMP_I
UUP_FIXTO1_
SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_H2
D_FOR_LOWR
5_NRNCCELL
_SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_SH
O_DIVCTRL_S
WITCH,
CMP_UU_ADJ
ACENT_FREQ
_CM_SWITCH
,
CMP_UU_AM
R_DRD_HHO_
COMPAT_SWI
TCH,
CMP_UU_AM
R_SID_MUST_
CFG_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_FDP
CH_COMPAT_
SWITCH,
CMP_UU_IGN
ORE_UE_RLC
_CAP_SWITC
H,
CMP_UU_INT
RA_FREQ_MC
_BESTCELL_C
IO_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_IOS
_CELL_SYNC
_INFO_REPOR
T_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SER
V_CELL_CHG
_WITH_ASU_
SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SER
V_CELL_CHG
_WITH_RB_M
OD_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_VOI
P_UP_PROC_
AS_NORMAL_
PS_SWITCH,
CMP_F2F_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_D2F_RL
C_ONESIDE_R
EBUILD_SWIT
CH,
CMP_RAB_5_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_6_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_7_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_8_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_9_
CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_HSUPA_
MACD_FLOW
_MUL_SWITC
H,
CMP_SMLC_R
SLT_MODE_T
YPE_SWITCH,
CMP_F2P_PR
OCESS_OPTI
MIZATION_S
WITCH,
CMP_UU_SIB1
1_SIB12_WIT
H_1A1D_SWIT
CH
Default
Value:CMP_IU
_IMS_PROC_A
S_NORMAL_P
S_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IU_QO
S_ASYMMET
RY_IND_COM
PAT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IU_SY
SHOIN_CMP_I
UUP_FIXTO1_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUR_H
2D_FOR_LOW
R5_NRNCCEL
L_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUR_S
HO_DIVCTRL
_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_A
DJACENT_FR
EQ_CM_SWIT
CH:
0,CMP_UU_A
MR_DRD_HH
O_COMPAT_S
WITCH:
1,CMP_UU_A
MR_SID_MUS
T_CFG_SWIT
CH:
0,CMP_UU_FD
PCH_COMPAT
_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_IG
NORE_UE_RL
C_CAP_SWIT
CH:
1,CMP_UU_IN
TRA_FREQ_M
C_BESTCELL_
CIO_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_IO
S_CELL_SYN
C_INFO_REPO
RT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_SE
RV_CELL_CH
G_WITH_ASU
_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_SE
RV_CELL_CH
G_WITH_RB_
MOD_SWITC
H:
1,CMP_UU_V
OIP_UP_PROC
_AS_NORMAL
_PS_SWITCH:
1,CMP_F2F_R
LC_ONESIDE_
REBUILD_SW
ITCH:
0,CMP_D2F_R
LC_ONESIDE_
REBUILD_SW
ITCH:
0,CMP_RAB_5
_CFG_ROHC_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_RAB_6
_CFG_ROHC_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_RAB_7
_CFG_ROHC_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_RAB_8
_CFG_ROHC_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_RAB_9
_CFG_ROHC_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_HSUP
A_MACD_FLO
W_MUL_SWIT
CH:
0,CMP_SMLC_
RSLT_MODE_
TYPE_SWITC
H:
0,CMP_F2P_P
ROCESS_OPTI
MIZATION_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_UU_SI
B11_SIB12_WI
TH_1A1D_SWI
TCH:0
operations. 3)
NON_HSPA_S
HO_SWITCH.
Indicating
whether to
trigger soft
handover for PS
(R99) cross the
Iur interface.
GUI Value
Range:CS_SHO
_SWITCH,
HSPA_SHO_S
WITCH,
NON_HSPA_S
HO_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:CS_SHO
_SWITCH,
HSPA_SHO_S
WITCH,
NON_HSPA_S
HO_SWITCH
Default
Value:None
operations. 3)
NON_HSPA_S
HO_SWITCH.
Indicating
whether to
trigger soft
handover for PS
(R99) cross the
Iur interface.
GUI Value
Range:CS_SHO
_SWITCH,
HSPA_SHO_S
WITCH,
NON_HSPA_S
HO_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:CS_SHO
_SWITCH,
HSPA_SHO_S
WITCH,
NON_HSPA_S
HO_SWITCH
Default
Value:None
frequency
measurement or
inter-RAT
measurement,
the RNC
determines
whether to
initiate a
handover based
on the sum of
"CIOOffset",
"CIO", and the
actual measured
value.
GUI Value
Range:-20~20
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:-10~10
Default Value:0
frequency
measurement or
inter-RAT
measurement,
the RNC
determines
whether to
initiate a
handover based
on the sum of
"CIOOffset",
"CIO", and the
actual measured
value.
GUI Value
Range:-20~20
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:-10~10
Default Value:0
obtained when
maximum ratio
combining is
performed in the
downlink of all
cells in the
active set.
GUI Value
Range:0~20
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~2,
step: 0.1
Default Value:0
obtained when
maximum ratio
combining is
performed in the
downlink of all
cells in the
active set.
GUI Value
Range:0~20
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~2,
step: 0.1
Default Value:0
Default
Value:AFFECT
Default
Value:AFFECT
on simulation
results, when the
relative
threshold is set
to 5 dB, the ratio
of the UE
involved in soft
handover (the
number of cells
in the active set
is at least 2) is
about 35%. you
are advised to set
the relative
threshold to a
great value (5 dB
to 7 dB) during
site deployment,
and to reduce the
threshold when
the users
increase. the
threshold must
be higher than 3
dB to avoid the
ping-pong
handover. You
can set different
relative
thresholds for
event 1A and
event 1B to
reduce the ping-
pong effect and
change the soft
handover ratio.
In general
applications, the
relative
thresholds for
events 1A and
1B should be
consistent, and
you can curb the
ping-pong effect
through the
triggering delay,
L3 filtering
coefficient, and
hysteresis. In
some specific
applications, if
the ping-pong
effect cannot be
curbed by
adjusting the
hysteresis
values for event
1A and event
1B, you can curb
it by setting a
higher relative
threshold for
event 1B and a
lower threshold
for event 1A.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:6
hysteresis. In
some specific
applications, if
the ping-pong
effect cannot be
curbed by
adjusting the
hysteresis
values for event
1A and event
1B, you can curb
it by setting a
higher relative
threshold for
event 1B and a
lower threshold
for event 1A.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:6
relative
threshold is set
to 5 dB, the ratio
of the UE
involved in soft
handover (the
number of cells
in the active set
is at least 2) is
about 35%. you
are advised to set
the relative
threshold to a
great value (5 dB
to 7 dB) during
site deployment,
and to reduce the
threshold when
the users
increase. the
threshold must
be higher than 3
dB to avoid the
ping-pong
handover. You
can set different
relative
thresholds for
event 1A and
event 1B to
reduce the ping-
pong effect and
change the soft
handover ratio.
In general
applications, the
relative
thresholds for
events 1A and
1B should be
consistent, and
you can curb the
ping-pong effect
through the
triggering delay,
L3 filtering
coefficient, and
hysteresis. In
some specific
applications, if
the ping-pong
effect cannot be
curbed by
adjusting the
hysteresis
values for event
1A and event
1B, you can curb
it by setting a
higher relative
threshold for
event 1B and a
lower threshold
for event 1A.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:6
relative
threshold is set
to 5 dB, the ratio
of the UE
involved in soft
handover (the
number of cells
in the active set
is at least 2) is
about 35%. you
are advised to set
the relative
threshold to a
great value (5 dB
to 7 dB) during
site deployment,
and to reduce the
threshold when
the users
increase. the
threshold must
be higher than 3
dB to avoid the
ping-pong
handover. You
can set different
relative
thresholds for
event 1A and
event 1B to
reduce the ping-
pong effect and
change the soft
handover ratio.
In general
applications, the
relative
thresholds for
events 1A and
1B should be
consistent, and
you can curb the
ping-pong effect
through the
triggering delay,
L3 filtering
coefficient, and
hysteresis. In
some specific
applications, if
the ping-pong
effect cannot be
curbed by
adjusting the
hysteresis
values for event
1A and event
1B, you can curb
it by setting a
higher relative
threshold for
event 1B and a
lower threshold
for event 1A.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:6
relative
threshold is set
to 5 dB, the ratio
of the UE
involved in soft
handover (the
number of cells
in the active set
is at least 2) is
about 35%. You
are advised to set
the relative
threshold to a
great value (5 dB
to 7 dB) during
site deployment,
and to reduce the
threshold when
the users
increase. the
threshold must
be higher than 3
dB to avoid the
ping-pong
handover. You
can set different
relative
thresholds for
event 1A and
event 1B to
reduce the ping-
pong effect and
change the soft
handover ratio.
In general
applications, the
relative
thresholds for
events 1A and
1B should be
consistent, and
you can curb the
ping-pong effect
through the
triggering delay,
L3 filtering
coefficient, and
hysteresis. In
some specific
applications, if
the ping-pong
effect cannot be
curbed by
adjusting the
hysteresis
values for event
1A and event
1B, you can curb
it by setting a
higher relative
threshold for
event 1B and a
lower threshold
for event 1A.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:6
relative
threshold is set
to 5 dB, the ratio
of the UE
involved in soft
handover (the
number of cells
in the active set
is at least 2) is
about 35%. You
are advised to set
the relative
threshold to a
great value (5 dB
to 7 dB) during
site deployment,
and to reduce the
threshold when
the users
increase. the
threshold must
be higher than 3
dB to avoid the
ping-pong
handover. You
can set different
relative
thresholds for
event 1A and
event 1B to
reduce the ping-
pong effect and
change the soft
handover ratio.
In general
applications, the
relative
thresholds for
events 1A and
1B should be
consistent, and
you can curb the
ping-pong effect
through the
triggering delay,
L3 filtering
coefficient, and
hysteresis. In
some specific
applications, if
the ping-pong
effect cannot be
curbed by
adjusting the
hysteresis
values for event
1A and event
1B, you can curb
it by setting a
higher relative
threshold for
event 1B and a
lower threshold
for event 1A.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:6
hysteresis. In
some specific
applications, if
the ping-pong
effect cannot be
curbed by
adjusting the
hysteresis
values for event
1A and event
1B, you can curb
it by setting a
higher relative
threshold for
event 1B and a
lower threshold
for event 1A.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:6
hysteresis. In
some specific
applications, if
the ping-pong
effect cannot be
curbed by
adjusting the
hysteresis
values for event
1A and event
1B, you can curb
it by setting a
higher relative
threshold for
event 1B and a
lower threshold
for event 1A.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:6
triggering delay
effectively
reduces the
average number
of handovers
and the number
of wrong
handovers,
preventing
unnecessary
handovers. If the
handover cannot
be triggered in
time, the time-
to-trigger
parameter for
event 1A needs
to be changed to
200 ms or 100
ms, and the
delay for event
1B needs to be
changed to 1280
ms or 2560 ms.
GUI Value
Range:D0, D10,
D20, D40, D60,
D80, D100,
D120, D160,
D200, D240,
D320, D640,
D1280, D2560,
D5000
Unit:ms
Actual Value
Range:0, 10, 20,
40, 60, 80, 100,
120, 160, 200,
240, 320, 640,
1280, 2560,
5000
Default
Value:D320
triggering delay
effectively
reduces the
average number
of handovers
and the number
of wrong
handovers,
preventing
unnecessary
handovers. If the
handover cannot
be triggered in
time, the time-
to-trigger
parameter for
event 1A needs
to be changed to
200 ms or 100
ms, and the
delay for event
1B needs to be
changed to 1280
ms or 2560 ms.
GUI Value
Range:D0, D10,
D20, D40, D60,
D80, D100,
D120, D160,
D200, D240,
D320, D640,
D1280, D2560,
D5000
Unit:ms
Actual Value
Range:0, 10, 20,
40, 60, 80, 100,
120, 160, 200,
240, 320, 640,
1280, 2560,
5000
Default
Value:D320
Actual Value
Range:AFFECT
,
NOT_AFFECT
Default
Value:AFFECT
Actual Value
Range:AFFECT
,
NOT_AFFECT
Default
Value:AFFECT
hysteresis. In
some specific
applications, if
the ping-pong
effect cannot be
curbed by
adjusting the
hysteresis
values for event
1A and event
1B, you can curb
it by setting a
higher relative
threshold for
event 1B and a
lower threshold
for event 1A.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:
12
hysteresis. In
some specific
applications, if
the ping-pong
effect cannot be
curbed by
adjusting the
hysteresis
values for event
1A and event
1B, you can curb
it by setting a
higher relative
threshold for
event 1B and a
lower threshold
for event 1A.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:
12
relative
threshold is set
to 5 dB, the ratio
of the UE
involved in soft
handover (the
number of cells
in the active set
is at least 2) is
about 35%. You
are advised to set
the relative
threshold to a
great value (5 dB
to 7 dB) during
site deployment,
and to reduce the
threshold when
the users
increase. the
threshold must
be higher than 3
dB to avoid the
ping-pong
handover. You
can set different
relative
thresholds for
event 1A and
event 1B to
reduce the ping-
pong effect and
change the soft
handover ratio.
In general
applications, the
relative
thresholds for
events 1A and
1B should be
consistent, and
you can curb the
ping-pong effect
through the
triggering delay,
L3 filtering
coefficient, and
hysteresis. In
some specific
applications, if
the ping-pong
effect cannot be
curbed by
adjusting the
hysteresis
values for event
1A and event
1B, you can curb
it by setting a
higher relative
threshold for
event 1B and a
lower threshold
for event 1A.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:
12
relative
threshold is set
to 5 dB, the ratio
of the UE
involved in soft
handover (the
number of cells
in the active set
is at least 2) is
about 35%. You
are advised to set
the relative
threshold to a
great value (5 dB
to 7 dB) during
site deployment,
and to reduce the
threshold when
the users
increase. the
threshold must
be higher than 3
dB to avoid the
ping-pong
handover. You
can set different
relative
thresholds for
event 1A and
event 1B to
reduce the ping-
pong effect and
change the soft
handover ratio.
In general
applications, the
relative
thresholds for
events 1A and
1B should be
consistent, and
you can curb the
ping-pong effect
through the
triggering delay,
L3 filtering
coefficient, and
hysteresis. In
some specific
applications, if
the ping-pong
effect cannot be
curbed by
adjusting the
hysteresis
values for event
1A and event
1B, you can curb
it by setting a
higher relative
threshold for
event 1B and a
lower threshold
for event 1A.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:
12
relative
threshold is set
to 5 dB, the ratio
of the UE
involved in soft
handover (the
number of cells
in the active set
is at least 2) is
about 35%. You
are advised to set
the relative
threshold to a
great value (5 dB
to 7 dB) during
site deployment,
and to reduce the
threshold when
the users
increase. the
threshold must
be higher than 3
dB to avoid the
ping-pong
handover. You
can set different
relative
thresholds for
event 1A and
event 1B to
reduce the ping-
pong effect and
change the soft
handover ratio.
In general
applications, the
relative
thresholds for
events 1A and
1B should be
consistent, and
you can curb the
ping-pong effect
through the
triggering delay,
L3 filtering
coefficient, and
hysteresis. In
some specific
applications, if
the ping-pong
effect cannot be
curbed by
adjusting the
hysteresis
values for event
1A and event
1B, you can curb
it by setting a
higher relative
threshold for
event 1B and a
lower threshold
for event 1A.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:
12
relative
threshold is set
to 5 dB, the ratio
of the UE
involved in soft
handover (the
number of cells
in the active set
is at least 2) is
about 35%. You
are advised to set
the relative
threshold to a
great value (5 dB
to 7 dB) during
site deployment,
and to reduce the
threshold when
the users
increase. the
threshold must
be higher than 3
dB to avoid the
ping-pong
handover. You
can set different
relative
thresholds for
event 1A and
event 1B to
reduce the ping-
pong effect and
change the soft
handover ratio.
In general
applications, the
relative
thresholds for
events 1A and
1B should be
consistent, and
you can curb the
ping-pong effect
through the
triggering delay,
L3 filtering
coefficient, and
hysteresis. In
some specific
applications, if
the ping-pong
effect cannot be
curbed by
adjusting the
hysteresis
values for event
1A and event
1B, you can curb
it by setting a
higher relative
threshold for
event 1B and a
lower threshold
for event 1A.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:
12
interval time
effectively
reduces the
average number
of handovers
and the number
of wrong
handovers,
preventing
unnecessary
handovers. If the
handover cannot
be triggered in
time, the time-
to-trigger
parameter for
event 1A needs
to be changed to
200 ms or 100
ms, and the
delay for event
1B needs to be
changed to 1280
ms or 2560 ms.
GUI Value
Range:D0, D10,
D20, D40, D60,
D80, D100,
D120, D160,
D200, D240,
D320, D640,
D1280, D2560,
D5000
Unit:ms
Actual Value
Range:0, 10, 20,
40, 60, 80, 100,
120, 160, 200,
240, 320, 640,
1280, 2560,
5000
Default
Value:D640
interval time
effectively
reduces the
average number
of handovers
and the number
of wrong
handovers,
preventing
unnecessary
handovers. If the
handover cannot
be triggered in
time, the time-
to-trigger
parameter for
event 1A needs
to be changed to
200 ms or 100
ms, and the
delay for event
1B needs to be
changed to 1280
ms or 2560 ms.
GUI Value
Range:D0, D10,
D20, D40, D60,
D80, D100,
D120, D160,
D200, D240,
D320, D640,
D1280, D2560,
D5000
Unit:ms
Actual Value
Range:0, 10, 20,
40, 60, 80, 100,
120, 160, 200,
240, 320, 640,
1280, 2560,
5000
Default
Value:D640
interval time
effectively
reduces the
average number
of handovers
and the number
of wrong
handovers,
preventing
unnecessary
handovers.
GUI Value
Range:D0, D10,
D20, D40, D60,
D80, D100,
D120, D160,
D200, D240,
D320, D640,
D1280, D2560,
D5000
Unit:ms
Actual Value
Range:0, 10, 20,
40, 60, 80, 100,
120, 160, 200,
240, 320, 640,
1280, 2560,
5000
Default
Value:D640
interval time
effectively
reduces the
average number
of handovers
and the number
of wrong
handovers,
preventing
unnecessary
handovers.
GUI Value
Range:D0, D10,
D20, D40, D60,
D80, D100,
D120, D160,
D200, D240,
D320, D640,
D1280, D2560,
D5000
Unit:ms
Actual Value
Range:0, 10, 20,
40, 60, 80, 100,
120, 160, 200,
240, 320, 640,
1280, 2560,
5000
Default
Value:D640
interval time
effectively
reduces the
average number
of handovers
and the number
of wrong
handovers,
preventing
unnecessary
handovers.
GUI Value
Range:D0, D10,
D20, D40, D60,
D80, D100,
D120, D160,
D200, D240,
D320, D640,
D1280, D2560,
D5000
Unit:ms
Actual Value
Range:0, 10, 20,
40, 60, 80, 100,
120, 160, 200,
240, 320, 640,
1280, 2560,
5000
Default
Value:D640
interval time
effectively
reduces the
average number
of handovers
and the number
of wrong
handovers,
preventing
unnecessary
handovers.
GUI Value
Range:D0, D10,
D20, D40, D60,
D80, D100,
D120, D160,
D200, D240,
D320, D640,
D1280, D2560,
D5000
Unit:ms
Actual Value
Range:0, 10, 20,
40, 60, 80, 100,
120, 160, 200,
240, 320, 640,
1280, 2560,
5000
Default
Value:D640
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-20
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-20
configured on
the OMU server.
If this parameter
is set to 29, rate
reduction after
soft handover
failure is
disabled.
GUI Value
Range:-29~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:-14.5~14
.5
Default Value:2
configured on
the OMU server.
If this parameter
is set to 29, rate
reduction after
soft handover
failure is
disabled.
GUI Value
Range:-29~29
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:-14.5~14
.5
Default Value:2
reduction
evaluation
period for soft
handovers. If
this parameter is
set to 0, rate
reduction after
soft handover
failure is
disabled.
GUI Value
Range:0~63
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~63
Default Value:3
reduction
evaluation
period for soft
handovers. If
this parameter is
set to 0, rate
reduction after
soft handover
failure is
disabled.
GUI Value
Range:0~63
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~63
Default Value:3
CH_CONG_S
WITCH:
Whether to
activate the
algorithm for
setting event 4A
threshold for BE
services. This
parameter is a
cell-level
parameter.
When this
switch is turned
on and the
threshold
specified in
"BeF2DHTvmT
hdForFACHCo
ng" is exceeded,
the RNC transits
the UEs
reporting event
4A from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
uses original
thresholds in
different
scenarios. 4.
DRA_URA_PC
H_SWITCH:
Whether to
preferentially
transit some
UEs to the
URA_PCH
state. This
switch is a cell-
level switch.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
preferentially
transits the
following UEs
to the
URA_PCH
state: UEs that
are shifted to the
current cell from
another cell
through cell
reselection and
UEs that are
about to transit
from the
CELL_FACH
or CELL_DCH
state to the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH
state. 5.
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH:
Whether the
load based state
transition
parameters are
used for UEs in a
cell. When this
switch is set to
on and the
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH under
the
"DraSwitch2" in
the "SET
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH"
command is set
to on for a cell,
the following
load based state
transition
parameters are
used for UEs in
the cell:
"HiLdBeD2FSt
ateTransTimer"
in the "SET
UUESTATETR
ANSTIMER"
command,
"HiLdCellDchP
SInactTimer" in
the "SET
UPSINACTTI
MER"
command, and
"HiLdBeDLF2
DHTvmThd"
and
"HiLdBeULF2
DETvmThd" in
the "SET
UUESTATETR
ANS"
command.
GUI Value
Range:DRA_S
MART_FAST_
STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH,
DRA_PCH_UE
_SMART_P2D
_SWITCH,
BE_4A_THD_
ADJ_FOR_FA
CH_CONG_S
WITCH,
DRA_URA_PC
H_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:DRA_S
MART_FAST_
STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH,
DRA_PCH_UE
_SMART_P2D
_SWITCH,
BE_4A_THD_
ADJ_FOR_FA
CH_CONG_S
WITCH,
DRA_URA_PC
H_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH
Default
Value:DRA_S
MART_FAST_
STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH:
0,DRA_PCH_U
E_SMART_P2
D_SWITCH:
0,BE_4A_THD
_ADJ_FOR_FA
CH_CONG_S
WITCH:
0,DRA_URA_P
CH_SWITCH:
0,DRA_INTEL
L_STATE_TR
ANS_ON_LOA
D_SWITCH:0
CH_CONG_S
WITCH:
Whether to
activate the
algorithm for
setting event 4A
threshold for BE
services. This
parameter is a
cell-level
parameter.
When this
switch is turned
on and the
threshold
specified in
"BeF2DHTvmT
hdForFACHCo
ng" is exceeded,
the RNC transits
the UEs
reporting event
4A from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
uses original
thresholds in
different
scenarios. 4.
DRA_URA_PC
H_SWITCH:
Whether to
preferentially
transit some
UEs to the
URA_PCH
state. This
switch is a cell-
level switch.
When this
switch is turned
on, the RNC
preferentially
transits the
following UEs
to the
URA_PCH
state: UEs that
are shifted to the
current cell from
another cell
through cell
reselection and
UEs that are
about to transit
from the
CELL_FACH
or CELL_DCH
state to the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH
state. 5.
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH:
Whether the
load based state
transition
parameters are
used for UEs in a
cell. When this
switch is set to
on and the
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH under
the
"DraSwitch2" in
the "SET
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH"
command is set
to on for a cell,
the following
load based state
transition
parameters are
used for UEs in
the cell:
"HiLdBeD2FSt
ateTransTimer"
in the "SET
UUESTATETR
ANSTIMER"
command,
"HiLdCellDchP
SInactTimer" in
the "SET
UPSINACTTI
MER"
command, and
"HiLdBeDLF2
DHTvmThd"
and
"HiLdBeULF2
DETvmThd" in
the "SET
UUESTATETR
ANS"
command.
GUI Value
Range:DRA_S
MART_FAST_
STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH,
DRA_PCH_UE
_SMART_P2D
_SWITCH,
BE_4A_THD_
ADJ_FOR_FA
CH_CONG_S
WITCH,
DRA_URA_PC
H_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:DRA_S
MART_FAST_
STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH,
DRA_PCH_UE
_SMART_P2D
_SWITCH,
BE_4A_THD_
ADJ_FOR_FA
CH_CONG_S
WITCH,
DRA_URA_PC
H_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH
Default
Value:DRA_S
MART_FAST_
STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH:
0,DRA_PCH_U
E_SMART_P2
D_SWITCH:
0,BE_4A_THD
_ADJ_FOR_FA
CH_CONG_S
WITCH:
0,DRA_URA_P
CH_SWITCH:
0,DRA_INTEL
L_STATE_TR
ANS_ON_LOA
D_SWITCH:0
RACH" IE
carries the
measured P-
CPICH Ec/N0
value in event
4A or event 4B.
In addition, the
updated P-
CPICH Ec/N0
value is used for
decisions on
coverage-based
TTI selection
and coverage-
based E2D for
UEs with RRC
connections. 3.
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_BE_E2
D_INITSEL_S
WITCH:
Whether the
initial
establishing BE
service of a UE
is switched from
HSUPA
channels to R99
channels in
weak coverage
areas. When this
switch is turned
off, the BE
service of the
UE is not
switched from
HSUPA
channels to R99
channels in
weak coverage
areas. When this
switch is turned
on, the BE
service of the
UE is switched
from HSUPA
channels to R99
channels in
weak coverage
areas. Note:
When the Ec/No
in the RACH
measurement
report from the
UE is less than
or equal to the
value of
"EcN0ThdForB
aseCoverE2D"
in the "SET
UFRC"
command, the
UE is in the
weak coverage
area. 4.
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_BE_E2
D_SWITCH:
Whether BE
services can be
switched over
from HSUPA to
R99 due to
insufficient
coverage in
connected
mode. When this
switch is turned
on, BE services
can be switched
over from
HSUPA to R99
due to
insufficient
coverage. If the
coverage
recovers after
the UE moves to
the cell center
and the
throughput is
high, the BE
services can be
transferred to
HSUPA. Note:
When event 6A1
is reported, the
UE is in
connected mode
under weak
coverage. 5.
DRA_D2F_OV
ER_IUR_SWIT
CH: Whether to
trigger D2F state
transition when
no CCCH is
configured over
the Iur interface
and an Iur link is
established.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
does not trigger
the D2F
procedure over
the Iur interface
if no CCCH is
configured over
the Iur interface.
When this
switch is turned
on, the D2F
procedure is
triggered
regardless of the
existence of the
CCCH over the
Iur interface. 6.
DRA_CSPS_0
K_RATE_UP_
SWITCH:
Whether the PS
BE service in the
CS+PS BE
combined
service supports
event-4A-
triggered DCCC
data rate
increasing when
its data rate is 0
kbit/s. ON: This
switch is turned
on. The PS BE
service in the CS
+PS BE
combined
service supports
event-4A-
triggered DCCC
data rate
increasing when
its data rate is 0
kbit/s. OFF:
This switch is
turned off. The
PS BE service in
the CS+PS BE
combined
service does not
support
event-4A-
triggered DCCC
data rate
increasing when
its data rate is 0
kbit/s. 7.
DRA_CSPS_B
OTH_ULDL_R
ATE_UP_SWI
TCH: Whether
the PS BE
service in the CS
+PS BE
combined
service supports
DCCC data rate
increasing on
both the uplink
and the
downlink when
an event 4A is
reported on the
uplink or
downlink. ON:
This switch is
turned on. The
PS BE service
supports DCCC
data rate
increasing on
both the uplink
and the
downlink when
event 4A is
reported on the
uplink or
downlink. OFF:
This switch is
turned off. The
PS BE service
does not support
DCCC data rate
increasing on
both the uplink
and the
downlink when
event 4A is
reported on the
uplink or
downlink. 8.
DRA_PS_STA
TE_TRANS_W
HEN_CS_REL
_SWITCH:
Whether the
following two
functions can be
enabled:If the
current rate of
the PS BE
service is 0 kbit/
s and event 4A
triggered-
DCCC service
rate increasing
fails for a CS
+PS BE
combined
service, the
RNC does not
release the PS
BE service after
a timer set by the
"ZeroRateUpFa
ilToRelTimerLe
n" parameter in
the "SET
UCOIFTIMER"
command
expires. A UE
processing a CS
+PS BE
combined
service
immediately
transits to the
CELL_FACH
state if the CS
service is
released and the
PS BE service
has no data
transmission.
ON: This switch
is turned on. The
preceding
functions can be
enabled. OFF:
This switch is
turned off. The
preceding
functions are
disabled. 9.
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_E2D_D
CCC_SWITCH:
Whether to use
the DCCC
function to
increase the
DCH data rate
for a UE that has
experienced a
coverage-
triggered E-
DCH-to-DCH
channel fallback
when the UE's
transmit power
or the cell's
RSCP does not
meet the E-DCH
allocation
requirement.
When this
parameter is set
to ON, the
implementation
is allowed but
the maximum
data rate is 144
kbit/s. When this
parameter is set
to OFF, the
implementation
is prohibited. In
addition, before
DCH-to-E-DCH
channel
switching, the
DCH data rate of
the UE is fixed at
the value of the
"UlBeTraffInit-
Bitrate"
parameter in the
"SET UFRC"
command.For a
UE that has
experienced an
Ec/N0-triggered
E-DCH-to-DCH
channel fallback
during a service
setup, when the
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_BE_E2
D_SWITCH
under the
"DraSwitch2"
parameter in the
"SET
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH"
command is
turned off, the
RNC uses the
DCCC function
to increase the
DCH data rate
for the UE even
if the UE's
transmit power
or the cell's
RSCP does not
meet the E-DCH
allocation
requirement.
Moreover, the
maximum data
rate is
configurable
and it can be
greater than 144
kbit/s. The
implementation
is not under the
control of the
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_E2D_D
CCC_SWITCH.
10.
DRA_WEB_FA
CH_DELAY_O
PT_SWITCH:
Whether to
enable the fast
CELL_FACH-
to-CELL_DCH
state transition
function and
allow the FACH
to transmit the
remaining data
when a UE is
browsing web
pages. Upon
detecting that a
UE in the
CELL_FACH
state is browsing
web pages, the
RNC transits the
UE to the
CELL_DCH
state when this
switch is turned
on. In addition,
the RNC allows
the FACH to
continue to
transmit data
until the state
transition is
completed. 11.
DRA_D2F_LI
MIT_WITH_C
S_IU_CON_S
WITCH:
Whether to
check whether
there is an Iu-CS
connection
before
performing a
CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_FACH
(D2F) state
transition. When
this switch is
turned on, the
RNC checks
whether there is
an Iu-CS
connection
before
performing a
D2F state
transition. If so,
the RNC does
not perform the
state transition.
If not, the RNC
performs the
state transition.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
does not check
whether there is
an Iu-CS
connection
before
performing the
state transition.
12.
DRA_D2P_WH
EN_PS_INACT
_SWITCH:
Switch
controlling the
PS-inactivity-
based
CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_PCH
(D2P) state
transition
algorithm.
When this
switch is turned
on, this
algorithm is
activated. When
this switch is
turned off, this
algorithm is not
activated. This
algorithm works
as follows:After
a UE enters the
CELL_DCH
state, this
algorithm
triggers a D2P
state transition
upon detecting
that the UE does
not process any
uplink or
downlink
service during a
certain period of
time, which is
specified by the
"D2PPsInactTi
mer " parameter
in the "SET
UUESTATETR
ANSTIMER"
command. 13.
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH:
Whether to
validate the load
based intelligent
state transition
algorithm.
When this
switch is set to
on and the
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH under
the "DraSwitch"
parameter in the
"ADD
UCELLDCCC"
command is set
to on, the RNC
performs state
transition
according to the
following
parameters:
"HiLdBeD2FSt
ateTransTimer"
in the "SET
UUESTATETR
ANSTIMER"
command,
"HiLdCellDchP
SInactTimer" in
the "SET
UPSINACTTI
MER"
command, and
"HiLdBeDLF2
DHTvmThd"
and
"HiLdBeULF2
DETvmThd" in
the "SET
UUESTATETR
ANS"
command. 14.
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_LOAD_
SRB_H2D_SW
ITCH: Whether
the coverage-
based and load-
based algorithm
for dynamic
reconfiguration
of the channel
mapped to
downlink
signaling radio
bearers (SRBs)
takes
effect.When this
switch is turned
off, the
algorithm does
not take effect.
When this
switch is turned
on, The
algorithm takes
effect.
Operations of
the algorithm: 1.
Access mode:
The algorithm
also considers
coverage and
loads to
determine
whether the
downlink SRBs
can be carried on
the HS-DSCH
when a UE
transits from the
idle,
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state
to the
CELL_DCH
state during an
RRC connection
setup, RAB
setup, or RAB
modification or
when a
CELL_DCH UE
experiences an
incoming inter-
RAT handover
or an incoming
combined hard
handover and
SRNS
relocation. 2.
Connected
mode: After a
UE accesses a
cell, the
algorithm
determines
whether to
deliver periodic
RSCP and Ec/
N0
measurement
control
messages. When
the RNC
receives
periodic
measurement
reports on the
RSCP and Ec/
N0, the
algorithm
determines
whether to
initiate the SRB
reconfiguration
process.
GUI Value
Range:DRA_B
ASE_COVER_
BE_E2D_INIT
SEL_OPT_SWI
TCH,
DRA_PCPICH_
ECN0_ON_RA
CH_UPDATE_
SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_BE_E2
D_INITSEL_S
WITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_BE_E2
D_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_OV
ER_IUR_SWIT
CH,
DRA_CSPS_0
K_RATE_UP_
SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_B
OTH_ULDL_R
ATE_UP_SWI
TCH,
DRA_PS_STA
TE_TRANS_W
HEN_CS_REL
_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_E2D_D
CCC_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_FA
CH_DELAY_O
PT_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_LI
MIT_WITH_C
S_IU_CON_S
WITCH,
DRA_D2P_WH
EN_PS_INACT
_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_LOAD_
SRB_H2D_SW
ITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:DRA_B
ASE_COVER_
BE_E2D_INIT
SEL_OPT_SWI
TCH,
DRA_PCPICH_
ECN0_ON_RA
CH_UPDATE_
SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_BE_E2
D_INITSEL_S
WITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_BE_E2
D_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_OV
ER_IUR_SWIT
CH,
DRA_CSPS_0
K_RATE_UP_
SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_B
OTH_ULDL_R
ATE_UP_SWI
TCH,
DRA_PS_STA
TE_TRANS_W
HEN_CS_REL
_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_E2D_D
CCC_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_FA
CH_DELAY_O
PT_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_LI
MIT_WITH_C
S_IU_CON_S
WITCH,
DRA_D2P_WH
EN_PS_INACT
_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_LOAD_
SRB_H2D_SW
ITCH
Default
Value:DRA_B
ASE_COVER_
BE_E2D_INIT
SEL_OPT_SWI
TCH:
0,DRA_PCPIC
H_ECN0_ON_
RACH_UPDAT
E_SWITCH:
0,DRA_BASE_
COVER_BE_E
2D_INITSEL_S
WITCH:
0,DRA_BASE_
COVER_BE_E
2D_SWITCH:
0,DRA_D2F_O
VER_IUR_SWI
TCH:
0,DRA_CSPS_
0K_RATE_UP_
SWITCH:
1,DRA_CSPS_
BOTH_ULDL_
RATE_UP_SW
ITCH:
0,DRA_PS_ST
ATE_TRANS_
WHEN_CS_RE
L_SWITCH:
0,DRA_BASE_
COVER_E2D_
DCCC_SWITC
H:
0,DRA_WEB_
FACH_DELAY
_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,DRA_D2F_LI
MIT_WITH_C
S_IU_CON_S
WITCH:
0,DRA_D2P_W
HEN_PS_INAC
T_SWITCH:
0,DRA_INTEL
L_STATE_TR
ANS_ON_LOA
D_SWITCH:
0,DRA_BASE_
COVER_LOA
D_SRB_H2D_S
WITCH:0
results on
RACH" IE
carries the
measured P-
CPICH Ec/N0
value in event
4A or event 4B.
In addition, the
updated P-
CPICH Ec/N0
value is used for
decisions on
coverage-based
TTI selection
and coverage-
based E2D for
UEs with RRC
connections. 3.
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_BE_E2
D_INITSEL_S
WITCH:
Whether the
initial
establishing BE
service of a UE
is switched from
HSUPA
channels to R99
channels in
weak coverage
areas. When this
switch is turned
off, the BE
service of the
UE is not
switched from
HSUPA
channels to R99
channels in
weak coverage
areas. When this
switch is turned
on, the BE
service of the
UE is switched
from HSUPA
channels to R99
channels in
weak coverage
areas. Note:
When the Ec/No
in the RACH
measurement
report from the
UE is less than
or equal to the
value of
"EcN0ThdForB
aseCoverE2D"
in the "SET
UFRC"
command, the
UE is in the
weak coverage
area. 4.
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_BE_E2
D_SWITCH:
Whether BE
services can be
switched over
from HSUPA to
R99 due to
insufficient
coverage in
connected
mode. When this
switch is turned
on, BE services
can be switched
over from
HSUPA to R99
due to
insufficient
coverage. If the
coverage
recovers after
the UE moves to
the cell center
and the
throughput is
high, the BE
services can be
transferred to
HSUPA. Note:
data rate
increasing on
both the uplink
and the
downlink when
event 4A is
reported on the
uplink or
downlink. OFF:
This switch is
turned off. The
PS BE service
does not support
DCCC data rate
increasing on
both the uplink
and the
downlink when
event 4A is
reported on the
uplink or
downlink. 8.
DRA_PS_STA
TE_TRANS_W
HEN_CS_REL
_SWITCH:
Whether the
following two
functions can be
enabled:If the
current rate of
the PS BE
service is 0 kbit/
s and event 4A
triggered-
DCCC service
rate increasing
fails for a CS
+PS BE
combined
service, the
RNC does not
release the PS
BE service after
a timer set by the
"ZeroRateUpFa
ilToRelTimerLe
n" parameter in
the "SET
UCOIFTIMER"
command
expires. A UE
processing a CS
+PS BE
combined
service
immediately
transits to the
CELL_FACH
state if the CS
service is
released and the
PS BE service
has no data
transmission.
ON: This switch
is turned on. The
preceding
functions can be
enabled. OFF:
This switch is
turned off. The
preceding
functions are
disabled. 9.
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_E2D_D
CCC_SWITCH:
Whether to use
the DCCC
function to
increase the
DCH data rate
for a UE that has
experienced a
coverage-
triggered E-
DCH-to-DCH
channel fallback
when the UE's
transmit power
or the cell's
RSCP does not
meet the E-DCH
allocation
requirement.
When this
parameter is set
to ON, the
implementation
is allowed but
the maximum
data rate is 144
kbit/s. When this
parameter is set
to OFF, the
implementation
is prohibited. In
addition, before
DCH-to-E-DCH
channel
switching, the
DCH data rate of
the UE is fixed at
the value of the
"UlBeTraffInit-
Bitrate"
parameter in the
"SET UFRC"
command.For a
UE that has
experienced an
Ec/N0-triggered
E-DCH-to-DCH
channel fallback
during a service
setup, when the
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_BE_E2
D_SWITCH
under the
"DraSwitch2"
parameter in the
"SET
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH"
command is
turned off, the
RNC uses the
DCCC function
to increase the
DCH data rate
for the UE even
if the UE's
transmit power
or the cell's
RSCP does not
meet the E-DCH
allocation
requirement.
Moreover, the
maximum data
rate is
configurable
and it can be
greater than 144
kbit/s. The
implementation
is not under the
control of the
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_E2D_D
CCC_SWITCH.
10.
DRA_WEB_FA
CH_DELAY_O
PT_SWITCH:
Whether to
enable the fast
CELL_FACH-
to-CELL_DCH
state transition
function and
allow the FACH
to transmit the
remaining data
when a UE is
browsing web
pages. Upon
detecting that a
UE in the
CELL_FACH
state is browsing
web pages, the
RNC transits the
UE to the
CELL_DCH
state when this
switch is turned
on. In addition,
the RNC allows
the FACH to
continue to
transmit data
until the state
transition is
completed. 11.
DRA_D2F_LI
MIT_WITH_C
S_IU_CON_S
WITCH:
Whether to
check whether
there is an Iu-CS
connection
before
performing a
CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_FACH
(D2F) state
transition. When
this switch is
turned on, the
RNC checks
whether there is
an Iu-CS
connection
before
performing a
D2F state
transition. If so,
the RNC does
not perform the
state transition.
If not, the RNC
performs the
state transition.
When this
switch is turned
off, the RNC
does not check
whether there is
an Iu-CS
connection
before
performing the
state transition.
12.
DRA_D2P_WH
EN_PS_INACT
_SWITCH:
Switch
controlling the
PS-inactivity-
based
CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_PCH
(D2P) state
transition
algorithm.
When this
switch is turned
on, this
algorithm is
activated. When
this switch is
turned off, this
algorithm is not
activated. This
algorithm works
as follows:After
a UE enters the
CELL_DCH
state, this
algorithm
triggers a D2P
state transition
upon detecting
that the UE does
not process any
uplink or
downlink
service during a
certain period of
time, which is
specified by the
"D2PPsInactTi
mer " parameter
in the "SET
UUESTATETR
ANSTIMER"
command. 13.
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH:
Whether to
validate the load
based intelligent
state transition
algorithm.
When this
switch is set to
on and the
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH under
the "DraSwitch"
parameter in the
"ADD
UCELLDCCC"
command is set
to on, the RNC
performs state
transition
according to the
following
parameters:
"HiLdBeD2FSt
ateTransTimer"
in the "SET
UUESTATETR
ANSTIMER"
command,
"HiLdCellDchP
SInactTimer" in
the "SET
UPSINACTTI
MER"
command, and
"HiLdBeDLF2
DHTvmThd"
and
"HiLdBeULF2
DETvmThd" in
the "SET
UUESTATETR
ANS"
command. 14.
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_LOAD_
SRB_H2D_SW
ITCH: Whether
the coverage-
based and load-
based algorithm
for dynamic
reconfiguration
of the channel
mapped to
downlink
signaling radio
bearers (SRBs)
takes
effect.When this
switch is turned
off, the
algorithm does
not take effect.
When this
switch is turned
on, The
algorithm takes
effect.
Operations of
the algorithm: 1.
Access mode:
The algorithm
also considers
coverage and
loads to
determine
whether the
downlink SRBs
can be carried on
the HS-DSCH
when a UE
transits from the
idle,
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state
to the
CELL_DCH
state during an
RRC connection
setup, RAB
setup, or RAB
modification or
when a
CELL_DCH UE
experiences an
incoming inter-
RAT handover
or an incoming
combined hard
handover and
SRNS
relocation. 2.
Connected
mode: After a
UE accesses a
cell, the
algorithm
determines
whether to
deliver periodic
RSCP and Ec/
N0
measurement
control
messages. When
the RNC
receives
periodic
measurement
reports on the
RSCP and Ec/
N0, the
algorithm
determines
whether to
initiate the SRB
reconfiguration
process.
GUI Value
Range:DRA_B
ASE_COVER_
BE_E2D_INIT
SEL_OPT_SWI
TCH,
DRA_PCPICH_
ECN0_ON_RA
CH_UPDATE_
SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_BE_E2
D_INITSEL_S
WITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_BE_E2
D_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_OV
ER_IUR_SWIT
CH,
DRA_CSPS_0
K_RATE_UP_
SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_B
OTH_ULDL_R
ATE_UP_SWI
TCH,
DRA_PS_STA
TE_TRANS_W
HEN_CS_REL
_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_E2D_D
CCC_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_FA
CH_DELAY_O
PT_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_LI
MIT_WITH_C
S_IU_CON_S
WITCH,
DRA_D2P_WH
EN_PS_INACT
_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_LOAD_
SRB_H2D_SW
ITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:DRA_B
ASE_COVER_
BE_E2D_INIT
SEL_OPT_SWI
TCH,
DRA_PCPICH_
ECN0_ON_RA
CH_UPDATE_
SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_BE_E2
D_INITSEL_S
WITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_BE_E2
D_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_OV
ER_IUR_SWIT
CH,
DRA_CSPS_0
K_RATE_UP_
SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_B
OTH_ULDL_R
ATE_UP_SWI
TCH,
DRA_PS_STA
TE_TRANS_W
HEN_CS_REL
_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_E2D_D
CCC_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_FA
CH_DELAY_O
PT_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_LI
MIT_WITH_C
S_IU_CON_S
WITCH,
DRA_D2P_WH
EN_PS_INACT
_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_
STATE_TRAN
S_ON_LOAD_
SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_C
OVER_LOAD_
SRB_H2D_SW
ITCH
Default
Value:DRA_B
ASE_COVER_
BE_E2D_INIT
SEL_OPT_SWI
TCH:
0,DRA_PCPIC
H_ECN0_ON_
RACH_UPDAT
E_SWITCH:
0,DRA_BASE_
COVER_BE_E
2D_INITSEL_S
WITCH:
0,DRA_BASE_
COVER_BE_E
2D_SWITCH:
0,DRA_D2F_O
VER_IUR_SWI
TCH:
0,DRA_CSPS_
0K_RATE_UP_
SWITCH:
1,DRA_CSPS_
BOTH_ULDL_
RATE_UP_SW
ITCH:
0,DRA_PS_ST
ATE_TRANS_
WHEN_CS_RE
L_SWITCH:
0,DRA_BASE_
COVER_E2D_
DCCC_SWITC
H:
0,DRA_WEB_
FACH_DELAY
_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,DRA_D2F_LI
MIT_WITH_C
S_IU_CON_S
WITCH:
0,DRA_D2P_W
HEN_PS_INAC
T_SWITCH:
0,DRA_INTEL
L_STATE_TR
ANS_ON_LOA
D_SWITCH:
0,DRA_BASE_
COVER_LOA
D_SRB_H2D_S
WITCH:0
should be
applied through
L3 filter, to
eliminate the
effect of shadow
fading and peaks
caused by fast
fading, thus the
filtered
measurement
value can reflect
the variation of
the actual
measurement
value, and
provide more
reliable
measurement
result for event
judgement. Note
that this
parameter has
great impact on
the overall
performance of
the handover.
Therefore, set
this parameter
with caution.
GUI Value
Range:D0, D1,
D2, D3, D4, D5,
D6, D7, D8, D9,
D11, D13, D15,
D17, D19
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0, 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
11, 13, 15, 17, 19
Default
Value:D3
applied through
L3 filter, to
eliminate the
effect of shadow
fading and peaks
caused by fast
fading, thus the
filtered
measurement
value can reflect
the variation of
the actual
measurement
value, and
provide more
reliable
measurement
result for event
judgement. Note
that this
parameter has
great impact on
the overall
performance of
the handover.
Therefore, set
this parameter
with caution.
GUI Value
Range:D0, D1,
D2, D3, D4, D5,
D6, D7, D8, D9,
D11, D13, D15,
D17, D19
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0, 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
11, 13, 15, 17, 19
Default
Value:D3
measurement
control and
inter-RAT
measurement
control
messages at the
same time.
GUI Value
Range:0~60
Unit:s
Actual Value
Range:0~60
Default Value:0
measurement
control and
inter-RAT
measurement
control
messages at the
same time.
GUI Value
Range:0~60
Unit:s
Actual Value
Range:0~60
Default Value:0
measurement
control and
inter-RAT
measurement
control
messages at the
same time.
GUI Value
Range:0~60
Unit:s
Actual Value
Range:0~60
Default Value:0
measurement
control and
inter-RAT
measurement
control
messages at the
same time.
GUI Value
Range:0~60
Unit:s
Actual Value
Range:0~60
Default Value:0
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:PERIOD
ICAL_REPOR
TING,
EVENT_TRIG
GER
Default
Value:PERIODI
CAL_REPORT
ING(Periodical
reporting)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:PERIOD
ICAL_REPOR
TING,
EVENT_TRIG
GER
Default
Value:PERIODI
CAL_REPORT
ING(Periodical
reporting)
Actual Value
Range:PERIOD
ICAL_REPOR
TING,
EVENT_TRIG
GER
Default
Value:PERIODI
CAL_REPORT
ING(Periodical
reporting)
Actual Value
Range:PERIOD
ICAL_REPOR
TING,
EVENT_TRIG
GER
Default
Value:PERIODI
CAL_REPORT
ING(Periodical
reporting)
(D28000),
D32000
(D32000),
D64000
(D64000)
Unit:ms
Actual Value
Range:NON_P
ERIODIC_REP
ORT, 250, 500,
1000, 2000,
3000, 4000,
6000, 8000,
12000, 16000,
20000, 24000,
28000, 32000,
64000
Default
Value:D500
(D500)
(D28000),
D32000
(D32000),
D64000
(D64000)
Unit:ms
Actual Value
Range:NON_P
ERIODIC_REP
ORT, 250, 500,
1000, 2000,
3000, 4000,
6000, 8000,
12000, 16000,
20000, 24000,
28000, 32000,
64000
Default
Value:D500
(D500)
should be made
according to the
configured
GSM RSSI
measurement
compressed
mode sequence.
According to the
current
configured
GSM RSSI
measurement
compressed
mode sequence,
the RSSI
measurement of
eight GSM cells
can be finished
in 480 ms.
Therefore, the
RSSI
measurement of
16 GSM cells
can be finished
in 1000 ms.
According to
3GPP
specifications,
the number of
inter-RAT
neighboring
cells should not
exceed 32.
Therefore, the
parameter value
can be set to
2000 ms if the
number of
neighboring
GSM cells
exceeds 16.
GUI Value
Range:NON_P
ERIODIC_REP
ORT(Non
periodical
reporting), D250
(D250), D500
(D500), D1000
(D1000), D2000
(D2000), D3000
(D3000), D4000
(D4000), D6000
(D6000), D8000
(D8000),
D12000
(D12000),
D16000
(D16000),
D20000
(D20000),
D24000
(D24000),
D28000
(D28000),
D32000
(D32000),
D64000
(D64000)
Unit:ms
Actual Value
Range:NON_P
ERIODIC_REP
ORT, 250, 500,
1000, 2000,
3000, 4000,
6000, 8000,
12000, 16000,
20000, 24000,
28000, 32000,
64000
Default
Value:D1000
(D1000)
should be made
according to the
configured
GSM RSSI
measurement
compressed
mode sequence.
According to the
current
configured
GSM RSSI
measurement
compressed
mode sequence,
the RSSI
measurement of
eight GSM cells
can be finished
in 480 ms.
Therefore, the
RSSI
measurement of
16 GSM cells
can be finished
in 1000 ms.
According to
3GPP
specifications,
the number of
inter-RAT
neighboring
cells should not
exceed 32.
Therefore, the
parameter value
can be set to
2000 ms if the
number of
neighboring
GSM cells
exceeds 16.
GUI Value
Range:NON_P
ERIODIC_REP
ORT(Non
periodical
reporting), D250
(D250), D500
(D500), D1000
(D1000), D2000
(D2000), D3000
(D3000), D4000
(D4000), D6000
(D6000), D8000
(D8000),
D12000
(D12000),
D16000
(D16000),
D20000
(D20000),
D24000
(D24000),
D28000
(D28000),
D32000
(D32000),
D64000
(D64000)
Unit:ms
Actual Value
Range:NON_P
ERIODIC_REP
ORT, 250, 500,
1000, 2000,
3000, 4000,
6000, 8000,
12000, 16000,
20000, 24000,
28000, 32000,
64000
Default
Value:D1000
(D1000)
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-100
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-100
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-95
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-95
GUI Value
Range:CPICH_
EC/NO,
CPICH_RSCP,
AUTO
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:CPICH_
EC/NO,
CPICH_RSCP,
AUTO
Default
Value:AUTO
GUI Value
Range:CPICH_
EC/NO,
CPICH_RSCP,
AUTO
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:CPICH_
EC/NO,
CPICH_RSCP,
AUTO
Default
Value:AUTO
neighboring cell
in the direction,
CPCICH RSCP
varies faster
than Ec/No and
the quality
should be
evaluated
according to
CPCICH RSCP.
If the
measurement
quantity is not
properly
selected, the
handover may
not be
performed
timely, thus
resulting in call
drops.
GUI Value
Range:CPICH_
EC/NO,
CPICH_RSCP
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:CPICH_
EC/NO,
CPICH_RSCP
Default
Value:CPICH_
RSCP
neighboring cell
in the direction,
CPCICH RSCP
varies faster
than Ec/No and
the quality
should be
evaluated
according to
CPCICH RSCP.
If the
measurement
quantity is not
properly
selected, the
handover may
not be
performed
timely, thus
resulting in call
drops.
GUI Value
Range:CPICH_
EC/NO,
CPICH_RSCP
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:CPICH_
EC/NO,
CPICH_RSCP
Default
Value:CPICH_
RSCP
parameters),
COEXIST_ME
AS_THD_CHO
ICE_INTERRA
T(Choosing the
inter-RAT
oriented
parameters)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:COEXIS
T_MEAS_THD
_CHOICE_INT
ERFREQ,
COEXIST_ME
AS_THD_CHO
ICE_INTERRA
T
Default
Value:COEXIS
T_MEAS_THD
_CHOICE_INT
ERFREQ
(Choosing the
inter-frequency
oriented
parameters)
parameters),
COEXIST_ME
AS_THD_CHO
ICE_INTERRA
T(Choosing the
inter-RAT
oriented
parameters)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:COEXIS
T_MEAS_THD
_CHOICE_INT
ERFREQ,
COEXIST_ME
AS_THD_CHO
ICE_INTERRA
T
Default
Value:COEXIS
T_MEAS_THD
_CHOICE_INT
ERFREQ
(Choosing the
inter-frequency
oriented
parameters)
recommended
values
according to the
statistics of the
ping-pong inter-
frequency
handover.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB;
0.5dBm
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:4
recommended
values
according to the
statistics of the
ping-pong inter-
frequency
handover.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB;
0.5dBm
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:4
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-14
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-14
is to stop the
compressed
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-14
is to stop the
compressed
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-14
compressed
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-14
compressed
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-14
is to stop the
compressed
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-95
is to stop the
compressed
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-95
compressed
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-95
compressed
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-95
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-14
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-14
between the
thresholds of
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-15
between the
thresholds of
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-15
thresholds of
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-15
thresholds of
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-15
between the
thresholds of
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-110
between the
thresholds of
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-110
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-110
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-110
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-14
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-14
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-95
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-95
recommended
values
according to the
statistics of the
ping-pong inter-
frequency
handover.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB;
0.5dBm
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:4
recommended
values
according to the
statistics of the
ping-pong inter-
frequency
handover.
GUI Value
Range:0~29
Unit:0.5dB;
0.5dBm
Actual Value
Range:0~14.5
Default Value:4
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-12
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-12
the compressed
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-12
the compressed
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-12
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-12
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-12
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-92
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-92
the compressed
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-92
the compressed
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-92
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-92
mode. To reduce
the probability
of frequently
starting and
stopping the
compressed
mode, increase
the difference
between the
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-92
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-12
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-12
between the
thresholds of
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-13
between the
thresholds of
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-13
thresholds of
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-13
thresholds of
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-13
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-97
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-97
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-107
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-107
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-107
triggering event
2D and event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-107
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-12
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-12
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-92
event 2D
threshold and
event 2F
threshold.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-92
Default
Value:-12
Default
Value:-12
Default
Value:-92
Default
Value:-92
parameter is
usually set
greater than the
start threshold
for event 2D or
equal to the
threshold of
event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-92
parameter is
usually set
greater than the
start threshold
for event 2D or
equal to the
threshold of
event 2F.
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-92
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-12
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-12
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-92
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-92
based on QoS,
can be triggered,
and thus the
more timely the
handover to the
target cell can be
performed.
GUI Value
Range:-15~15
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-15~15
Default Value:
10
based on QoS,
can be triggered,
and thus the
more timely the
handover to the
target cell can be
performed.
GUI Value
Range:-15~15
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-15~15
Default Value:
10
frequency
measurement or
inter-RAT
measurement,
the RNC
determines
whether to
initiate a
handover based
on the sum of
"CIOOffset",
"CIO", and the
actual measured
value.
GUI Value
Range:-20~20
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:-10~10
Default Value:0
frequency
measurement or
inter-RAT
measurement,
the RNC
determines
whether to
initiate a
handover based
on the sum of
"CIOOffset",
"CIO", and the
actual measured
value.
GUI Value
Range:-20~20
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value
Range:-10~10
Default Value:0
"Inter-RAT
Reporting
Mode" is set to
PERIODIC_TR
IGGER, this
parameter is
used for the
assessment of
coverage-based
inter-RAT
handovers. That
is, Tother_RAT
in the following
formula. This
parameter is the
absolute
threshold of the
cell of another
RAT (Received
Signal Strength
Indicator: RSSI)
for the inter-
RAT handover
decisions. If the
quality of the
cell of another
RAT in the inter-
RAT
measurement
report fulfills the
following
criterion:
Mother_RAT +
CIO >=
Tother_RAT +
H/2 The system
starts the trigger
timer, and
makes the
handover
decision after
the timer
expires. If the
quality of the
cell of another
RAT fulfills the
following
criterion before
timeout:
Mother_RAT +
CIO <
Tother_RAT -
H/2 The RNC
stops the timer
and waits for
another inter-
RAT
measurement
report. Where, 1
Mother_RAT is
the
measurement
result of the
GSM RSSI. 2
Tother_RAT is
the inter-RAT
handover
decision
threshold. 3 Cell
Individual
Offset (CIO) is
the offset for the
cell of another
RAT. 4 H
represents the
hysteresis, the
setting of which
can reduce false
decisions caused
by signal jitters.
GUI Value
Range:0~63
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-110~-48
(Actual value
meets the
condition:
Actual Value =
GUI Value -
111)
Default Value:
16
"Inter-RAT
Reporting
Mode" is set to
PERIODIC_TR
IGGER, this
parameter is
used for the
assessment of
coverage-based
inter-RAT
handovers. That
is, Tother_RAT
in the following
formula. This
parameter is the
absolute
threshold of the
cell of another
RAT (Received
Signal Strength
Indicator: RSSI)
for the inter-
RAT handover
decisions. If the
quality of the
cell of another
RAT in the inter-
RAT
measurement
report fulfills the
following
criterion:
Mother_RAT +
CIO >=
Tother_RAT +
H/2 The system
starts the trigger
timer, and
makes the
handover
decision after
the timer
expires. If the
quality of the
cell of another
RAT fulfills the
following
criterion before
timeout:
Mother_RAT +
CIO <
Tother_RAT -
H/2 The RNC
stops the timer
and waits for
another inter-
RAT
measurement
report. Where, 1
Mother_RAT is
the
measurement
result of the
GSM RSSI. 2
Tother_RAT is
the inter-RAT
handover
decision
threshold. 3 Cell
Individual
Offset (CIO) is
the offset for the
cell of another
RAT. 4 H
represents the
hysteresis, the
setting of which
can reduce false
decisions caused
by signal jitters.
GUI Value
Range:0~63
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-110~-48
(Actual value
meets the
condition:
Actual Value =
GUI Value -
111)
Default Value:
16
smaller than
-110 dBm. If
"Inter-RAT
Reporting
Mode" is set to
PERIODIC_TR
IGGER, this
parameter is
used for the
assessment of
coverage-based
inter-RAT
handovers. That
is, Tother_RAT
in the following
formula. This
parameter is the
absolute
threshold of the
cell of another
RAT (RSSI) for
the inter-RAT
handover
decisions. If the
quality of the
cell of another
RAT in the inter-
RAT
measurement
report fulfills the
following
criterion:
Mother_RAT +
CIO >=
Tother_RAT +
H/2 The system
starts the trigger
timer, and
makes the
handover
decision after
the timer
expires. If the
quality of the
cell of another
RAT fulfills the
following
criterion before
timeout:
Mother_RAT +
CIO <
Tother_RAT -
H/2 The RNC
stops the timer
and waits for
another inter-
RAT
measurement
report. Where, 1
Mother_RAT is
the
measurement
result of the
GSM RSSI. 2
Tother_RAT is
the inter-RAT
handover
decision
threshold. 3 Cell
Individual
Offset (CIO) is
the offset for the
cell of another
RAT. 4 H
represents the
hysteresis, the
setting of which
can reduce false
decisions caused
by signal jitters.
Impact on Radio
Network
Performance
The setting of
this parameter
affects number
of hard
handovers. If
this parameter is
set to a small
value, hard
handovers are
likely to be
triggered, but
ping-pong
handovers may
occur. If this
parameter is set
to a large value,
hard handovers
are unlikely to
be triggered, but
call drops may
occur.
GUI Value
Range:0~63
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-110~-48
(Actual value
meets the
condition:
Actual Value =
GUI Value -
111)
Default Value:
16
smaller than
-110 dBm. If
"Inter-RAT
Reporting
Mode" is set to
PERIODIC_TR
IGGER, this
parameter is
used for the
assessment of
coverage-based
inter-RAT
handovers. That
is, Tother_RAT
in the following
formula. This
parameter is the
absolute
threshold of the
cell of another
RAT (RSSI) for
the inter-RAT
handover
decisions. If the
quality of the
cell of another
RAT in the inter-
RAT
measurement
report fulfills the
following
criterion:
Mother_RAT +
CIO >=
Tother_RAT +
H/2 The system
starts the trigger
timer, and
makes the
handover
decision after
the timer
expires. If the
quality of the
cell of another
RAT fulfills the
following
criterion before
timeout:
Mother_RAT +
CIO <
Tother_RAT -
H/2 The RNC
stops the timer
and waits for
another inter-
RAT
measurement
report. Where, 1
Mother_RAT is
the
measurement
result of the
GSM RSSI. 2
Tother_RAT is
the inter-RAT
handover
decision
threshold. 3 Cell
Individual
Offset (CIO) is
the offset for the
cell of another
RAT. 4 H
represents the
hysteresis, the
setting of which
can reduce false
decisions caused
by signal jitters.
Impact on Radio
Network
Performance
The setting of
this parameter
affects number
of hard
handovers. If
this parameter is
set to a small
value, hard
handovers are
likely to be
triggered, but
ping-pong
handovers may
occur. If this
parameter is set
to a large value,
hard handovers
are unlikely to
be triggered, but
call drops may
occur.
GUI Value
Range:0~63
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-110~-48
(Actual value
meets the
condition:
Actual Value =
GUI Value -
111)
Default Value:
16
"Inter-RAT
Reporting
Mode" is set to
PERIODIC_TR
IGGER, this
parameter is
used for the
assessment of
coverage-based
inter-RAT
handovers. That
is, Tother_RAT
in the following
formula. This
parameter is the
absolute
threshold of the
cell of another
RAT (RSSI) for
the inter-RAT
handover
decisions. If the
quality of the
cell of another
RAT in the inter-
RAT
measurement
report fulfills the
following
criterion:
Mother_RAT +
CIO >=
Tother_RAT +
H/2 The system
starts the trigger
timer, and
makes the
handover
decision after
the timer
expires. If the
quality of the
cell of another
RAT fulfills the
following
criterion before
timeout:
Mother_RAT +
CIO <
Tother_RAT -
H/2 The RNC
stops the timer
and waits for
another inter-
RAT
measurement
report. Where, 1
Mother_RAT is
the
measurement
result of the
GSM RSSI. 2
Tother_RAT is
the inter-RAT
handover
decision
threshold. 3 Cell
Individual
Offset (CIO) is
the offset for the
cell of another
RAT. 4 H
represents the
hysteresis, the
setting of which
can reduce false
decisions caused
by signal jitters.
Impact on Radio
Network
Performance
The setting of
this parameter
affects number
of hard
handovers. If
this parameter is
set to a small
value, hard
handovers are
likely to be
triggered, but
ping-pong
handovers may
occur. If this
parameter is set
to a large value,
hard handovers
are unlikely to
be triggered, but
call drops may
occur.
GUI Value
Range:0~63
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-110~-48
(Actual value
meets the
condition:
Actual Value =
GUI Value -
111)
Default Value:
16
"Inter-RAT
Reporting
Mode" is set to
PERIODIC_TR
IGGER, this
parameter is
used for the
assessment of
coverage-based
inter-RAT
handovers. That
is, Tother_RAT
in the following
formula. This
parameter is the
absolute
threshold of the
cell of another
RAT (RSSI) for
the inter-RAT
handover
decisions. If the
quality of the
cell of another
RAT in the inter-
RAT
measurement
report fulfills the
following
criterion:
Mother_RAT +
CIO >=
Tother_RAT +
H/2 The system
starts the trigger
timer, and
makes the
handover
decision after
the timer
expires. If the
quality of the
cell of another
RAT fulfills the
following
criterion before
timeout:
Mother_RAT +
CIO <
Tother_RAT -
H/2 The RNC
stops the timer
and waits for
another inter-
RAT
measurement
report. Where, 1
Mother_RAT is
the
measurement
result of the
GSM RSSI. 2
Tother_RAT is
the inter-RAT
handover
decision
threshold. 3 Cell
Individual
Offset (CIO) is
the offset for the
cell of another
RAT. 4 H
represents the
hysteresis, the
setting of which
can reduce false
decisions caused
by signal jitters.
Impact on Radio
Network
Performance
The setting of
this parameter
affects number
of hard
handovers. If
this parameter is
set to a small
value, hard
handovers are
likely to be
triggered, but
ping-pong
handovers may
occur. If this
parameter is set
to a large value,
hard handovers
are unlikely to
be triggered, but
call drops may
occur.
GUI Value
Range:0~63
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-110~-48
(Actual value
meets the
condition:
Actual Value =
GUI Value -
111)
Default Value:
16
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-92
GUI Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Default
Value:-92
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-12
GUI Value
Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value
Range:-24~0
Default
Value:-12
RAT
measurement,
the RNC makes
a decision on
coverage-based
inter-RAT
handovers based
on this
parameter.
Assume that the
receiver
sensitivity of a
GSM mobile
phone is -102
dBm,
compensation
for fast fading is
3 dB,
compensation
for slow fading
is 5 dBm,
compensation
for interference
noise is 2 dB,
and
compensation
for ambient
noise is 2 dB.
Then, the
outdoor receive
level should not
be lower than
-90 dBm. The
value of this
parameter varies
with the
handover policy.
To enable UEs
to be handed
over only to
GSM cells of
high quality, set
this parameter to
a comparatively
large value, for
example, -85
dBm.
GUI Value
Range:0~63
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-110~-48
Default Value:
16
RAT
measurement,
the RNC makes
a decision on
coverage-based
inter-RAT
handovers based
on this
parameter.
Assume that the
receiver
sensitivity of a
GSM mobile
phone is -102
dBm,
compensation
for fast fading is
3 dB,
compensation
for slow fading
is 5 dBm,
compensation
for interference
noise is 2 dB,
and
compensation
for ambient
noise is 2 dB.
Then, the
outdoor receive
level should not
be lower than
-90 dBm. The
value of this
parameter varies
with the
handover policy.
To enable UEs
to be handed
over only to
GSM cells of
high quality, set
this parameter to
a comparatively
large value, for
example, -85
dBm.
GUI Value
Range:0~63
Unit:dBm
Actual Value
Range:-110~-48
Default Value:
16
to
NOT_REQUIR
ED, handovers
are likely to be
triggered, but
handover
reliability is
lower than that
in the situation
this parameter is
set to
REQUIRED.
GUI Value
Range:REQUIR
ED(Verify
mode),
NOT_REQUIR
E(Non-verify
mode)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:REQUIR
ED,
NOT_REQUIR
E
Default
Value:REQUIR
ED(Verify
mode)
to
NOT_REQUIR
ED, handovers
are likely to be
triggered, but
handover
reliability is
lower than that
in the situation
this parameter is
set to
REQUIRED.
GUI Value
Range:REQUIR
ED(Verify
mode),
NOT_REQUIR
E(Non-verify
mode)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:REQUIR
ED,
NOT_REQUIR
E
Default
Value:REQUIR
ED(Verify
mode)